Home

Oracle Cash Management User Guide

1. 12 16 Bank Branch Code 17 19 Currency Code CURRENCY_CODE 20 Precision 21 Blanks Account Number Transaction Code TRX_CODE S S S S5 5 5 5 85 85 41 42 Bank Error Code 41 42 COLUMN1O0 43 48 Value Date 43 48 COLUMNI11 EFFECTIVE_DATE 49 79 Description 49 79 COLUMN12 TRX_TEXT 80 81 Blanks 80 81 COLUMN13 82 88 Transaction Number 82 88 COLUMN14 BANK_TRX NUMBER 89 Bank Fee Flag 89 COLUMNI15 90 Blanks 90 COLUMN16 91 104 Transaction Amount 91 104 COLUMN17 AMOUNT 105 120 Blanks 105 120 COLUMN18 The remaining columns in the Bank Statement Lines Interface table are populated as illustrated in the following table Column Name Source LINE_NUMBER sequentially generated starting with 1 INVOICE_TEXT not populated Bank Statement Mapping Templates D 13 Column Name BANK_ACCOUNT_TEXT not populated USER_EXCHANGE_RATE_TYPE not populated EXCHANGE_RATE_ DATE not populated EXCHANGE_RATE not populated ORIGINAL_AMOUNT not populated CHARGES_AMOUNT not populated CUSTOMER_TEXT not populated CREATED_BY automatically populated at the time of insert CREATION_DATE automatically populated at the time of insert LAST_UPDATED_BY automatically populated at the time of insert and update LAST_UPDATE_DATE automatically populated at the time of insert and update D 14 Oracle Cash Managem
2. e Billions Displays forecast amounts as multiples of a billion 1 000 000 000 1 00 Forecast By Indicates if you are producing a forecast by days or by periods Row Number Determines the sequence of the rows Source The source transaction type Forecast Cell Fields These fields contain the forecast amounts You can override any forecast amounts except the forecast summary amounts which automatically reflect forecast amount changes Cash Inflow The total amount of cash received during the forecast period Cash Outflow The total amount of cash spent during the forecast period Net Cash The difference between the cash inflow and cash outflow for the forecast period GL Cash Position The GL Position beginning balance is the sum of the account balances for all the GL Cash Position rows Cash Management adds the net cash flow amount for the first forecast period to the beginning balance to produce the first period s GL Position For subsequent periods Cash Management rolls the cash position forward by adding the net cash to the GL position of the previous period Cash Forecasting 5 29 Modifying Cash Forecast Templates and Cash Forecasts You can modify cash forecast templates and forecasts with some limitations The following table addresses what you can change on cash forecast templates and cash forecasts and when Changes Allowed on Cash Forecast Templates and Cash Forecasts Change Descriptive ae aii and
3. gt To set up sequential document numbering 1 2 Choose the System Administrator responsibility Define Document Flexfield You define and enable the Document Flexfield which may consist of two three or four segments Possible segments include Application Category Set of Books and Method Define Document Sequences You enter a sequence Name and enter Oracle Cash Management as the Application that owns the sequence You can also specify Effective From and To dates and the sequence numbering Type Automatic Gapless or Manual Define Document Categories You define one document category for each bank account for which you want to use sequential numbering In the Code field you enter the bank account name In the Table Name field you enter CE_STATEMENT_HEADERS Assign Document Sequences to Documents In the Sequence Assignments window you must map your Document Categories to a Document Sequence You can also specify a Start and End Date for the assignment Set the Sequential Numbering System Profile Option You or your System Administrator must enable sequential numbering for Cash Management Use the System Profile Values window to set the Sequential Numbering profile option at the Application level Choose Cash Management as the Application Query the Sequential Numbering profile name You can select from Always Used Partially Used or Not Used If you select Always Used then to have miscellaneous receipts automa
4. 4 30 Available Transactions Window Reference 4 32 Contents Vv Chapter 5 Reconciling an Available Remittance or Payment Batch ss cint 5 o5c8 pene tae cak eee eee aeute ss 4 33 Available Batches Window Reference 5 4 35 Reviewing Reconciled Transactions 5 0055 4 36 Reconciled Transactions Window Reference 4 39 Changing the Reconciliation Status 06 4 40 Using Attachments miisi aesa re eee 4 42 Creating Payments and Receipts Transactions 4 43 Creating Miscellaneous Transactions 0000 eee 4 45 Miscellaneous Receipts Window Reference 4 48 Recording Exceptions 2 0 0 6 cece eee eens 4 50 Entering Reversals Sip cece E ERA 4 53 Reversals Window Reference 0000 e cece 4 55 Reconciling Corrections and Adjustments to Bank Errors 4 57 Manually Clearing and Unclearing suuna nananana 4 61 Clear Transactions Window Reference 44 4 62 Default Dates Window Reference 0000 0s eee 4 64 Unclearing Payments and Receipts 00055 4 64 Unclear Transactions Window Reference 4 65 Marking a Bank Statement as Complete 4 68 Transferring Bank Reconciliation Transactions to Your General Ledger scsrsnecriressriciarinosar ieii iiini i 4 69 How Using Cash Management Affects Your Closing FroceSS isa tir ned E E E EE EET 4
5. Oracle products are available for mainframes minicomputers personal computers network computers and personal digital assistants enabling organizations to integrate different computers different operating systems different networks and even different database management systems into a single unified computing and information resource Oracle is the world s leading supplier of software for information management and the world s second largest software company Oracle offers its database tools and application products along with related consulting education and support services in over 145 countries around the world Thank you for using Cash Management and this user guide We value your comments and feedback This guide contains a Reader s Comment Form you can use to explain what you like or dislike about Cash Management or this user guide Mail your comments to the following address or call us directly at 650 506 7000 Oracle Applications Documentation Manager Oracle Corporation 500 Oracle Parkway Redwood Shores CA 94065 U S A xxii Oracle Cash Management User Guide Overview CHAPTER T his chapter gives an overview of Cash Management Overview 1 1 About Oracle Cash Management See Also Oracle Cash Management is an enterprise cash management solution that helps you effectively manage and control your cash cycle It provides comprehensive bank reconciliation and flexible cash forecasting
6. 20 Multi Currency Handling Cash Management handles foreign currency transactions during both automatic and manual bank reconciliation The following table illustrates the way that Cash Management handles different multi currency situations In these examples the functional currency is euro if the and bank In this transaction account then the exchange scenario currency is currency is rate is Domestic Not needed International Calculated by Cash Management if you do not provide it Foreign Required Foreign Not supported in Translated Payables or Receivables Table 1 1 Multi Currency Handling Page 1 of 1 In order to calculate the exchange rate gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions in both the International and Foreign scenarios the bank statement transaction line must include in addition to Currency at least one of the following types of exchange rate information e Original Amount e Exchange Rate e Exchange Rate Type and Exchange Rate Date Additionally Cash Management uses the exchange rate information to match foreign currency transactions in a multi currency bank account Overview 1 11 See Also Manual Reconciliation When you are entering bank statement lines for manual reconciliation you can also enter the exchange rate information for each transaction When you reconcile a Foreign scenario statement line the statement line exchange rate
7. In the Transaction tabbed region review the Original Currency and Amount the bank Account Currency Amount and Amount cleared and the GL Date In the Exchange tabbed region review the Exchange Date Type and Rate The window also shows the bank Account Currency Charges and Errors amounts In the Reference tabbed region review additional descriptive information including the remittance or payment Batch Name Agent Name customer or supplier Deposit Number receipts and for miscellaneous transactions the Reference Type receipt payment remittance batch payment batch and Number Choose Previous or Next to review reconciled transactions for other statement lines To review reconciled transactions for a specific line 1 2 3 4 5 Navigate to the Reconcile Bank Statements window Select a bank statement then choose Review Choose Lines Select the statement line that you want to review Choose Reconciled You see the Reconciled Transactions window with the reconciled transactions for the selected statement line Choose Previous or Next to review reconciled transactions for other statement lines Reconciliation Status Receipt Status and Payment Status Cash Management maintains a Reconciled or Unreconciled status for each bank statement line This status is displayed in Cash Management windows and reports such as the Bank Statement Lines window This status does not indicate the status of the system tra
8. 2 4 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Receivables Setup Steps Use the Setting Up Oracle Receivables section in the Oracle Receivables User s Guide for help in completing the setup steps in the following table Step AIW Reference Choose a set of books for Oracle Receivables See Common Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Oracle Financial Receivables page 2 14 Open your Receivables accounting periods See Cash Opening and Closing Accounting Periods Oracle Management Receivables Guide Define a receipt class for miscellaneous receipts Common See Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Financial Oracle Receivables page 2 14 Define receivables activities for miscellaneous Cash transactions See Setting Up Cash Management to Management Use with Oracle Receivables page 2 14 Set up receipt sources See Setting Up Cash Cash Management to Use with Oracle Receivables page Management 2 14 Define your bank accounts and assign GL Common accounts Do this if you haven t already performed Financial this step as a Payables Setup step See Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Oracle Payables page 2 11 or Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Oracle Receivables page 2 14 If you use Payables assign accounts for Payables payment documents Using the Multiple Organization Support Feature You can use the Oracle Applications Multiple Organization Support feature to use mu
9. About Bank Reconciliation page 1 2 About Bank Statements page 1 6 Matching Bank Statement Lines with Transactions page 1 7 Multi Currency Handling page 1 11 Oracle Payables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 15 Oracle Receivables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 21 Oracle Payroll Reconciliation page 1 27 Using Cash Management with Automatic Clearing page 1 24 About Cash Forecasting page 1 31 About Bank Reconciliation The diagram in this section provides an overview of the Cash Management process from entering bank statements to posting accounting entries to your general ledger There are two major process steps you need to follow when reconciling bank statements 1 Load Bank Statements You need to enter the detailed information from each bank statement including bank account information deposits received by the bank and payments cleared You can enter bank statements manually or load electronic statements that you receive directly from your bank See Entering Bank Statements Manually page 3 33 and Loading Bank Statement Open Interface page 3 2 2 Reconcile Bank Statements Once you have entered detailed bank statement information into Cash Management you must reconcile that information with your system transactions Cash Management provides two methods of reconciliation 1 2 Oracle Cash Management User Guide e Automatic Bank statement details are automatically matched and reconciled
10. Choose reconcile Cash Management creates a new bank statement line with an Amount and Type that match the reconciled transaction s for that line Oracle Cash Management User Guide See Also Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Finding Available Detail and Batch Transactions for Reconciliation page 4 27 Reconciling Available Transactions and Batches page 4 30 Using Attachments page 4 42 Creating Payments and Receipts Transactions page 4 43 Creating Miscellaneous Transactions page 4 45 Recording Exceptions page 4 50 Entering Reversals page 4 53 Manually Clearing and Unclearing Receipts and Payments page 4 61 Entering Bank Statements Manually page 3 33 Setting Up Oracle Cash Management page 2 2 Customizing the Presentation of Data in a Folder Oracle Applications User s Guide Finding Available Detail and Batch Transactions for Reconciliation Use the Find Transactions window to locate detail or batch transactions that are available for reconciliation If you have General Ledger installed you can also search for journal entries For foreign currency bank accounts only transactions in the bank account currency are available for reconciliation From the Find Transactions window you can use the Clear button to erase the current search criteria or Cancel to exit the window gt To find available detail transactions 1 Navigate to the Find Bank State
11. Complete Payments are ready for reconciliation Void Checks that have been voided will be available for reconciliation only if the Show Voided Payments option in the System parameters window is checked Reconciled Reconciled with Cash Management Treasury Settlement Status Treasury settlements have the following two statuses Available Settlements are available for reconciliation Reconciled Settlements are reconciled External Transaction Status External transactions in the Reconciliation Open Interface have the following two statuses Open Interface Float Status Transactions are available for reconciliation Open Interface Clear Status Transactions are cleared or reconciled Oracle Cash Management User Guide Reconciled Transactions Window Reference Transaction Region Exchange Region Reference Region Account The account number Type The type of transaction Number The transaction number Original Curr The transaction currency Original Amount The transaction amount in the transaction currency Account Currency Amount The transaction amount in the bank account currency Account Currency Amount Cleared The amount cleared in the bank account currency Cleared Date The date the transaction cleared the bank GL Date The date that the transaction is posted to the General Ledger The default is the bank statement date Exchange Date The date ass
12. J journal entries closing process 4 70 finding 4 27 Journals Display Inverse Rate profile option B 3 matching criteria 1 10 Journals Display Inverse Rate profile option L Lead Time field 5 19 Line Number field Bank Statement Lines window 3 38 Statement Line Interface window 3 28 line totals 3 35 Lines button 6 4 Lines field Statement Interface window 3 27 loading Bank Statement Open Interface 3 2 M manual bank reconciliation changing the reconciliation status 4 40 creating miscellaneous transactions 4 45 creating reconciled bank statement lines 4 25 entering reversals 4 53 entering statements manually 3 33 finding available detail and batch transactions for reconciliation 4 27 inquiry 6 3 matching bank errors and corrections 4 59 multi currency handling 1 12 overview 4 20 overview diagram 4 23 reconciling bank errors 4 57 reviewing reconciled transactions 4 36 manually creating forecasts 5 27 Mapping bank statements 2 32 matching bank statement lines 1 7 transactions 1 7 Matching Against field 2 26 matching criteria electronic payments 1 8 1 9 General Ledger journals 1 10 miscellaneous transactions 1 9 2 26 multi currency 4 9 Oracle Payables transactions 1 8 Oracle Receivables transactions 1 9 Matching Order field 2 21 Maturity Date field Available Transactions window 4 33 Reconciled Transactions window 4 40 Reversals window 4 56 Unclear Transactio
13. Line Number The line number provided by the bank If the bank does not provide line numbers you can enter line numbers in a sequence Code The code that the bank uses to identify a transaction Number The transaction number such as the receipt number check number or payment batch name Automatic Reconciliation uses this number to identify transactions when matching the bank statement line to a transaction or batch Date The date that the transaction cleared the bank The default is the statement date Amount The amount of the transaction in the bank account currency This amount must be within tolerance for AutoReconciliation to succeed even if the netted value of the Amount and Charges column equals the amount of the system transaction Charges The amount of any bank charges associated with the transaction This field is not required Original Amount The statement line amount in its original currency This amount is used in foreign exchange transactions when the currency of the transaction is different from the currency of the bank account Exchange Tabbed Region Curr The currency of the transaction Date The date associated with the exchange rate that was used Type The exchange rate type as defined in Oracle General Ledger used for this transaction Rate The exchange rate specified by the bank for this transaction Reference Tabbed Region 3 28 Agent The customer or supplier associated with the tr
14. Tax Code field Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 Template Name field 5 25 Cash Forecasts window 5 32 templates creating for forecasts 5 3 defining for forecasts 5 3 modifying 5 30 tolerances matching bank statement lines with transactions 1 7 to 1 10 multi currency matching 4 9 setting system parameters 2 22 transaction codes bank statements 1 7 defining 2 25 Transaction Date field Bank Statement Lines window 3 38 transaction types 1 7 2 25 transactions bank errors 4 57 changing reconciliation status 4 40 Index 14 Oracle Cash Management User s Guide clearing 1 8 creating payments and receipts 4 43 finding 4 27 matching bank statement lines 1 7 matching for electronic payments 1 8 1 9 matching General Ledger journals 1 10 matching miscellaneous 1 9 matching multi currency 4 9 matching Payables 1 8 matching Receivables 1 9 miscellaneous 4 45 payments 1 8 reconciling 4 30 rejected 1 9 remittances 1 9 reviewing reconciled 4 36 stopped 1 8 2 26 transferring reconciled to General Ledger 4 69 viewing reconciled 6 4 Transactions Available for Reconciliation Report 6 32 transferring data to General Ledger differences within reconciliation tolerances 4 8 overview 1 18 reconciliation overview 1 2 reconciliation transactions 4 69 TRX 2 42 Type field 2 62 5 19 Available Batches window 4 35 Available Transactions window 4 32 4 33 Bank Statement Lines window
15. The Lines tabbed region lists all the columns in the Bank Statement Lines Interface table Define the mapping for the column according to the file format used by your bank The four required columns in the table are Setting Up 2 35 2 36 e STATEMENT_NUMBER e BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM e LINE_NUMBER e TRX_DATE You must map the TRX_DATE column The Bank Statement Loader program copies the values for the STATEMENT__NUMBER column and the BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM column from the respective columns in the Bank Statement Headers Interface table and automatically generates a sequential value for the LINE_NUMBER column For each column you need to specify the location of the source data for this column in the bank statement file In the Record ID field enter the type of the record whether it is a header line or trailer In the Position field enter the placement of the field within the record relative to the beginning of the record In most formats the position should be a positive number In the BAI2 format however the position can be negative meaning that a field can be found only by counting its position from the end of the record For example the number of fields in record ID 16 varies depending upon information such as Funds Type However Text Customer Ref No and Bank Ref No are always located at the end of the record where Text is the last field Customer Ref No is the second to the last field and Bank Ref No is the third to the last f
16. s Guide Submitting a Request Set Oracle Applications User s Guide Common Report Parameters These report parameters are common to many Cash Management reports Bank Account Number Select an account or leave blank to run the report for all accounts at the bank branch Bank Branch Name Select the bank branch name for which the report will be produced Statement Date Enter the date of the statement lines that you want to include in the report Statement Date From To Enter a range of dates to see information only for statement lines that fall within those dates Statement Number From To Enter a range of statement numbers to include in the report Common Report Headings Report headings at the top of each page provide you with general information about the contents of your report or listing such as your set of books name report title date and time Cash Management runs your report and page number In addition Cash Management prints the parameters you specified when you submitted the report request The following are report headings common to many Cash Management reports Bank Account Currency Currency for a bank account Bank Account Name Name of the bank account Bank Account Number Bank account identification number Bank Branch Name Name of the bank branch Inquiry and Reports 6 15 Bank Name Name of the bank 6 16 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Cash Forecasting Reports Cash
17. s Guide for more information on modifying folders Make any changes to the forecast cell amounts You can override any forecast amounts from the cash forecast except the forecast summary amounts The forecast summary amounts automatically reflect forecast amount changes The GL Position starting balance is the sum of all the GL Cash Position rows account balances Cash Management adds the net cash flow amount for the first forecast period to the beginning balance to show as the first period s GL Position From the second 5 36 Oracle Cash Management User Guide forecast period Cash Management calculates the current period s GL Position amount from the net cash flow amount by adding the previous period s GL Position You can make amount or percentage changes to column ranges in a cash forecast Choose Update Amount from the Tools menu The Update Amount window appears Save your work Close the windows when you are finished updating the forecast amounts or proceed to the following tasks gt To add a column forecast period to an existing cash forecast 1 Complete the task to query an existing cash forecast and to modify forecast amounts on an existing forecast see above Choose the Add Column button The Add Column window appears Enter a unique Column Number and GL Periods Days From and To values Values must be integers between 1 and 999 The Column Number indicates the sequence of the columns in the f
18. 2 26 Oracle Cash Management User Guide See Also 10 11 12 13 14 correcting statement errors you can also specify the sequence of matching You can choose from the following values to indicate how to use this bank transaction code e Misc Only match against miscellaneous transactions e Stmt Identify the statement line as a correcting entry The statement line will match against existing statement lines The netted amount of these lines is used to match to subledger transactions e Misc Stmt First try to match against miscellaneous transactions if there is no match then try to match against statement lines corrections e Stmt Misc First try to match against statement lines corrections if there is no match then try to match against miscellaneous transactions Choose the Correction Method your bank uses when correcting bank errors Reversal Adjustment or Both This field is only applicable for those Miscellaneous Receipt or Miscellaneous Payment transaction codes that may be used to match to correction statement lines Choose whether to Create transactions for any Miscellaneous Payments and Miscellaneous Receipts reported on the bank statement when no transaction number is provided If you chose the Create option in the previous field specify the Receivables Activity type and Payment Method for any miscellaneous transactions receipts or payments you create from within Cash Management Defi
19. 3 38 Clear Transactions window 4 63 4 64 Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 4 49 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Reversals window 4 55 Statement Line Interface window 3 28 Unclear Transactions window 4 65 U Unclear Transaction button 4 65 Unclear Transactions window 4 65 Unclear Transactions window reference 4 65 unmarking a completed bank statement 4 68 Unreconcile Bank Statement program 4 41 Unreconciled Amount field Bank Statement window 3 35 nreconciled Lines field Bank Statement window 3 35 unreconciling 1 17 4 40 Update Amounts window 5 37 updating bank statements 3 41 Use Reconciliation Open Interface check box 2 20 C V validation bank statement headers 3 21 bank statement lines 3 22 control totals 3 21 defining forecast templates 5 6 multi currency 3 22 overview 3 20 value date 4 14 Value Date field Bank Statement Lines window 3 38 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Unclear Transactions window 4 65 View Available Batches window 6 2 6 8 View Available Transactions window 4 31 6 2 6 8 View Bank Statement Lines window 6 2 6 4 using attachments 4 42 View Bank Statement Reconciliation window 6 2 6 3 View Bank Statement window 6 3 using attachments 4 42 View Cash Forecasts window 6 11 View field 2 62 View Reconciled Transactions window 6 2 6 4 View Reconciliation Errors window 6 2 6 5 reviewing import validation errors in Au
20. Banks Oracle Payables User s Guide Posting Oracle Payables User s Guide Payables Reconciliation Examples The following examples illustrate the accounting entries generated when you enter and pay an invoice in Payables then reconcile the payment through Cash Management The first example represents a typical domestic situation where your functional currency bank account currency and payment currency are all the same The second example represents typical foreign and international scenarios where your payment currency is different from your functional currency In the foreign scenario you pay from a bank account denominated in a foreign currency In the international scenario you pay from a multi currency bank account denominated in your functional currency Both examples assume that Payables accounts for payments at issue time and at clearing time If Payables is set up to account for payments only once either at issue time or at clearing time then the accounting entries will credit the Cash account directly Example 1 Reconciling a Functional Currency Payment You install General Ledger and Payables and define US dollars USD as the functional currency for your set of books You use Accrual Basis as your accounting method You record gains and losses both at payment issue and at payment clearing You enter an invoice for 100 1 18 Oracle Cash Management User Guide USD approve pay reconcile and create accou
21. Because Oracle Applications tables are interrelated any change you make using an Oracle Applications form can update many tables at once But when you modify Oracle Applications data using anything other than Oracle Applications forms you might change a row in one table without making corresponding changes in related tables If your tables get out of synchronization with each other you risk retrieving erroneous information and you risk unpredictable results throughout Oracle Applications When you use Oracle Applications forms to modify your data Oracle Applications automatically checks that your changes are valid Oracle Applications also keeps track of who changes information But if you enter information into database tables using database tools you may store invalid information You also lose the ability to track who has changed your information because SQL Plus and other database tools do not keep a record of changes About Oracle Oracle Corporation develops and markets an integrated line of software products for database management applications Preface xxi Your Feedback development decision support and office automation as well as Oracle Applications Oracle Applications provides the E Business Suite a fully integrated suite of software modules for financial management Internet procurement business intelligence supply chain management manufacturing project systems human resources and sales and service management
22. By field Optional Enter a description for your template Choose Include or Exclude in the Overdue Transactions field to determine whether to include or exclude open transactions that have a cash activity date before the forecast start date Overdue transactions are collected into one forecast period displayed as the Overdue column in the Cash Forecast Amounts window and the Cash Forecast Report If you chose to include overdue transactions you must enter a value in the Cutoff Period field The cutoff period determines how far back to include overdue transactions Transaction volume increases with an increase in the cutoff period If you choose a cutoff period that is very long and you are including many historical transactions then the forecasts may take longer to generate Choose a transaction calendar in the Business Calendar field If you do not choose a calendar in this field then cash activity dates used in forecasting can be non business days Optional To generate a forecast for a project enter a starting and ending project number Cash Management generates a forecast for each project in the range Choose the Columns button The Forecast Template Columns window appears where you enter forecast period ranges Enter a Column Number to specify the sequence of the columns forecast periods Values must be integers between 1 and 999 The Oracle Cash Management User Guide Column Number indicates the sequence of the c
23. For each statement line enter the line number as provided by the bank If the bank does not provide line numbers you may use a sequence to assign line numbers The line numbers must be unique within the bank statement TRX_DATE The date of the bank transaction You may enter values in the following optional columns of the CE_STATEMENT_LINES_INTERFACE table TRX_CODE The Bank Transaction Code that the bank uses to identify the type of banking transaction EFFECTIVE_DATE The value date for the transaction TRX_TEXT Any transaction related text provided by the bank Setting Up 2 43 See Also INVOICE_TEXT This is the statement line invoice number which is used to match statement lines to invoice numbers for payments in Payables and receipts in Receivables AMOUNT The amount of the transaction in the bank account currency CURRENCY_CODE The currency code for the transaction EXCHANGE_RATE The exchange rate specified by the bank for the transaction EXCHANGE_RATE_DATE The date associated with the exchange rate used USER_EXCHANGE_RATE_TYPE The exchange rate type defined in Oracle General Ledger used for this transaction ORIGINAL_AMOUNT The amount of the transaction expressed in its original currency CHARGES_AMOUNT The amount of bank charges in the bank account currency BANK_TRX_NUMBER The Bank Transaction Number This is the payment document number or deposit number which AutoReconciliation uses
24. Glossary 11 status line A status line appearing below the message line of a root window that displays status information about the current window or field A status line can contain the following or v symbols indicate previous records before or additional records following the current record in the current block Enter Query indicates that the current block is in Enter Query mode so you can specify search criteria for a query Count indicates how many records were retrieved or displayed by a query this number increases with each new record you access but does not decrease when you return to a prior record the lt Insert gt indicator or lamp informs you that the current window is in insert character mode and the lt List gt lamp appears when a list of values is available for the current field supplier A business or individual that provides goods or services or both in return for payment SWIFT940 A common format used by many banks to provide institutional customers with electronic bank statements If your bank provides you with this type of statement you can use Bank Statement Open Interface to load your bank statement information into Oracle Cash Management See also Bank Statement Open Interface bank statement tablespace The area in which an Oracle database is divided to hold tables tolerance See reconciliation tolerance Glossary 12 Oracle Cash Management User Guide transaction code In Oracle Pa
25. In the reversal method example above you reconcile line 20 with line 10 In the adjustment method example you reconcile line 20 with the original transaction and line 10 If you have already reconciled the error statement line to a transaction you must first unreconcile the error statement line before attempting to reconcile it with the correction entry Sometimes a bank uses one correction entry to correct multiple error statement lines You can manually reconcile between multiple statement lines The following table contains an example of the reversal method Reconciling Bank Statements 4 59 Trx Number Line Transaction Amount Remarks Number Type Payment 100 00 Error Misc 10 00 First Correction Entry Receipt Error Misc 90 00 Second Correction Entry Receipt Table 4 10 Reversal Method Page 1 of 1 In this example line 30 uses the reversal method to correct errors made in lines 10 and 20 It may be that line 20 was supposed to correct line 10 but it turns out to be another error In this case you should go to either line 20 or line 30 and reconcile the other two statement lines to the miscellaneous receipt line selected See Also Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 Reconciliation Tolerances page 4 7 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Overview of Setting Up page 2 2 Bank Transaction Codes page 2 25 4 60 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Man
26. Multiple Reporting Currencies in Oracle Applications If you use the Multiple Reporting Currencies feature to report and maintain accounting records in more than one currency use this manual before implementing Cash Management The manual details additional steps and setup considerations for implementing Cash Management with this feature Multiple Organizations in Oracle Applications If you use the Oracle Applications Multiple Organization Support feature to use multiple sets of books for one Cash Management Preface xvii installation use this guide to learn about setting up and using Cash Management with this feature Web Applications Dictionary Project Configurator and Object Navigator User Guide Use this guide when you set up Oracle Internet Expenses or the procurement card feature Oracle Property Manager User Guide This guide describes how Oracle Property Manager enables companies to manage their leased and owned properties Tenants can set up scheduled payments for rent and other expenses export payment items to Oracle Payables and pay their suppliers Landlords can set up scheduled billings export billing items to Oracle Receivables and track their customers accounts Facilities managers can keep track of office space allocation and cost using employee information from Oracle Human Resources Lease administrators can abstract leases and track lease history Tenants and landlords can abstract leases and
27. Summarize Results and Transfer araail bo To manually reconcile a previously entered bank statement 1 10 11 12 13 Import or manually enter the statement information If you don t use Oracle Receivables Automatic Lockbox and your bank statement includes direct deposits or bank transfers you must create the related receipts manually in Receivables before you can reconcile them in Cash Management For more information on Automatic Lockbox see your Oracle Receivables User s Guide Navigate to the Find Bank Statements window Enter the query criteria for the statement you want to reconcile or leave the criteria blank to query all existing statements Choose Find to see the Reconcile Bank Statements window containing the statements that meet your query criteria You can open custom folders that display statement information in a custom format if you or your organization has defined any Refer to the Oracle Applications User s Guide for more information on modifying and saving folders Select the statement you want to reconcile and choose Review Cash Management displays the Bank Statement window with the header information for the account you queried including Bank Name Bank Branch statement Date bank Currency Document Number and Statement Number You can update any of the header information except for the bank information and the Currency If you use automatic document sequence numbers you cannot
28. The exchange rate type as defined in Oracle general Ledger that was used for the transaction Rate The exchange rate specified by the bank for this transaction Bank Currency Amount The amount of the receipt in the currency of the bank account Oracle Cash Management User Guide Reference Tabbed Region Type For miscellaneous transactions only the reference type receipt payment remittance batch or payment batch Number For miscellaneous transactions only the reference number Document Number The document number used for sequential numbering Deposit Date User defined date Comment Tabbed Region See Also Value Date The value date Paid From The source of miscellaneous transactions Comments Enter any comments for your reference Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Finding Available Transactions and Batches for Reconciliation page 4 27 Reconciling Available Transactions and Batches page 4 30 Oracle Receivables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 21 Creating Payments and Receipts Transactions page 4 43 Customizing the Presentation of Data in a Folder Oracle Applications User s Guide Setting Up Oracle Cash Management page 2 2 System Parameters page 2 19 Reconciling Bank Statements 4 49 Recording Exceptions 4 50 A bank statement can contain information about NSF non sufficient funds and rejected
29. be in an open or future enterable Payables or Receivables period Select a Receivable Activity and Payment Method to create Miscellaneous Receipts for differences that AutoReconciliation Oracle Cash Management User Guide 10 11 12 13 14 encounters when matching remittance batches or NSF transactions within tolerances Specify how to handle any NSF or rejected receipts that are in your bank statement Choose e No Action to resubmit the check or request for transfer later e Reverse to reopen the invoice e Debit Memo Reverse to create a debit memo that replaces the item closed by the original receipt Submit your request When the concurrent request is finished review the AutoReconciliation Execution Report for reconciliation errors Also review the Bank Statement Detail Report which shows reconciled and unreconciled statement lines If any statement lines remained unreconciled or you need to correct a reconciled line use the Reconcile Bank Statement Lines window to manually reconcile those lines Transfer the accounting transactions you created during reconciliation for Payables and Receivables to your General Ledger Review the GL Reconciliation Report To submit the programs from the Reconcile Bank Statements window or the Bank Statement Interface window 1 Select AutoReconciliation from the Oracle Applications Tools menu The Submit Automatic Reconciliation window appears Notes e Euro fi
30. each of which contains the same kind of values columns Your application s programs and windows access the information in the tables for you descriptive flexfield A field that your organization can extend to capture extra information not otherwise tracked by Oracle Applications A descriptive flexfield appears in your window as a single character unnamed field Your organization can customize this field to capture additional information unique to your business document sequence Used to uniquely number documents such as bank statements in Oracle Cash Management and invoices in Oracle Receivables A Document Sequence has a sequence name an initial value and a type of either Automatic or Manual document sequence number A number that is manually or automatically assigned to your documents to provide an audit trail For example you can choose to sequentially number invoices in Receivables or journal entries in General Ledger EFT See Electronic Funds Transfer EFT Electronic Funds Transfer EFT A method of payment in which your bank transfers funds electronically from your bank account into another bank account In Payables your bank transfers funds from your bank account into the bank account of a supplier you pay with the Electronic payment method exchange rate In Oracle Cash Management and Oracle General Ledger a rate that represents the amount of one currency that you can exchange for another at a particu
31. f f Display only Required O Optional Required if Method is Historical API Supplier Invoices APP Supplier Payments APX Expense Reports ARI Customer Invoices ARR Customer Receipts ASF Sales Opportunities GLB GL Budgets GLC GL Cash Position GLE GL Encumbrances OMO Sales Orders 5 14 Oracle Cash Management User Guide PAB Project Billing Events PAI Project Inflow Budgets PAO Project Outflow Budgets PAT Project Transactions PAY Payroll Expenses POP Purchase Orders POR Purchase Requisitions XTR Treasury Transactions UDI User defined Inflow UDO User defined Outflow Oll Open Interface Inflow OlO Open Interface Outflow blank Not applicable Legend for Inflow Source Type Characteristics API Supplier Invoices PAB Project Billing Events D Display only APP Supplier Payments PAI Project Inflow Budgets R Required APX Expense Reports PAO Project Outflow Budgets O Optional ARI Customer Invoices PAT Project Transactions H Required if Method is Historical ARR Customer Receipts PAY Payroll Expenses ASP Sales Opportunities POP Purchase Orders GLB GL Budgets POR Purchase Requisitions GLC GL Cash Position XTR Treasury Transactions GLE GL Encumbrances OL Open Interface Inflow OEO Sales Orders OIO Open Interface Outflow UDI User defined Inflow blank Not applicable D D
32. in the bank account currency Cleared Date The date the transaction cleared the bank Value Date The date when the cash activity is recognized in the bank account GL Date The date that the payment or receipt posts to the general ledger The default is the system date if the Payables Receivables period is open If the period is closed and in the future the date defaults to the first date of the latest open period If the period is closed and not in the future it defaults to the last date of the latest open period Reconciling Bank Statements 4 65 Reference Tabbed Region Batch Name The name of the batch Agent Name The name of the customer or supplier associated with the transaction Deposit Number The bank deposit or remittance number Payment Method The payment method Bank Tabbed Region Account Number The number of the bank account Curr The currency of the bank account Name The bank branch name Statement Number The statement number 4 66 Oracle Cash Management User Guide See Also Entering Reversals page 4 53 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Reviewing Reconciled Transactions page 4 36 Recording Exceptions page 4 50 Oracle Payables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 15 Oracle Receivables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 21 Reconciling Bank Statements 4 67 Marking a Bank Statement as Complete See Also You can freeze a bank statement in Cash Manage
33. making modifications 5 36 creating manually 5 27 viewing forecast amounts 6 12 deleting columns and rows 5 31 Cash Forecasts making modifications 5 31 modifying 5 30 Reconcile Bank Statements 3 41 4 15 4 45 Foreign field 2 22 4 51 function security C 2 creating new lines 4 25 marking and unmarking 4 68 reconciling manually 4 23 G reviewing reconciled transactions for D generating specific lines 4 37 sh forecasts 5 22 unreconciling transactions for statement ca f 7 l 22 lines 4 41 forecasts from templates 5 unreconciling transactions for statements GL Account field 5 18 4 41 GL Cash Position field Cash Forecast Forecast Amounts window options affecting Aone ila Dm 5 33 GL Date field Forecast By field 5 25 Available Batches window 4 35 Cach Forcast Ancune window 5 09 Available Transactions window 4 32 Bank Statement window 3 35 Cash Forecast window 5 32 5 34 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Forecast Cell fields Cash Forecast Amounts Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 window 5 29 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Forecast Currency field 5 26 Reversals window 4 55 Cash Forecast window 5 35 Submit Automatic Reconciliation window Cash Forecasts window 5 32 4 6 Index 7 Unclear Transactions window 4 65 GL Periods Days From field Add Column window 5 38 GL Periods Days To field Add Column window 5 38 GL Reconciliation Report 1 25 4 70 6 26 GL Set of Books Name profi
34. payroll payments or all three You submit this report from the Submit Request window See Submitting Requests page 6 13 Selected Report Parameters Bank Branch Bank branch for which you want to submit the report Bank Account Number If you want to submit the report for a particular bank account enter the bank account number Transaction Batch Select the level at which you want to run the report 6 30 Oracle Cash Management User Guide e Batch e Transaction Transaction Type Transaction type for which you want to run the report Select All to run the report for both payments and receipts e All e Payments e Receipts e Payroll Payments e Open Interface Transactions Cleared Date From To Enter a value in one or both fields if you want to limit the report to transactions with cleared dates during a particular time period Order By Order in which report output will be displayed e Amount e Date Selected Report Headings Remittance Date The receipt transaction date Maturity Date Date the issuing bank dispersed funds Amount Amount of payment in the currency it was issued Account Amount Payment amount in the currency of the bank account Cleared Date Date the payment or receipt cleared in Cash Management Payment Date Date payment is issued Cleared Amount Amount cleared in Cash Management Inquiry and Reports 6 31 Transactions Available for Reconciliation Report Report Su
35. the statement line is Stopped The statement line can be matched to a payment only if the payment has been voided or stop initiated The statement line is currently The statement line is currently in use Please try again later in use Please try again later The Cleared Date for this pay This is a warning to let you know the Cleared Date for this pay ment is earlier than the Trans ment is earlier than the Transaction Date action Date 4 18 Oracle Cash Management User Guide The transaction is currently in The transaction is currently in use Please try again later use Please try again later Undefined exchange rate No exchange rate is defined in General Ledger for this combination of exchange date and exchange type Voided The payment is voided in Oracle Payables You can match to a voided payment only if the transaction code is Stopped How ever this transaction line code is Payment Voided Payroll The payroll payment is voided in Oracle Payroll You can match a statement line to this payment only if the transactions code is Stopped However the transaction code is Payment Reconciling Bank Statements 4 19 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually In Cash Management you can reconcile a bank statement manually as well as automatically You can use the manual method to reconcile any bank statement whether imported or entered manually In addition you can create new b
36. 17 About Bank Statement Validation page 3 20 Reviewing Bank Statement Interface Errors page 3 25 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 Archiving and Purging Imported Bank Statements page 4 72 3 32 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Entering Bank Statements Manually In addition to loading bank statement information automatically with the Bank Statement Open Interface you can enter bank statement information manually You can enable users to update information on a statement that was previously entered manually or loaded automatically even if the statement is already reconciled When you enter a bank statement manually you enter the bank statement header and the transaction lines You can reconcile transaction lines as you enter them or you can reconcile the bank statement manually or automatically after you enter all the transaction lines and save your work Cash Management assumes that you enter statements in chronological order and uses this order to calculate cumulative bank account balances Prerequisites Q Define your banks Q If you plan to use the Bank Statement Import program you need to define bank transaction codes for the bank account Q Set up Receivables activities and payment methods for miscellaneous transactions Q If you want to use document sequences you or your System Administrator must set up sequential document numbering for Cash Management For document seq
37. 70 Archiving and Purging Imported Bank Statements 4 72 Cash Forecasting cia cctics ac aenus ssa ones Euer s ESETE seen ds EN 5 1 Cash Forecasting 6 3220 s coe tia deacon aay EE ee eeenees 5 2 Creating Cash Forecast Templates 600000 e eee ee 5 3 Cash Forecasting Source Transaction Dates 57 Forecasting Overdue Transactions 0000 000 5 9 Forecast Template Rows Window Reference 5 10 Generating Cash Forecasts from Templates 5 22 Submit Forecast Parameters 0 00 c ee eee eee 5 25 Cash Forecast Amounts Window Reference 5 29 Modifying Cash Forecast Templates and Cash Forecaste ns 222 4 0it ei he ce nenie haere eee bane es 5 30 Cash Forecasts Window Reference 0000 000 5 32 Modifying Header Level Information on an Existing Cash Forecast essees 0 0 cece eee eee eee 5 33 Cash Forecast Window Reference 0000 eee 5 34 vi Oracle Cash Management User Guide Chapter 6 Appendix A Modifying Forecast Amounts on an Existing Cash Forecast inie nee 0 0 6 c cece eee eee er 5 36 Add Column Window Reference 00000000 5 38 Modifying a Row on An Existing Cash Forecast 5 38 Add Row Window Reference sscsccsrsrnsssrereierenses 5 39 Exporting Cash Forecasts to Your Spreadsheet Application egie a sae iene E A E 5 40 Inquiry and Reports ccc ccc cece cee eee eee iess 6 1 AUY irs toem teats o
38. B BAI2 setting up 2 29 Bank Account field 5 17 bank accounts matching by customer 1 9 matching by supplier 1 8 Bank Branch field Bank Statement window 3 34 Statement Interface window 3 26 bank charges 4 45 Bank Currency Amount field Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 bank errors recording 4 51 setting up transaction codes 2 26 statement reconciliation 1 7 Bank Name field Bank Statement window 3 34 Clear Transactions window 4 62 Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 Statement Interface window 3 26 Bank Statement Detail Report 4 2 6 22 Bank Statement Import program 3 17 4 2 correcting errors 3 30 Bank Statement Interface window 3 31 loading bank statements into the bank statement open interface 3 8 reviewing bank statement interface errors online 3 25 bank statement lines clearing 1 8 corrections and adjustments to bank errors 4 57 creating during manual reconciliation 4 25 entering manually 3 36 inquiry 6 4 matching to transactions 1 7 overview 1 6 status 1 6 validation 3 22 Bank Statement Lines Interface window 3 27 loading bank statements into the bank statement open interface 3 8 Bank Statement Lines window creating payments or receipts 4 43 using attachments 4 42 window reference 3 38 Bank Statement Loader Program 2 28 Bank Statement Loader program 3 3 parameters 3 7 Bank Statement Open Interface archiving and purging imported statements 4 72 correcting
39. Batch Name field Available Batches window 4 35 Available Transactions window 4 33 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Reversals window 4 55 Unclear Transactions window 4 66 Begin Date field 2 20 Branch Name field Clear Transactions window 4 62 Budget Name field 5 18 Budget Type field 5 20 Index 3 Budget Version field 5 20 Business Calendar field 5 4 buttons disabling C 2 C Calendar Name field 5 25 Cash Forecast window 5 34 Cash Forecasts window 5 32 calendars choosing business calendar for forecasting 5 25 defining accounting calendars 2 4 2 7 cancelling concurrent requests 6 14 Cash Forecast Amounts window creating empty cash forecasts from templates 5 28 exporting to Excel 5 40 including overdue transactions 5 4 making modifications 5 36 viewing forecast amounts 6 12 Cash Forecast Amounts window reference 5 29 Cash Forecast Execution Report 6 19 Cash Forecast Report 6 17 Cash Forecast Template Listing 6 37 Cash Forecast window creating manually entered forecasts 5 27 making modifications 5 33 viewing forecasts 6 11 window reference 5 34 cash forecasting creating templates 5 3 exporting forecasts to Excel 5 40 Forecasting Open Interface External Forecast Sources window 2 61 generating forecasts 5 22 inquiry 6 10 maintaining forecasts 5 30 manually creating forecasts 5 27 modifying templates 5 30 overview 1 31 reporting 6 17 u
40. Changing the Reconciliation Status You can unreconcile any transaction that you have previously reconciled You can unreconcile a specific transaction that applies to a bank statement line or you can unreconcile all transactions that you have reconciled against a statement When you unreconcile transactions Cash Management changes the Reconciled Status of the statement line The unreconciled transactions are once again available for reconciliation Prerequisites L Import or manually enter a bank statement L Reconcile transactions or batches against a statement line 4 40 Oracle Cash Management User Guide See Also To unreconcile transactions for statement lines 1 Navigate to the Reconcile Bank Statements window Select a bank statement then choose Review Choose Lines Pe YW N Select the statement line whose transactions you want to unreconcile then choose Reconciled 5 Select the transactions you want to unreconcile by checking the box to the left of each transaction 6 Choose Unreconcile To unreconcile transactions for a statement 1 Navigate to the Reconcile Bank Statements window Select a bank statement then choose Review Choose Reconcile Select the transactions you want to unreconcile gi e oN Choose Unreconcile To unreconcile all transactions for a bank statement 1 Navigate to the Reconcile Bank Statements window 2 Select Unreconcile All from the Tools menu 3 Choose th
41. Column s s LAST_UPDATE_DATE DATE Ye Standard Who Column LAST_UPDATED_BY NUMBER Ye Standard Who Column Table2 1 Page 1 of 1 Req Required Cat Category C Constant value U User definable 2 50 Oracle Cash Management User Guide M Mandatory join to defined tables O Optional join to defined tables S System Required Notes 1 The following table contains notes for specific columns Column Number Note 3 The bank account must be defined in AP_BANK_ACCOUNTS view 8 The currency code must be defined in FND_CURRENCIES table 9 The STATUS must be defined in the following fields in CE_SYSTEM_PARAMETERS table OPEN_INTERFACE_FLOAT_STATUS and OPEN_INTERFACE_ CLEAR STATUS 11 If used the exchange rate type must be defined in GL_DAILY_CONVERSION_TYPES table Table 2 2 Page 1 of 1 2 Transaction identifiers TRX_ID must be unique within the view You cannot use duplicate transaction identifiers at any time 3 The following table contains transaction types Suggested Description Type TRX_TYPE TRX_TYPE_DSP PAYMENT Table 2 3 Page 1 of 1 4 Transaction numbers TRX_NUMBER used for matching by the automatic reconciliation program when the Open Interface Matching Criteria system parameter is set to Transaction Number should be e For payments a payment number e For receipts a receipt number The transaction number whether a payment or receipt nu
42. Define Value Sets for Selection Criteria page 2 59 Define the Forecast Selection Criteria Descriptive Flexfield segments for each selection criteria See Define Forecast Selection Criteria Descriptive Flexfield Segments page 2 59 Define the external forecast source transaction database views See Define External Source Views page 2 60 Associate the external source types with the views and if necessary the name of the database link See Associate External Forecast Source Types with Views page 2 61 Define External Source Types and Selection Criteria 2 58 1 Determine the external source types that you want to include in your cash forecasts Determine appropriate selection criteria for each type Identify the selection criteria common to all external source types Identify the selection criteria appropriate only for specific external source types Design the use of criteria segments Use the Descriptive Flexfields worksheets located in the appendix of the Oracle Applications Flexfields Guide to help you with your design Oracle Cash Management User Guide See Also Planning Your Descriptive Flexfields Oracle Applications Flexfields Guide Defining Descriptive Flexfield Structures Oracle Applications Flexfields Guide Descriptive Flexfield Segments Window Oracle Applications Flexfields Guide Context Field Values Oracle Applications Flexfields Guide Define Value Sets for Selection Crit
43. Exchange tabbed region view the Exchange Date Type and Rate as well as the bank Account Currency Charges and Errors To query available transactions and batches from the View Bank Statement window or View Bank Statement Lines windows 1 Select Available from the related window The Find Available window appears Complete your search criteria for transactions or batches as described in the previous two tasks You do not need to select a bank since you will have already done this from the View Bank Statement Reconciliation window Choose Find to perform your search Refer to the previous two tasks for the steps to follow when reviewing the results of your search To find available Reconciliation Open Interface transactions 1 2 Navigate to the Find Available window Choose Open Interface from the Detail Batch Open region then select Receipts and or Payments to find open interface transactions that match your criteria The Open Interface option appears only if you have checked the Use Reconciliation Open Interface check box in the System Parameters window Optional Refine or focus your search further by selecting the Transaction tabbed region You can enter transaction Dates Amounts Batch Names Remittance Numbers or the Currency Code to search for You can also enter sort criteria which determines how the resulting transactions are displayed in the Available Transactions window Choose Find to perform your
44. Expense Reports 1 Period Ending Date i 1 Value Date Actual then Anticipated 2 Maturity Customer Receipts Future Date or 3 Latest Receipt Transaction Date Suppli r Invoices Discount Deadline if Discount field is Maximum or PP Minimum or Due Date if Discount field is None Cleared Date or Value Date your choice rolled for Supper taymente ietoncel ward by amount specified on cash forecast template Due Date or Invoice Date plus Average Payment Customer Invoices Days Cleared Date or Value Date your choice rolled for Customer See Historical ward by amount specified on cash forecast template Forecast period type must be GL Period GL Budgets corresponding periods included GL Cash Position Start Date or beginning of Start Period Forecast period type must be GL Period GL Encumbrances corresponding periods included Payment Date rolled forward by amount specified on cash forecast template Payroll Expenses Historical Project Billing Events Event Completion Date Calculated based on Start Date and End Date of bud Project Inflow Budgets get period Calculated based on Start Date and End Date of bud get period Project Transactions Expenditure Item Date Project Outflow Budgets Cash Forecasting 5 7 5 8 Purchase Orders Expected Cash Activity Date or Time Releases 1 Shipment Promised Date or Shipment Promised Date plus Payment Terms 2 Shipment Need By Date o
45. Guide Oracle Cash Management User Guide System Parameters See Also Use the System Parameters window to configure your Cash Management system to meet your business needs System parameters determine for example the default options for manual reconciliation windows and the control settings for the AutoReconciliation program Prerequisites Q Define sets of books in General Ledger Q Your system administrator has selected a value for the GL Set of Books Name profile option page B 2 To set Cash Management system parameters 1 Navigate to the System Parameters window 2 Select your basic system parameters For details on any field see System Parameters Window Reference page 2 20 All options except for Set of Books are updatable 3 Select the General tabbed region then choose your general system parameters 4 Select the AutoReconciliation tabbed region then choose your automatic reconciliation parameters 5 Save your work About Oracle Cash Management page 1 2 Overview of Setting Up page 2 2 Setting Up Oracle Cash Management to Use with Oracle Payables or Oracle Receivables page 2 13 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 Matching Bank Statement Lines with Transactions page 1 7 Reconciliation Tolerances page 4 7 Importing Bank Statements page 3 17 Creating Miscellaneous Transactions page 4 45 Archiving and Purging Imported Bank Statement
46. Management to Microsoft Excel This option is available only on the Windows platform and only if Excel is installed gt To export cash forecasts to Excel 1 2 See Also 5 40 Navigate to the Cash Forecasts window Query the cash forecast you want to export See Modifying Forecasts page 5 31 Choose the Review button The Cash Forecast Amounts window appears Choose Export from the File menu The Export Data window appears Select the To Microsoft Excel option to export your cash forecast to an Excel Spreadsheet Choose whether to check the Autosize all columns check box Checking this check box ensures that Excel will display all records in correctly sized columns If you do not autosize all columns Excel may display H H when the record for a cell exceeds the default column size However if you do autosize all columns and your data contains very large entries the columns created in Excel may be excessively wide and difficult to read Choose the Export button Cash Management exports all selected records excluding summary rows and opens Excel Excel automatically displays your forecast You can make any modifications to your spreadsheet in your spreadsheet application You should name and save your spreadsheet to a directory on your PC or network Saving in your spreadsheet application does not save an updated spreadsheet in your Oracle database e Cash Forecast Report page 6 17 O
47. Navigate to the Find Available window 6 6 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Choose Detail from the Detail Batch Open region then select one or more transaction types to find detail transactions that match your criteria You may select to view Receipt Payment Miscellaneous transactions Journal and Statement Line Edit the default sort criteria in the Ordering tabbed region of the window The sort criteria you select determines how the resulting transactions are displayed in the View Available Transactions window e Use the Primary poplist to select your primary sort category and the Secondary poplist to select your secondary sort category The sort categories are transaction Type Trx transaction Number Date and Amount e Use the primary Order poplist to select a sort order for the primary sort category Use the secondary Order poplist to select a sort order for the secondary category The options are Ascending or Descending Select the Bank tabbed region Cash Management displays some additional fields where you can enter the bank Account Number Account Name and Bank Name The Branch Name and Currency Code fields are display only Optional Refine or focus your search further by selecting the following tabbed regions e Transaction Cash Management displays some additional fields where you can enter ranges of transaction Numbers Dates Amounts Maturity Dates Batch Names and Remittance Numbers to find only transact
48. ONTROL_TOTAL_DR not populated because SWIFT940 does not provide this information ONTROL_TOTAL_CR not populated because SWIFT940 does not provide this information CONTROL_DR_LINE_COUNT not populated CONTROL_CR_LINE_COUNT not populated CONTROL_LINE_COUNT not populated RECORD_STATUS_FLAG defaulted to N ORG_ID populated by calling the FND_PROFILE API CHECK_DIGITS not populated CASHFLOW_BALANCE not populated INT_CALC_BALANCE not populated INTRA_DAY_FLAG N if populated by the Bank Statement Loader program Y if populated by the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program CREATED_BY automatically populated at the time of insert CREATION_DATE automatically populated at the time of insert LAST_UPDATED_BY automatically populated at the time of insert and update LAST_UPDATE_DATE automatically populated at the time of insert and update Line Information SWIFT940 line information is stored in record ID 61 Record ID 61A and record ID 86 are continuation records that contain overflow information from record ID 61 The following is an example 61 9903020301D3 92N422NONREF OCMT EURI 78 86 43 59 16 629 GTS OPERATIONS ADM 00011000000090 000000520012 9123456 19999 D 8 Oracle Cash Management User Guide The following table illustrates the mapping of SWIFT940 line information with record ID 61 61 and record name Statement Line to the Bank Statement Lines Interface table Format
49. Open Interface 2 46 Opening Amount field Bank Statement window 3 35 Statement Interface window 3 27 operating units MO Operating Unit profile option B 4 Options field Submit Automatic Reconciliation window 4 6 Oracle General Ledger closing process 4 70 matching criteria for journal entries 1 10 reconciling journal entries 4 20 transferring reconciliation transactions 4 69 Oracle Payables creating payments from Cash Management 4 43 integration with Cash Management 1 13 reconciliation 1 13 reconciliation accounting 1 15 reconciliation examples 1 18 sets of books 2 11 setting up 2 11 2 13 transaction matching criteria 1 8 Oracle Payroll integration with Cash Management 5 17 reconciliation 1 27 setting up 2 16 Oracle Projects integration 1 34 Oracle Receivables AutoLockbox 4 51 creating receipts from Cash Management 4 43 integration with Cash Management 1 13 miscellaneous transactions 1 21 reconciliation accounting 1 21 reconciliation examples 1 22 sets of books 2 14 setting up 2 13 2 14 transaction matching criteria 1 9 using AutoLockbox 4 23 Index 10 Oracle Cash Management User s Guide Organization field 5 16 Original Amount field Bank Statement Lines window 3 40 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Reversals window 4 55 Statement Line Interface window 3 28 Unclear Transactions window 4 65 Original Curr Amount field Available Transactio
50. Reconciliation page 6 3 Viewing Available Transactions page 6 6 Viewing Payments and Receipts page 6 10 Viewing Cash Forecasts page 6 10 Using Attachments page 4 42 6 2 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Viewing Bank Statement Reconciliation You can use View Bank Statement Reconciliation window to review statement reconciliations details and status You can also access other inquiry windows from View Bank Statement Reconciliation window You cannot change the information in a bank statement or reconciliation Prerequisite Q Have bank statements entered and or reconciled in Cash Management p gt To query a bank statement 1 Navigate to the Find Bank Statements window From the Navigator choose View gt Bank Statements Enter the criteria for the statement you want to query or leave the criteria blank to see a list of all existing statements Choose Find to see the View Bank Statement Reconciliation window containing the statements that meet your query criteria Select the statement you want to review then choose Review The View Bank Statement window appears Cash Management displays the header information for the statement you queried You can view Bank Name Bank Branch statement Date bank Currency Document Number Statement Number and GL Date You also see Control and Line Totals for the statement and the corresponding reconciliation Also the number of lines and total
51. Related Product Setup Steps 0 0 dii tepert 2 3 Cash Management Setup Checklist 06 2 6 Setting Up Oracle Payables for Oracle Cash Management Integration 2500 2 11 Setting Up Oracle Payables or Oracle Receivables for Oracle Cash Management Integration 2 13 Setting Up Oracle Receivables for Oracle Cash Management Integration 000 2 14 Setting Up Oracle Payroll for Oracle Cash Management Integration 2005 2 16 Setting Up Oracle Treasury for Oracle Cash Management Integration 2005 2 18 System Parameters ov es cee eee eed sleet ea pale eee Heed ee 2 19 System Parameters Window Reference 55 2 20 Bank Transaction CES ona sieni kenep tese piee nE E E 2 25 Bank Statement Open Interface sisersssrrsssscssiseniiresss 2 28 Bank Statement File Formats n a nanunua 2 28 Bank Statement Mapping ee seriste oreki cece eee 2 32 Using a Custom Loader Program 00 00055 2 39 Bank Statement Headers Interface Table 2 40 Bank Statement Lines Interface Table 4 2 42 Reconciliation Open Interface snosi resni en eee eee 2 46 Program Submission 0600 TA DE eee 2 46 Using Reconciliation Open Interface to Reconcile Treasury Settlements 0 0 0 eee eee 2 47 Using Reconciliation Open Interface to Reconcile External Transactions 00e
52. Remittance Method No Remittance Clearance Method By Matching On the receipt date the exchange rate has increased to 3 1 representing a loss in your functional currency of 20 USD You transfer your receipt information to your general ledger and Journal Import creates a journal entry to record the receipt along with the realized loss When you reconcile the receipt the exchange rate has again increased to 4 1 representing a loss in your functional currency of 10 USD When Overview 1 23 you transfer your reconciliation information to your general ledger the Journal Import function creates a journal entry to record the reconciled receipt along with the realized loss The following table shows the reconciling of a foreign currency receipt This example assumes that you post from Receivables to General Ledger after each activity Activity Accounting Entries Enter invoice for 120 FJD DR Accounts Receivable 120 FJD 60 USD exchange rate 2 FJD 1 USD CR Revenue 120 FJD 60 USD Enter receipt for 120 FJD DR Remittance account 120 FJD 40 USD exchange rate 3 FJD 1 USD DR Exchange Loss 0 FJD 20 USD CR Accounts Receivable 120 FJD 60 USD Reconcile receipt with bank statement DR Cash 116 FJD 29 USD including bank charges of 4 FJD DR Bank Charges 4 FJD 1 USD exchange rate 4 FJD 1 USD DR Exchange Loss 0 FJD 10 USD CR Remittance account 120 FJD 40 USD Table 1 3 Reconciling a Foreign Currency Rece
53. See Submitting Requests page 6 13 Select the Retrieve Payment Exceptions program Selected Report Parameters Transmission Code Indicate the transmission code defined for your bank The transmission code determines the set of transmission parameters this program uses Inquiry and Reports 6 35 Cash Management Listings Cash Management provides the following listings e Bank Transaction Codes Listing page 6 36 e Cash Forecast Template Listing page 6 37 Bank Transaction Codes Listing Use this listing to review the transaction codes that you defined for a specific bank account Report Submission You submit this listing from the Submit Request window See Submitting Requests page 6 13 Selected Report Headings Code The code that the bank uses to identify this type of transaction Desc A description of the transaction associated with this code Start Date The first date in a range of dates that the transaction code is active End Date The last date in a range of dates that the transaction code is active Trans Source The source for transactions that Cash Management uses to reconcile statement lines for this transaction code e Journal General Ledger journals e Open Interface Reconciliation Open Interface e Supplier Payments Oracle Payables e Customer Receipts Oracle Receivables Matching Against The identifier for the order and type of transactions to match for the
54. Stage field 5 19 security C 2 sequential document numbering 2 63 Sequential Numbering profile option 2 63 B4 Set of Books field 2 20 Set of Books Name field 5 16 Set of Books Name profile option 2 19 sets of books defining 2 4 2 7 GL Set of Books Name profile option B 3 multiple 2 5 multiple organizations 2 20 setting for Payables 2 11 setting for Receivables 2 14 system parameters 2 20 setting system parameters 2 19 setting up accounting calendar periods 2 4 2 7 accounting period types 2 4 2 7 Bank Statement Open Interface 2 28 chart of accounts 2 4 2 7 checklist 2 6 currencies 2 4 2 7 Forecasting Open Interface 2 57 multiple organizations 2 5 overview 2 2 profile options B 2 Reconciliation Open Interface 2 46 sequential document numbering 2 63 sets of books 2 4 2 7 transaction codes 2 25 Show Cleared Transactions check box 2 20 Source Currency field 5 26 Cash Forecast window 5 35 Cash Forecasts window 5 32 Source Currency Type field 5 26 Cash Forecast window 5 35 Source field Add Row window 5 39 Cash Forecast Amounts window 5 29 source types characteristics 5 10 5 13 expected cash activity dates 5 7 user defined 5 22 spreadsheets attachments 4 42 forecasting 1 35 5 40 SQL Loader script developing 2 30 Start Date field 5 25 Cash Forecast window 5 34 Cash Forecasts window 5 32 Start Period field 5 25 Cash Forecast window 5 34 Cash Forecasts w
55. Statements Automatically page 4 2 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Changing the Reconciliation Status page 4 40 Marking a Bank Statement as Complete page 4 68 Managing Bank Statements 3 41 3 42 Oracle Cash Management User Guide CHAPTER 4 Reconciling Bank Statements Reconciling Bank Statements 4 1 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically 4 2 You can use the AutoReconciliation program to automatically reconcile any bank statement in Oracle Cash Management There are three versions of the program e AutoReconciliation Use this program to reconcile any bank statement that has already been entered in Cash Management e Bank Statement Import Use this program to import an electronic bank statement after loading the bank statement file into the Bank Statement Open Interface tables See Importing Bank Statements page 3 17 e Bank Statement Import and AutoReconciliation Use this program to import and reconcile a bank statement in the same run You can run these programs from the Submit Request window the Reconcile Bank Statements window or the Bank Statement Interface window You can also import and automatically reconcile a bank statement from the Bank Statement Loader program by using the option of Load Import and AutoReconciliation See Loading the Bank Statement Open Interface Tables page 3 2 After you run the program you can review the AutoReconciliation Execution Report
56. Status The status of the transaction Oracle Cash Management User Guide Transaction Region Exchange Region Reference Region Original Currency The transaction currency Original Amount The transaction amount in the transaction currency Account Currency Amount The transaction amount in the bank account currency Account Currency Amount Cleared The amount cleared in the bank account currency Cleared Date The date the transaction cleared the bank Value Date The date when the cash activity date is recognized in the bank account This date is important for interest calculations on the bank account The statement line value date can be provided by the bank or entered manually This date is used to populate the Actual Value Date in Oracle Payables and Oracle Receivables GL Date The date that the payment or receipt posts to the general ledger If you do not choose the Default Dates button the default is the system date if the Payables Receivables period is open If the period is closed and in the future the date defaults to the first date of the latest open period If the period is closed and not in the future it defaults to the last date of the latest open period Date The date used to determine the currency exchange rate Type The exchange rate type as defined in Oracle General Ledger used for this transaction Rate The exchange rate specified by the bank for this transaction Account C
57. Sufficient Funds and Rejected transactions the matching sequence searches in the following order 1 receipt number 2 invoice number and customer bank account number 3 invoice number and customer name Also the transaction amount is within the reconciliation tolerance If the bank statement does not provide a receipt number for a receipt then matching to the invoice number and customer bank account number is particularly useful e For NSF Non Sufficient Funds or Rejected transactions the receipt must first be reversed in Oracle Receivables Matching Criteria for Oracle Payroll Transactions The Cash Management AutoReconciliation program matches Oracle Payroll transactions against bank statement lines if the transactions meet the following criteria e The Oracle Payroll Payment Number matches the statement line Transaction Number e The Oracle Payroll payment amount matches the statement line payment amount Matching Criteria for Miscellaneous Transactions The Cash Management AutoReconciliation program matches miscellaneous transactions if the transactions meet the following criteria Overview 1 9 e If the transaction type matches to regular miscellaneous transactions The transaction amount is within the reconciliation tolerance The Receipt Number matches the statement line Transaction Number e Ifthe transaction type matches to correction statement lines For reversal correction
58. System Parameters window Prerequisites Q Define your banks Q Set up Receivables activities and payment methods for miscellaneous transactions gt To create anew bank statement line from reconciled transactions 1 Navigate to the Find Bank Statements window 2 Enter the query criteria for the statement you want to reconcile or leave the criteria blank to query all existing statements 3 Choose Find to see the Reconcile Bank Statements window containing the statements that meet your query criteria You can open custom folders that display statement information in a custom format if you or your organization has defined any Refer to the Oracle Applications User s Guide for more information on modifying and saving folders 4 Select the statement you want to reconcile and choose Review Optionally choose New to enter a new bank statement Reconciling Bank Statements 4 25 4 26 10 If you are entering a new bank statement enter the bank statement header information If you select an existing bank statement Cash Management displays the corresponding bank information Choose Available to search for detail or batch transactions that are available for reconciliation Enter your search criteria in the Find Transactions window or leave the criteria blank to search for all available transactions Choose Find Select the detail or batch transactions that apply to the bank statement line you want to create
59. Use Reconciliation Open Interface check box in the System Parameters window 5 Optional Refine or focus your search further by selecting the Transaction tabbed region You can enter transaction Dates Amounts Batch Names Remittance Numbers or the Currency Code to search for You can also enter sort criteria which determines how the resulting transactions are displayed in the Available Transactions window You cannot enter search criteria for the Miscellaneous or Journal tabbed regions 6 Choose Find to find all open interface transactions that match your search criteria or choose Find and Mark to find and automatically mark matching transactions for reconciliation See Also Reconciling Available Transactions and Batches page 4 30 Entering Bank Statements Manually page 3 33 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Creating Reconciled Bank Statement Lines page 4 25 Reviewing Reconciled Transactions page 4 36 Changing the Reconciliation Status page 4 40 Using Attachments page 4 42 Creating Payments and Receipts Transactions page 4 43 Creating Miscellaneous Transactions page 4 45 Recording Exceptions page 4 50 Entering Reversals page 4 53 Reconciling Corrections and Adjustments to Bank Errors page 4 57 Manually Clearing and Unclearing Receipts and Payments page 4 61 Reconciling Available Transactions and Batches After you locate detail or batch transactions t
60. Using Cash Management Affects Your Closing Process 4 70 If you use Cash Management with your other Oracle applications you should consider changing your closing processes to ensure that e Any reconciliation transactions created by Cash Management are properly entered e Account balances are updated e Reports include accurate information Specifically we recommend the steps below p gt If you use Oracle General Ledger 1 2 Reconcile all your bank statements Transfer all transactions from Payables and Receivables to your General Ledger interface tables Run Journal Import in General Ledger Post journals in General Ledger Run the GL Reconciliation Report from Cash Management for each bank account This report compares the statement balance you specify to the General Ledger ending balances Review the report for errors If there are errors in the report correct them in Cash Management as needed Repeat the above steps until there are no more errors p gt If you do not use Oracle General Ledger 1 2 Reconcile all your bank statements Transfer all transactions from Payables and Receivables to your general ledger interface tables Post journals in your general ledger Complete your closing process as you would normally Oracle Cash Management User Guide See Also GL Reconciliation Report page 6 26 Posting Oracle Payables User s Guide Unposted Invoice Sweep Program Oracle Payabl
61. View Reconciliation Errors Inquiry and Reports 6 5 See Also window appears showing the Account Bank Name Currency and Statement Date The window also shows the Line Number and Message for each reconciliation error Entering Bank Statements Manually page 3 33 Entering Bank Statement Lines page 3 36 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Reviewing Reconciled Transactions page 4 36 Reviewing Reconciliation Errors page 4 15 Entering Reversals page 4 53 Using Attachments page 4 42 Viewing Available Transactions You can use View Available Transactions window to review those Payables and Receivables transactions that are available for reconciliation You can also review any Oracle General Ledger journal entries that are available for reconciliation The window only lists void payments if the Show Void Payments option on the Systems Parameters window is checked It does not list reversed receipts due to user error nor does it list the associated original receipts that were not reconciled You can access the View Available Transactions window from the Navigator the View Bank Statement window or the View Bank Statement Lines window You cannot reconcile available transactions or journal entries from the View Available Transactions window Prerequisite Q Have bank statements entered and or reconciled in Cash Management To query available detail transactions from the Navigator 1
62. a template Generating Cash Forecasts for a Project You can generate a forecast for a specific project or for a range of projects If you generate a forecast for a range of projects Cash Management produces a separate forecast for each project p 22 Oracle Cash Management User Guide To specify projects for your forecast that are different from those on the template you must complete the starting and ending project numbers on the Submit Forecast window If you submit a forecast for a project based on a template that includes some sources types that are related to Projects and others that are not related to Projects Cash Management produces a forecast that reflects information from only the source types related to Projects Forecasting Open Interface and Distributed Database Integration See Also The Forecasting Open Interface allows you to utilize external sources of data as cash inflow and outflow data for the Cash Forecasting feature providing you an enterprise wide cash forecasting solution on a distributed database environment You can generate a cash forecast and the Forecasting Open Interface automatically retrieves information available from the external forecast sources you have defined Generating a Cash Forecast with Amounts Calculated Automatically page 5 24 Creating a Manually Entered Cash Forecast page 5 27 Exporting Cash Forecasts to Microsoft Excel Spreadsheets page 5 40 Viewing Cash Forecasts
63. account and credit the Cash account Although you can clear or reconcile the payment in Cash Management Payables will not create accounting entries for payment clearing bank charges or bank errors When Payment Clears Payables accounts for each payment once after clearing After you clear or reconcile the payment you can create the following accounting entries in Payables cleared payment debit the AP Liability account and credit the Cash asset account bank charges debit the Bank Charges account and credit the Cash account Oracle Cash Management User Guide bank errors account in Cash account and Bank Errors account Debits and credits depend on whether the bank error was a positive or negative amount In Payables you can view the accounting entries online See your Oracle Payables User s Guide for more information Accounting for Gains and Losses Any accounting entries for gains and losses are controlled by the Payables Option Account for Gain Loss For this option you can select When Payment is Issued When Payment Clears or both However if you account for payments at clearing time you must account for gains and losses at clearing time If you use future dated payments and if you choose to account for gains and losses at payment issue then Payables also accounts for gains and losses between payment issue and payment maturity In Payables you can view the accounting entries online See your
64. activity date for Sales Orders is the ordered date or requested date plus the due days specified in the payment terms However if the payment terms contain a fixed due date the due date is used as the cash activity date Order Type Optional A classification for Sales Orders In Order Management this controls an order s workflow activity order number sequence credit check point and transaction type Sales Stage The sales stage code for Sales Opportunities Channel The lead channel code for Sales Opportunities Win Probability The win probability as a percentage for Sales Opportunities For example if you enter 10 you select all sales opportunities with 10 or more of win probabilities Status Optional Indicates the status of transactions to include in the cash forecast Date Type The expected cash activity date to use when calculating forecast amounts Transaction Type The type of transaction Exclude Indicative Exposure For Treasury Transactions if you enable this check box you can include transactions in the forecast as follows e Enabled Firm Include only transactions that definitely have occurred or will occur Cash Forecasting 5 19 See Also e Not Enabled Indicative Include all transactions including those that may or may not occur These options are available in the Exclude Indicative check box in the the Forecast Template Rows window These options are available in the Exclude Indicative
65. analyze your cash management activities You can run the following Cash Management reports from the Submit Request window Submitting Requests Archive Purge Bank Statements page 6 21 AutoReconciliation Execution Report page 6 22 Bank Statement Detail Report page 6 22 Bank Statement Loader Execution Report page 6 23 Bank Statement Summary Report page 6 25 Bank Statements by Document Number Report page 6 25 Bank Transaction Codes Listing page 6 36 Cash Forecast Report page 6 17 Cash Forecast Execution Report page 6 19 Cash in Transit Report page 6 29 Cleared Transactions Report page 6 30 GL Reconciliation Report page 6 26 Payment Exceptions Report page 6 35 Transactions Available for Reconciliation Report page 6 32 gt To submit a standard request or request set from the Submit Request window 1 Navigate to the Submit a New Request window 2 Choose either Request or Request Set Choose OK to open the Submit Requests window 3 Enter the name of the request or request set that you want to submit 4 If the request or request set has parameters enter the parameters in the Parameters window Choose OK to save the parameters If your request has parameters you can see detailed information on the parameters in the Selected Report Parameters section of the Inquiry and Reports 6 13 Cancelling Requests gt Monitoring Requests gt Defini
66. and reports Open Interface transactions include both Treasury settlements and external transactions The Cash Management Reconciliation Open Interface allows you to e Find Treasury settlements that are available for reconciliation e Automatically or manually reconcile Treasury settlements to bank statement lines e Find reconciled Treasury settlements e Find external transactions that are available for clearing e Find external transactions that are available for reconciliation e Manually clear external transactions e Automatically or manually reconcile external transactions to bank statement lines e Find cleared external transactions e Find reconciled external transactions After following the setup steps you can run the AutoReconciliation program or clear or reconcile open interface transactions manually You do not run the Reconciliation Open Interface as a separate program Cash Management automatically retrieves the necessary information from the open interface view CE_999_INTERFACE_ V for matching bank statement lines to external transactions Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 2 46 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Manually Clearing and Unclearing page 4 61 Finding Available Transactions Batches and Journal Entries for Reconciliation page 4 27 Using Reconciliation Open Interface to Reconcile Treasury Settlements Prerequisites to R
67. and status to the transaction Accounting for the cleared transaction varies by the source If the transaction is a payment Payables records the accounting information but you create the accounting entries in Payables If the transaction is a receipt or a miscellaneous transaction Receivables automatically generates the accounting entries If the transaction is an open interface transaction you must customize the CE_999_PKG package to implement reconciliation accounting You cannot clear Payroll payments General Ledger journal entries or Treasury settlements Review and Summarize Results Once you have completed the reconciliation process we recommend that you review your reconciliation results You can review the reports Overview 1 3 1 4 that are printed automatically from the AutoReconciliation program You can also use the following reports e Bank Statement Detail Report e Bank Statement Summary Report e Bank Statements by Number Report Create Accounting Entries in Payables After you clear or reconcile Payables payments in Cash Management you create accounting entries for the payments in Payables These entries are then ready to be transferred to the General Ledger Interface tables Transfer Accounting Entries to Your General Ledger Once you are satisfied that your reconciliation was completed correctly you can post the accounting entries to your general ledger In Payables you create accounting entries a
68. bank statements manually The system retains all bank statement information for audit and reference purposes until you purge it Each Cash Management bank statement is composed of one bank statement header and multiple bank statement lines The bank statement header identifies the statement number bank account number and statement date It also contains optional information including the bank and branch names bank account currency and control amounts If a bank gives you multiple account information on a single bank statement you must enter a separate Cash Management bank statement for each bank account for the specific statement date A bank statement line can refer to one or more payments receipts miscellaneous transactions open interface transactions or journal entry lines Each line has a line number transaction type date cleared bank transaction date and amount Optional line information includes the bank transaction code number bank transaction identifier such as the payment or deposit number currency information currency code original amount in transaction currency exchange rate value date agent customer or supplier agent bank account a comment and a descriptive flexfield for user defined additional information A bank statement line s status can be one of the following e Reconciled Some transactions have been matched against this line The statement line may not be fully reconciled e Unreconcil
69. be paid Choices include Check Electronic Wire and Clearing e For Payroll Name predefined and user defined payment methods in Oracle Payroll for how employees payroll can be paid Predefined choices include Cash Check and NACHA National Automated Clearing House Association Bank Account Optional The bank account whose transactions you want to include in the cash forecast The list of values depends on the source type e For Supplier Payments and Customer Receipts bank accounts defined in the Banks window in Oracle Payables also accessible by Receivables e For Payroll Name bank accounts defined in the Organizational Payment Method window in Oracle Payroll e For Treasury Transactions bank accounts defined in the Company Profiles window in Oracle Treasury Method Specifies cash flow transactions as forward or backward looking for Supplier Payments Customer Receipts and Payroll Expenses For Payroll Expenses this field defaults to Historical since Payroll Expenses forecasts are based solely on historical payments Cash Forecasting 5 17 e Future Include uncleared transactions e Historical Include cleared transactions based on the cleared date or value date You choose either Cleared Date or Value Date from the Date Type column on the Forecast Template Rows window Roll Forward Type and Roll Forward Period Required only when you choose Historical in the Method field The combination of these fields de
70. can also automatically archive or purge imported intra day bank statement information from the Bank Statement Open Interface tables To archive or purge information from the Bank Statement tables or Intra Day Bank Statement tables however you must run the Archive Purge Bank Statements program See System Parameters page 2 19 Prerequisites L Load your bank statement file into the bank statement interface tables E Import the bank statement information into Oracle Cash Management gt To archive and or purge imported bank statements 1 Navigate to the Submit Request window 2 Select the List of Values button to see a list of available programs and reports 3 Select Archive Purge Bank Statements program The Parameters window appears 4 Select the Archive Purge Objects You can choose Statement tables Interface tables or Both 5 Select the Archive Purge Option You can choose Archive Purge or Purge Reconciling Bank Statements 4 73 6 Select the Archive Option that you want the program to perform e Delete delete existing data in interface before saving new archive data e Append append archive data to any existing archive data 7 Select the Statement Type that you want to archive or purge You can choose Previous Day Intra Day or both 8 Choose the Bank Branch Name whose statements tables will be archived and or purged 9 Optionally choose a Bank Account Number If you do not choo
71. can load intra day bank statements into the Bank Statement Open Interface tables using the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program or by using a custom loader program Once you populate the open interface tables you can run the Intra Day Bank Statement Import program to validate and transfer the bank statement information into the Cash Management Intra Day Bank Statement tables After the bank statement information has been successfully transferred you can purge the open interface tables Bank Statement File Formats The Bank Statement Loader program and the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program can load the following three bank statement file formats e BAI2 e SWIFT940 e User defined Before you can use the Bank Statement Loader program or the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program you must complete the setup required for each format that you want to load 2 28 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Setup for BAI2 The Bank Statement Loader program uses a predefined SQL Loader script to load BAI2 bank statement files However since each bank adopts the BAI2 standard slightly differently you need to map the BAI2 format to the Bank Statement Open Interface tables You can create the mapping information from the BAI2 mapping template See Bank Statement Mapping page 2 32 The BAI2 SQL Loader script is located in CE_TOP bin BAI2 ctl The mapping rules for the BAI2 format are listed in Appendix D Setup for SWIFT940 For
72. change the Document Number either The GL date defaults to the bank statement date You can update it or override it on the individual payment or receipt transaction Choose Lines to see the Bank Statement Lines window Select the statement line that you want to reconcile Choose Available to search for detail or batch transactions that are available for reconciliation Enter your search criteria in the Find Transactions window Select the available detail and batch transactions that apply to the current bank statement line Optional Choose the Recalculate button Reconcile the available detail or batch transactions Reconcile other statement lines Reconciling Bank Statements 4 23 See Also 14 Optional Create miscellaneous transactions for bank statement transactions with no matching Payables Receivables or General Ledger activity Miscellaneous payments are actually handled as negative receipts by Cash Management Therefore to create miscellaneous payments you must have Receivables installed and set up 15 Optional Create payments or receipts for bank statement transactions with no matching Payables or Receivables activity 16 Reverse any NSF or rejected bank transactions 17 Optionally when you have reconciled all the bank statement lines mark your bank statement as complete 18 Save your work 19 You can review the results of reconciliation in the following reports e Bank Statement Detail Repor
73. check box in the Forecast Template Rows window Budget Type Required for Project Inflow Budgets and Project Outflow Budgets The type of budget Budget Version Required for Project Inflow Budgets and Project Outflow Budgets The version of the budget type that you selected You can have many versions of the same budget for a project and budget type but Cash Management only considers baselined budgets that are identified as the current budget or original budget Include in Net Cash Required for Project Inflow Budgets and Project Outflow Budgets A check box to indicate if you want to include budget amounts in the net cash calculation Cash Management includes outflow budgets in the net outflow calculation and inflow budgets in the net inflow calculation External Source Type Indicates the user defined external forecast source type for Open Interface Inflow or Open Interface Outflow The list of values is from the Context field of the Forecast Selection Criteria Descriptive Flexfield you created during setup of the Forecasting Open Interface Forecast Selection Criteria The descriptive flexfield that indicates the external forecast selection criteria based on the External Source Type you entered in the previous field for Open Interface Inflow or Open Interface Outflow sources The list of values is from the segments you defined for the Forecast Selection Criteria Descriptive Flexfield Discounts Oracle Payables User s Guide Pay
74. errors 3 30 importing bank statements 3 17 loading 3 2 reviewing errors 3 25 setting up 2 28 Statement Headers Interface table 2 40 Statement Lines Interface table 2 42 validation 3 20 Bank Statement Summary Report 6 25 Bank Statement window finding available batches 4 29 finding available detail transactions 4 27 finding available open interface transactions 4 29 reconciling manually 4 23 reversing a receipt 4 53 using attachments 4 42 window reference 3 34 Bank Statements bank statement loader program 3 3 entering 3 2 mapping 2 32 retrieving 3 9 bank statements archiving 4 72 attaching text images spreadsheets 4 42 changing the reconciliation status 4 40 correcting interface errors 3 30 creating miscellaneous transactions 4 45 electronic 3 2 entering manually 3 33 importing 3 17 inquiry 6 3 loading 3 2 mapping templates D 2 marking as complete 4 68 numbering 2 63 overview 1 6 purging 4 72 reconciliation overview 1 2 reconciling automatically 4 2 reconciling manually 4 20 reviewing reconciled transactions 4 36 transaction codes 1 7 unmarking completed 4 68 updating 3 41 Bank Statements by Document Number Report 6 25 bank transaction codes overview 1 7 Bank Transaction Codes Listing 6 36 Bank Transaction Codes window defining transaction codes 2 25 batch handling finding 4 29 finding available batch transactions for reconciliation 4 27 reconciliation 4 30
75. exchange rate 0 75 Transaction base amount USD 150 Tolerance USD 10 Is this a match Tolerance amount USD 10 Statement line amount USD 145 Yes since 145 150 lt 10 Table 4 2 Tolerance Validation for International Scenario Page 1 of 1 Bank Account Currency is Foreign Foreign Scenario For foreign currency bank accounts e You can reconcile transactions only if they are in the same currency as the bank account e You can create a miscellaneous receipt only if the related transaction is in the same currency as the bank account e You must include exchange rates on the bank statement lines if you want to use automatic reconciliation but do not set up the Foreign Currency Bank system parameters The exchange rate information is required for tolerance validation and accounting If you complete the Foreign Currency Bank system parameters setup Cash Management automatically selects exchange rates for foreign currency bank statement lines during automatic reconciliation However Cash Management does not select exchange rates for bank statement lines that have partial or complete exchange rate information Tolerance validation is in two steps 4 10 Oracle Cash Management User Guide 1 Cash Management converts the tolerance into the bank account currency using the exchange rate information you provided or automatically selected for the bank statement line and verifies that the difference between the s
76. in the bank account currency Account Currency Amount Cleared The amount cleared in the currency of the bank account Cleared Date The date that the transaction cleared the bank The default is the statement line date statement date GL Date The date that the transaction posts to the General Ledger The default is the statement date Date The date associated with the exchange rate that was used Type The exchange rate type as defined in Oracle General Ledger used for this transaction Rate The exchange rate specified by the bank for this transaction If the bank account currency and the transaction currency are related fixed rate currencies such as euro and a National Currency Unit then the system will display EMU Fixed Account Currency Charges The amount of any bank charges associated with the transaction in the bank account currency Account Currency Errors The amount of any bank errors associated with the transaction in the bank account currency Type The type of transactions in the batch either payments or remittances Date The date of the payment remittance batch Deposit Number The bank deposit or remittance number Reconciling Bank Statements 4 35 Buttons See Also Recalculate Recalculates the Charges Errors and Amount Cleared fields Cash Management defaults the amount differences between the statement line amount and the transaction amount based on the system parameters
77. information used to automatically reconcile a bank statement line select the statement line in the Bank Statement Lines window and choose the Reconciled button If matching fails you need to manually reconcile the bank statement line using the Reconcile Bank Statements window Reconciling Bank Statements 4 11 Multi Currency Clearing Clearing takes place after matching so any difference between the statement line amount and the original transaction amount is already verified to be within the specified tolerance limit Cash Management determines clearing amounts for the charges errors and foreign gain loss accounts as necessary to clear the transaction Bank Account Currency is Functional International Scenario Cash Management checks the Foreign system parameter in the Tolerance Differences region of the System Parameters window to determine what to do with the difference between the cleared amount and the transaction amount The options are as follows e Gain Loss The unaccounted difference is due to changes in foreign currency gain or loss Lines are cleared using the calculated bank statement line exchange rate The calculated rate is the bank statement line amount less any bank charges divided by the transaction amount e Charges Errors The unaccounted difference is due to charges or errors Receivables Differences are always bank charges Payables Cash Management checks the system parameter AP Toler
78. information is the default for clearing the transaction When you reconcile an International scenario statement line the statement line exchange rate information is calculated Automatic Reconciliation Cash Management s AutoReconciliation program performs validation checking of exchange rate information during bank statement import and reconciliation The program also handles transaction matching differently for International and Foreign scenario transactions See Multi Currency Matching page 4 9 For the International scenario if you don t provide exchange rates with your statement lines and if the cleared amount functional currency matches the paid transaction amount after conversion to functional currency then Cash Management calculates an exchange rate as of the cleared date Oracle Payables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 15 Oracle Receivables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 21 Importing Bank Statements page 3 17 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 Multi Currency Matching page 4 9 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 1 12 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Integration with Oracle Receivables Payables Payroll and Treasury Bank Reconciliation is an integrated application that works with Receivables Payables and Oracle Payroll Integration with Receivables Cash Management shares functionality with Receivables Using Cash Management you can e Cle
79. into the Bank Statement Open Interface tables using the Bank Statement Loader program or by using a custom loader program If you use bank accounts shared by Oracle Treasury and Oracle Cash Management you can use the Bank Statement Open Interface to load bank statements to reconcile against Treasury settlements You can also load intra day bank statements for cash positioning in Oracle Treasury You can load intra day bank statement information into the Bank Statement Open Interface tables using the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program by using a custom loader or by using the automatic bank transmission feature If your bank delivers previous day account statements in the IFX XML format you can set up the XML Gateway to receive and process these bank statements using a secure Internet connection The XML Gateway validates the XML messages using the IFX specifications and predefined Cash Management mapping rules Upon successful validation the XML Gateway populates the Bank Statement Open Interface tables and launches the Bank Statement Import program to transfer the bank statement information to Cash Management Oracle Cash Management User Guide The Bank Statement Loader Program The Bank Statement Loader program is a platform independent solution for mapping and transferring bank statement information from an electronic bank statement into the open interface tables in Oracle Cash Management The Bank Statement Loader progra
80. loss value Data you enter in a parameter A value can be a date a name or a code depending on the parameter value set A group of values and related vendor See supplier attributes you assign to an account segment or to a descriptive flexfield segment Values in each value set have the same maximum length validation type alphanumeric option and so on voucher number A number used as a record of a business transaction A voucher number may be used to review invoice information in which case it serves as a unique reference to a single invoice Glossary 13 Glossary 14 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Index A Account Currency Amount Cleared field Available Batches window 4 35 Available Transactions window 4 32 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Reversals window 4 55 Unclear Transactions window 4 65 Account Currency Amount field Available Transactions window 4 32 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Reversals window 4 55 Unclear Transactions window 4 65 Account Currency Charges field Available Batches window 4 35 Available Transactions window 4 32 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Account Currency Errors field Available Batches window 4 35 Available Transactions window 4 33 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Account Currency Total field Available Batches
81. not associated with customer invoices such as petty cash transactions posted directly to revenue accounts e Stopped Stopped payments previously entered generated or cleared such as callback of a check A stopped transaction type matches only to voided or stopped payments in Oracle Payables and Oracle Payroll e Rejected Receipts rejected for reasons other than nonsufficient funds such as an invalid bank account A rejected transaction type matches only to reversed receipts in Oracle Receivables e NSF Receipts rejected by the bank because the accounts on which they were drawn had nonsufficient funds Code The code that the bank uses to identify a transaction Number The transaction number Amounts Tabbed Region Transaction Date The date the transaction cleared the bank The default is the statement date Value Date formerly Effective Date The date when cash activity payments or receipts is recognized in a bank account This date is important for interest calculations on a bank account The statement line Value Date can be provided by the bank or entered manually It is 3 38 Oracle Cash Management User Guide used to populate the Actual Value Date in Oracle Payables and Oracle Receivables Amount The amount of the transaction in the bank account currency This amount must be within tolerance for autoreconciliation to occur even if the netted value of the Amount and Charges column equals the subledger transact
82. of insert CREATION_DATE automatically populated at the time of insert LAST_UPDATED_BY automatically populated at the time of insert and update LAST_UPDATE_DATE automatically populated at the time of insert and update Bank Statement Mapping Templates D 5 SWIFT940 Mapping Template This section contains the default mapping rules created for the SWIFT940 format Header Information SWIFT940 header information is stored in records with tags of 25 28C 60a and 62a A tag behaves in the same way as record ID in BAT2 When a record is copied from a SWIFT940 bank statement file to the intermediate table the Bank Statement Loader program uses the tag as the record ID but deletes the last non numeric character The following is an example 20 GL9903010486 25 720520899611 28 193 60F C990226BEF37692 62F C990227BEF37812 12 The following table contains the legend for SWIFT940 tables Legend for Legend for SWIFT940 Tables SWIFT940 Tables a character n numeric number numeric x character or numeric optional The following table illustrates the mapping of SWIFT940 header information with record ID 25 25 and record name Account Identification to the Bank Statement Headers Interface table Format in SWIFT940 SWIFT940 Field Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column 35x Account Identification COLUMNI1 BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM D 6 Oracle Cash Management User Guide
83. of values before choosing a final value Just as AutoReduction incrementally reduces a list of values as you enter additional character s pressing Backspace incrementally expands a list AutoSelection A feature in the list window that allows you to choose a valid value from the list with a single keystroke When you display the list window you can type the first character of the choice you want in the window If only one choice begins with the character you enter AutoSelection selects the choice closes the list window and enters the value in the appropriate field BAI An acronym for the Banking Administration Institute This organization has recommended a common format that is widely accepted for sending lockbox data If your bank provides you with this type of statement you can use Bank Statement Open Interface to load your bank statement information into Oracle Cash Management See also Bank Statement Open Interface bank file In Oracle Cash Management the electronic statement file you receive from your bank for example BAI format or SWIFT940 It contains all transaction information that the bank has processed through your bank account bank statement A report sent from a bank to a customer showing all transaction activity for a bank account for a specific period of time Bank statements report beginning balance deposits made checks cleared bank charges credits and ending balance Enclosed with the ban
84. order or to the bearer out of money on deposit to the credit of the maker A check differs from a warrant in that a warrant is not necessarily payable on demand and may not be negotiable It differs from a voucher in that a voucher is not an order to pay Glossary 3 clearing A process that assigns a cleared date and status to a transaction and creates accounting entries for the cash clearing account See also manual clearing reconciliation clearing account An account used to ensure that both sides of an accounting transaction are recorded For example when you purchase an asset your payables group creates a journal entry to the asset clearing account When your fixed assets group records the asset they create another journal entry to the asset clearing account to balance the entry from the payables group concurrent manager A unique facility that manages many time consuming non interactive tasks within Oracle Applications for you so you do not have to wait for their completion When you submit a request in Oracle Applications that does not require your interaction such as releasing shipments or running a report the Concurrent Manager does the work for you enabling you to complete multiple tasks simultaneously concurrent process A non interactive task that you request Oracle Applications to complete Each time you submit a non interactive task you create a new concurrent process A concurrent process
85. page 6 10 Cash Forecasting Reports page 6 17 Forecasting Open Interface page 5 3 Prerequisites for All Methods of Generating Cash Forecasts L Set up the Forecasting Open Interface if you plan to include external sources in your cash forecasts L Define at least one cash forecast template Cash Forecasting 5 23 Generating a Cash Forecast with Amounts Calculated Automatically 5 24 gt To create a cash forecast using the Submit Forecast window 1 Navigate to the Forecast Templates window or the Cash Forecasts window Optional Select the record of an existing cash forecast Choose Submit Forecast from the Oracle Applications Tools menu The Submit Forecast window appears Enter the appropriate parameters and press Submit to generate a new cash forecast See Submit Forecast Window Reference page 5 25 If you are generating a cash forecast for a project you can generate a forecast for a specific project or for a range of projects by entering a starting and ending project number Cash Management automatically generates the Cash Forecast Execution Report which indicates if the Submit Forecast program produced any errors You can also print this report later using the Submit Request window Cash Management also generates the Cash Forecast report if the Submit Forecast program produced no errors To create a cash forecast using the Submit Request window 1 2 3 Oracle Cash Management User G
86. region enter exchange information for foreign currency transactions e Enter the Original Currency Code and Exchange Date e Enter an exchange rate Type or select one from the available list of values e If you select exchange rate type of User enter the exchange Rate If you use a predefined rate type Cash Management picks up the exchange rate automatically if you do not enter one In the Reference tabbed region enter the Agent customer or supplier Invoice number and Agent Bank Account associated with the transaction In the Description tabbed region enter a description of the transaction and any Bank Charges related to the transaction Enter each additional transaction line Save your work Managing Bank Statements 3 37 Bank Statement Interface Lines Window Reference Account The number of the bank account associated with the transaction Date The closing date of the bank statement Line Number The line number provided by the bank If the bank does not provide line numbers you can enter line numbers in a sequence Type The transaction type e Payment Payments such as generated or recorded checks wire transfers and electronic funds transfers e Receipt Receipts such as received checks direct debits and bills of exchange e Miscellaneous Payment Payments not associated with supplier invoices such as petty cash transactions posted directly to cash accounts e Miscellaneous Receipt Receipts
87. remote databases Cash Forecast Reporting and Spreadsheet Integration Cash Management lets you view cash forecast information online in a spreadsheet format with the forecast periods in columns and the sources in rows The Cash Forecast Report uses Oracle Report eXchange to allow you to export your cash forecast data to the spreadsheet application of your choice You can also print the Cash Forecast Report to review your forecasts Overview 1 35 See Also Cash Forecasting page 5 2 Forecasting Open Interface page 1 35 1 36 Oracle Cash Management User Guide CHAPTER a Setting Up T his chapter tells you how to set up Cash Management after you have installed it It includes an overview with list of setup steps and includes detailed instructions on completing each step Note Refer to the first document Setting Up Oracle Cash Management to see if a setup step is documented outside of this user s guide We suggest that you use this document in online help during setup You can then quickly access any specific setup documentation located in other application user s guides by using hypertext links Setting Up 2 1 Setting Up Oracle Cash Management 2 2 This section includes the checklist of steps to implement your Cash Management system The checklist shows you where to read in detail about each setup step The Window Name s column shows you in which window s you perform the step and the specific responsib
88. search Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Inquiry and Reports 6 9 Finding Available Transactions Batches and Journal Entries for Reconciliation page 4 27 Reconciling Available Transactions Batches and Journal Entries page 4 30 Creating Miscellaneous Transactions page 4 45 Recording Exceptions page 4 50 Entering Reversals page 4 53 Viewing Payments and Receipts You can use the Payments window to review the details of transactions in Oracle Payables that are available for reconciliation You can use the Receipts window to review the details of transactions in Oracle Receivables that are available for reconciliation You can also use these two windows to find out the bank statement that a payment or receipt is reconciled to gt To view payments in Oracle Payables 1 Navigate to the Payments window 2 Query the payments you want to review 3 Ifa payment is reconciled scroll to the Statement Num and Statement Line Num field to find information on the bank statement gt To view receipts in Oracle Receivables 1 Navigate to the Receipts window 2 Query the receipts you want to review 3 Ifa receipt is reconciled choose the Cash Management tab to find information on the bank statement Viewing Cash Forecasts Cash Management lets you view cash forecast information online in a spreadsheet format with the forecast periods in columns and the sources in rows 6 10 Ora
89. sees 2 48 CE_999_INTERFACE_V Description 06 2 49 Package CE_999_PKG Description and Modifications s icsis secs e nepie soap erect scapes any a aS ER E 2 52 Installing Cash Forecasting Open Interface Objects in Remote Databases 0 0c cece eee eee 2 56 Forecasting Open Interface oink eee cae enh eee nied ee ce 2 57 Program Submission 000 piini ki eee ee eee 2 58 Preparing to Use the Forecasting Open Interface 2 58 Sequential Document Numbering 0 000 2000 2 63 Managing Bank Statements cece eee e eee eens 3 1 Entering Bank Statements sine eee cece eee 3 2 Loading the Bank Statement Open Interface Tables 3 2 iv Oracle Cash Management User Guide Chapter 4 To Run the Bank Statement Loader Program 3 4 Bank Statement Loader Program Parameters 3 7 Using a Custom Loader Program 000005 3 8 Automatic Bank Transmission Feature 3 8 Retrieving Bank Statements and Payment Exceptions 3 9 Intra Day Bank Statement Loader Program 3 11 Submitting the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader Progtam saasis bese bentetan taka ded ade 3 11 Receiving XML Bank Statements 000000 3 12 Setting Up Your System to Receive XML Bank Statements srei cc eeaisce opomniti 3 13 Processing XML Bank Statements 000 000 3 15 Importing Bank Statements 0 0
90. setup Reconcile Reconciles the transactions Finding Available Detail and Batch Transactions for Reconciliation page 4 27 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Creating Reconciled Bank Statement Lines page 4 25 Reviewing Reconciled Transactions page 4 36 Changing the Reconciliation Status page 4 40 Using Attachments page 4 42 Creating Payments and Receipts Transactions page 4 43 Creating Miscellaneous Transactions page 4 45 Recording Exceptions page 4 50 Entering Reversals page 4 53 Manually Clearing and Unclearing Receipts and Payments page 4 61 Reviewing Reconciled Transactions After reconciling transactions you can review your work in the Reconciled Transactions window For each transaction you see information about the transaction Type receipt payment or miscellaneous Number Status Date and Maturity Date To review reconciled transactions for a bank statement 1 Navigate to the Reconcile Bank Statements folder window You can open custom folders that display statement information in a custom format if you or your organization has defined any Refer to the Oracle Applications User s Guide for more information on modifying and saving folders 4 36 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Select a bank statement then choose Review Choose Reconciled You see the Reconciled Transactions window with the reconciled transactions for the first statement line
91. temporary storage of the file in the database where a row corresponds to a record in the file and a column corresponds to a field in the record The Bank Statement Loader program purges the table before inserting data into it You can consult the SQL Loader script provided by Cash Management for the French EDIFACT format for an example e Your SQL Loader script must reside in the CE_TOP bin directory where CE_TOP is the top directory for the Cash Management product The name of the script must be in upper case and must end with the extension of ctl e The SQL Loader script needs to parse the bank statement file and exclude any extraneous records Oracle Cash Management User Guide The SQL Loader script must populate the REC_NO column and the REC_ID column in the intermediate table for each record loaded from the bank statement file REC_NO indicates the order of a record in the file You can use the SQL function of RECNUM to populate the REC_NO column REC_ID is an identifier of the record type Common record types found in most bank statement file formats are Header Line and Trailer The SQL Loader script must store the data from each field as a character string in the intermediate table except for the REC_NO which is a number column If a field exceeds 255 characters the SQL Loader script must store the data in COLUMN 1 of the intermediate table because COLUMN 1 can contain up to 2000 characters In some formats the record s
92. the ORG_ID column The ORG_ID column is populated automatically by the Bank Statement Loader program Unlike others PRECISION is not a column in the Bank Statement Headers Interface table The Bank Statement Loader program uses this precision to convert integer amounts into decimal numbers You should map this column only if amounts are expressed in integers and have different currencies In BAI2 the PRECISION column is not used because the default precision of 2 is defined on the mapping template In SWIFT940 the PRECISION column is not used because all amounts are already decimal numbers In French EDIFACT the PRECISION column is used to convert amounts for the CONTROL_BEGIN_ BALANCE column the CONTROL_END_BALANCE column the CASHFLOW_BALANCE column and the INT_CALC_BALANCE Oracle Cash Management User Guide 13 column If you do not enter a value for the PRECISION column the precision you defined on the mapping template is used For each column you need to specify the location of the source data for this column in the bank statement file In the Record ID field enter the type of the record whether it is a header line or trailer In the Position field enter the placement of the field within the record relative to the beginning of the record For example in the BAI2 mapping template the BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM column is mapped to Record ID 03 and Position 1 meaning the data for this column is copied from the first field of a
93. the Submit Request window See Submitting Requests page 6 13 Template Name The template for which you want to run the report Leave this parameter blank to create a listing for all templates Selected Report Headings For details on any heading see the Forecast Template Rows Window Reference page 5 10 Inquiry and Reports 6 37 Cash Management Programs Cash Management provides the following programs Archive Purge Bank Statements page 4 72 Bank Statement Import and AutoReconciliation page 4 2 Bank Statement Import page 3 17 AutoReconciliation page 4 2 Cash Forecasting by GL Periods page 5 22 Cash Forecasting by Days page 5 22 Program Submission You submit these programs from the Submit Request window See Submitting Requests page 6 13 6 38 Oracle Cash Management User Guide SSS Navigation Paths APPENDIX T his appendix describes the default navigation paths for each window in Cash Management Navigation Paths A 1 Cash Management Window Navigation Paths Although your system administrator may have customized your navigator typical navigation paths for each predefined responsibility in Cash Management are described in the following tables Account Generation Process Setup gt Flexfields gt Key gt Accounts Accounting Calendar Setup gt Calendars gt Accounting Add Column Cash Forecasting gt Forecasts Find button or New button from the Find Cash Foreca
94. uses See Also Oracle Payables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 15 Oracle Receivables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 21 Reconciling Corrections and Adjustments to Bank Errors page 4 57 Bank Transaction Codes page 2 25 Matching Bank Statement Lines with Transactions Reconciling bank statements in Cash Management has two major steps matching and clearing e Matching Match a bank statement line against a Payables payment Receivables receipt Payroll payment miscellaneous transaction or open interface transaction using a transaction number such as the payment or deposit number bank account amount and currency You can match a statement line against a Treasury settlement using date and amount You can also match a statement line against a General Ledger journal entry Overview 1 7 If matching criteria are not met the statement line remains unmatched For manual reconciliation there are no restrictions for matching statement lines and transactions e Clearing Clear the transactions that are matched to the bank statement line if the transactions have not been cleared previously Only Payables payments Receivables receipts miscellaneous transactions and open interface transactions can be cleared Reconciled Payroll payments and General Ledger journal entries are matched but not cleared You can report on reconciliation exceptions variances and items that have been matched Matching Criteria fo
95. when working with multiple sets of books Source Currency The currency for the source transactions You determine the transactions to include in the cash forecast based on the combination of the contents of the Source Currency Type field and the Source Currency field Depending on the value in the Source Currency Type field transactions appear in the forecast as follows e All All transactions all sets of books and all operating units e Entered All transactions entered in the Source Currency field for all sets of books Oracle Cash Management User Guide e Functional All transactions for all sets of books where the source currency is the functional currency Exchange Date The exchange date as defined in Oracle General Ledger Exchange Type The exchange rate type as defined in Oracle General Ledger Note Cash Management automatically converts transaction currency amounts to the forecast currency according to the daily rates for the specified exchange rate type and date Exchange Rate Required if the Forecast Currency and Source Currency are not the same If the Exchange Type is User the Exchange Rate field is the user defined exchange rate The user rate only applies when the Source Currency Type is Entered as no one rate will apply to converting various currencies to the forecast currency Amount Threshold The minimum value of individual transactions to include in the forecast You can use this field to omit in
96. when you set up your Receivables application You indicate this set of books in the Name field in the Accounting tabbed region of the System Options window Receivables requires you to choose a set of books for your operating unit in a multi organization environment or for your installation in a single organization environment Define a receipt class for miscellaneous transactions with a Creation Method of Manual and Require Remittance set to No This receipt class is optional but is required if you plan to create miscellaneous receipts or payments from Cash Management Define receivable activities for miscellaneous transactions if you want to create miscellaneous transactions from Cash Management For example define receivables activities with a type of Miscellaneous Cash or Bank Error When you define a receivables activity with the type Miscellaneous Cash you must also assign either an account or a Distribution Set to use for the miscellaneous transaction accounting entries Miscellaneous transactions include both miscellaneous receipts and miscellaneous payments Miscellaneous payments are 2 14 Oracle Cash Management User Guide See Also handled as negative miscellaneous receipts in Receivables rather than as payments in Payables 4 Define receipt sources that you assign to receipts When you define a receipt source you can enter a default receipt class and payment method Receipt sources assign numbers to batches
97. will display a message that says the program ran successfully and that there was no error found You submit this report from the Submit Request window See Submitting Requests page 6 13 Selected Report Parameters Statement Number Enter the number of the bank statement Bank Statement Detail Report This report shows statement and transaction information for a specific bank account statement including bank statement header information statement line detail and reconciled transaction detail This report lists any unreconciled transactions separately with their current status and the statement totals for each type of transaction including the amount entered reconciled unreconciled and over reconciled Under reconciled amounts are displayed as a negative amount in the over reconciled column You also have the option to run the report for only unreconciled statement lines The statements are displayed in the following order 1 Bank Branch Name 2 Bank Account Name 6 22 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Report Submission 3 Statement Date 4 Statement Number You submit this report from the Submit Request window See Submitting Requests page 6 13 Selected Report Parameters Break Level Indicate if you want the report to have a page break for every bank account or for every bank statement Statement Line Status Indicate if you want to include reconciled unreconciled or all transactions in the
98. will need to reconcile the new transaction to a bank statement line later See Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Reconciling Bank Statements 4 47 Miscellaneous Receipts Window Reference Account The name of the account associated with the receipt Bank Name The name of the bank Currency The currency of the bank account Statement Date The date on the bank statement Activity The Oracle Receivables activity that describes the transaction that you are creating The default is specified on the System Parameters window Receipt Number The receipt number Transaction Tabbed Region Date The date of the receipt The default is the bank statement line date Curr The currency of the receipt The default is the bank account currency Method The payment method Amount The amount of the receipt The default is the remaining amount of the statement line For a receipt enter a positive amount For a payment enter a negative amount If your receipt includes tax enter the pretax amount GL Date The date that the receipt posts to General Ledger The default is the bank statement date Tax Code The value for Tax Code defaults from the Receivable Activities window Your accounting method and the AR Allow Tax Code Override profile option control whether or not you can update the defaulted tax code Exchange Tabbed Region 4 48 Date The date associated with the exchange rate that was used Type
99. window Reverse Std Allow standard reversal Disables the Reversals button in the Reconcile Bank Statements window Table C 1 Page 2 of 2 Function Security in Oracle Cash Management Overview of Function Security Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide How Function Security Works Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide Implementing Function Security Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide Defining a New Menu Structure Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide Function Security in Oracle Cash Management C 3 C 4 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Bank Statement Mapping Templates APPENDIX T his appendix describes the rules for the predefined mapping templates in Cash Management BAI2 SWIFT940 and EDIFACT France Bank Statement Mapping Templates D 1 BAI2 Mapping Template This section contains the default mapping rules created for the BAI2 format Header Information BAI2 header information is stored in record ID 02 and record ID 03 Record ID 88 is a continuation record that contains overflow information from record ID 03 The following is an example 02 0012344 121000248 1 970522 0000 USD 03 49999677822 USD 015 93711773 045 7167744 040 85015748 400 11790274 2 88 010 12450000 The following table illustrates the mapping of BAI2 header information with record ID 02 and record name Group Header to the Bank Stat
100. 0 3 17 About Bank Statement Validation 0 3 20 Reviewing Bank Statement Interface Errors 3 25 Statement Interface Window Reference 3 26 Reviewing Interface Errors Online for a specific Statement Line 4 10sas ent eee kia a kes 3 27 Bank Statement Line Interface Window Reference 3 27 Correcting Bank Statement Interface Errors 3 30 Entering Bank Statements Manually 000 3 33 Bank Statement Window Reference 004 3 34 Entering Bank Statement Lines 0000 sees 3 36 Bank Statement Interface Lines Window Reference 3 38 Updating Bank Statements 0 00 e eee eee 3 41 Reconciling Bank Statements ee eee eee eee 4 1 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically 4 2 Submit Automatic Reconciliation Window Reference 4 6 Reconciliation Tolerances 0 0 000 c cece S 4 7 Multi Currency Matching 0 6 c eee 4 9 Multi Currency Clearing 06 c cece eee 4 12 About Value Dates cavicttocedeosatdesebeeianeognt 4 14 Reviewing Reconciliation Errors 060 e eee 4 15 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually 4 4 20 Creating Reconciled Bank Statement Lines 4 25 Finding Available Detail and Batch Transactions for Reconciliation 0000000 4 27 Reconciling Available Transactions and Batches
101. 0 USD DR Accounts Receivable 100 USD CR Revenue 100 USD Enter receipt for 100 USD DR Remittance account 100 USD see note CR Accounts Receivable 100 USD Reconcile receipt with bank statement DR Cash 98 USD including bank charges of 2 USD DR Bank Charges 2 USD CR Remittance account 100 USD Table 1 2 Reconciling a Functional Currency Receipt Page 1 of 1 If the Remittance Method had been set to Standard this entry would have been a debit to the confirmation account and a credit to accounts receivable When the receipt was remitted to the bank there would be another entry to debit the remittance account and credit the confirmation account Example 2 Reconciling a Foreign Currency Receipt You install Oracle General Ledger and Oracle Receivables and define US dollars USD as the functional currency for your set of books You enter Accrual Basis as your accounting method You enter an invoice for 120 Fiji dollars FJD with a corporate exchange rate The exchange rate on the date you enter the invoice is 2 1 When you post the invoice Oracle Receivables transfers journal information in both your foreign currency 120 FJD and your functional currency 60 USD and Journal Import creates a journal entry in your functional currency You receive a payment from your customer for 120 FJD You create a receipt for that amount with a Receipt Class that has the following options Creation Method Manual Require Confirmation No
102. 28 Column Number field Add Column window 5 38 columns adding and deleting in forecast templates 5 6 adding and deleting in forecast templates and forecasts 5 30 adding to forecasts 5 31 5 37 changes affecting manually created forecasts 5 28 defining forecast templates 5 4 Columns button 5 4 Comments field Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 49 Reversals window 4 55 Complete check box 4 68 Complete field Bank Statement window 3 35 concurrent requests cancelling 6 14 monitoring 6 14 submitting 6 13 control total validation 3 21 control totals 3 35 Correction Method field 2 27 corrections reconciling to bank errors 4 57 Create button C 2 Create New Forecast Template check box 5 37 5 38 Create New Forecast Template field Add Column window 5 38 Add Row window 5 39 creating payments and receipts transactions 4 43 Curr field Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 Reversals window 4 55 Statement Line Interface window 3 28 Unclear Transactions window 4 66 currencies defining 2 4 2 7 Currencies window 2 4 2 7 Currency Code field Clear Transactions window 4 62 Currency field Bank Statement window 3 34 Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 Statement Interface window 3 26 Currency Type field Cash Forecasts window 5 32 Cutoff Period field 5 4 D Database Link Name field 2 62 Date field Available Batches window 4 35 Available Transactions window 4 32 4 33 Bank Statement Lines wi
103. 999_PKG consists of a function and two procedures e Locking function a routine to lock transactions in your proprietary application s database before clearing or reconciliation You might want to lock transactions so that users cannot change the amounts during the clearing or reconciliation process Cash Management calls this function when you clear reconcile unclear or unreconcile open interface transactions e Clearing procedure procedural logic to clear transactions in your proprietary application s database Cash Management calls this procedure when you clear or reconcile open interface transactions You need to implement this routine to update information about the transactions in your proprietary application For example the status of the cleared or reconciled transactions should be changed to the value defined in the Open Interface Clear Status system parameter e Unclearing procedure procedural logic to unclear transactions in your proprietary application s database Cash Management Oracle Cash Management User Guide calls this procedure when you unclear or unreconcile open interface transactions You need to implement this routine to update information about the transactions in your proprietary application For example the status of the uncleared or unreconciled transactions should be changed to the value defined in the Open Interface Float Status system parameter Additional Information Cash Management does not gen
104. CE copied from record ID 03 and record ID 88 using the predefined transaction code of 045 INT_CALC_BALANCE copied from record ID 03 and record ID 88 using the predefined transaction code of 045 Bank Statement Loader program Line Information BAI line information is stored in record ID 16 and record ID 88 Record ID 88 is a continuation record that contains overflow Bank Statement Mapping Templates D 3 information from record ID 16 The information from record ID 88 is stored in the TRX_TEXT column The following is an example 16 469 1175000000 00000001 ABC COMPANY NATL 88 BANK The following table illustrates the mapping of BAI2 line information with record ID 16 and record name Transaction Detail to the Bank Statement Lines Interface table BAI2 Field Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column COLUMN CUSTOMER_TEXT COLUMN BANK_TRX_NUMBER TRX_TEXT The following table illustrates the mapping of BAI2 line information with record ID 88 and record name Continuation to the Bank Statement Lines Interface table BAI2 Field Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column Continuation COLUMN1 TRX_TEXT Additional Information Since the number of fields in record ID 16 varies depending upon information such as Funds Type the location of these fields in the intermediate table cannot be determined in advance However Text Customer Ref No and Bank Ref No are always located at the end of the rec
105. Cash Organization Support perform this step for each Management organization See System Parameters page 2 19 Optional Define bank transaction codes If you use Multiple Cash Organization Support perform this step for each Management organization See Bank Transaction Codes page 2 25 Optional Set up the Bank Statement Open Interface If you use Cash Multiple Organization Support perform this step for Management each organization See Bank Statement Open Interface page 2 28 Optional Set up the Reconciliation Open Interface If you use Cash Multiple Organization Support perform this step for Management each organization See Reconciliation Open Interface page 2 46 Step 23 Optional Set up the Automatic Bank Transmission Feature If you have not already performed this step during Payables setup optionally perform this step See Automatic Bank Transmission Feature page 3 8 Setting Up 2 9 Forecasting Open Interface page 2 57 and Associate External Forecast Source Types with Views page 2 61 Step 26 Optionally Define cash forecasting templates See Creating Cash Cash Required Forecast Templates page 5 3 Management Step 24 Optional Set up the XML Gateway If you want to receive account statements in the XML format perform this step See XML Gateway Trading Partner Setup page 3 13 Step 25 Optional Set up the Forecasting Open Interface incl
106. Cash Forecasts window again Cash Forecasting 5 31 Cash Forecasts Window Reference 5 32 Template Name The template used to generate the forecast Forecast Name The name of the forecast Start Date For forecasts by days the day when you want to begin the forecast Calendar Name For forecasts by GL Period this field contains the name of the GL accounting calendar Note All GL sources for a forecast by GL periods must use a set of books with the same accounting calendar If you create a forecast across multiple organizations the set of books for all the organizations must use the same accounting calendar Start Period For forecasts by GL period the period when you want to begin the forecast Forecast By Indicates if your forecast periods are by days or by GL periods Project Name The name of the project associated with the forecast Project Number The project number associated with the forecast Status Indicates if the forecast generation was successful Forecast Currency The forecast amounts are reported in this currency Currency Type The currency type for the sources in the cash forecast e All Include all source transactions regardless of currency and translate them to the forecast currency e Entered Include only source transactions with the same source currency as the transaction currency e Functional Include only source transactions with the source currency as the functional currency Useful
107. Col Delete Rows and Change Forecast Information Columns Amounts Yes but also modifies all existing forecasts based on this template Templates Used to Generate Forecasts Forecasts Yes with an option to Yes modify values di modify original tem rectly in fields or use plate and all existing the Tools menu see forecasts based on that page 5 36 Forecast template or to create summary amounts and new template GL Cash Position can not be modified but are automatically up dated to reflect forecast amount changes Table 5 3 Page 1 of 1 Cash Forecasting Changes Allowed Table Modifying Templates gt To query existing cash forecast templates 1 Navigate to the Forecast Templates window The Find Forecast Templates window appears first for you to enter search criteria 2 Optional Enter a partial or full Template Name Optional Select a forecast period type in the Forecast By field 4 Choose Find The Forecast Templates window appears Cash Management displays all cash forecast templates that match your search criteria p gt To modify a cash forecast template 1 Query an existing cash forecast template see above 5 30 Oracle Cash Management User Guide See Also Modifying Forecasts If no cash forecasts exist based on a template you can modify any of the information for the cash forecast template Add or delete columns or rows See Creating Cash Forecast Templates page 5 3 Save your w
108. Days 5 24 Cash Forecasting by GL Periods 5 24 Project Name field Cash Forecast window 5 34 Cash Forecasts window 5 32 Project Number field Cash Forecast window 5 34 Cash Forecasts window 5 32 Purge check box 2 21 purging automatic with reconciliation 4 73 4 74 bank statements 4 72 procedures 4 73 4 74 setting system parameters 2 21 R Rate field Available Batches window 4 35 Available Transactions window 4 32 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Statement Line Interface window 3 28 Reason field Reversals window 4 55 receipt classes setting up 2 14 Receipt Method field 5 18 Receipt Number field Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 receipts reconciling 1 7 rejected bank transaction codes 2 26 entering reversals 4 53 matching 1 9 recording with AutoReconciliation 4 50 Receipts Amount field Bank Statement window 3 35 Statement Interface window 3 27 Receipts Lines field Bank Statement window 3 35 Statement Interface window 3 27 receivable activities setting up 2 14 Receivable Activity field 2 20 Submit Automatic Reconciliation window 4 6 Reconcile Bank Statements window creating miscellaneous transactions for previously entered lines 4 45 creating new lines 4 25 entering bank statements manually 3 41 function security C 2 reconciling manually 4 23 recording bank errors 4 51 reviewing reconciled transactions f
109. Debit Memo Reversal to create a debit memo that replaces the item closed by the original receipt Using a Custom Loader Program Prerequisites L Create your custom loader program 1 Run the custom loader program against the bank statement file to populate the Bank Statement Open Interface tables 2 Verify that the bank statement information was loaded into the open interface tables correctly You can use the Bank Statement Interface window to ensure that bank statement header information is correctly inserted into the CE_STATEMENT_HEADERS_INT_ALL table You can use the Bank Statement Lines Interface window to ensure that bank statement transaction lines are correctly inserted into the CE_STATEMENT_LINES_INTERFACE table The Bank Statement Interface and Bank Statement Lines Interface windows show you the statement header and lines information in the open interface tables You can correct the information using these windows or you can correct the original bank statement file and reload it using your custom loader program Automatic Bank Transmission Feature 3 8 You can set up Cash Management to automatically retrieve previous day and intra day bank statements and payment exceptions from your bank The automatic bank transmission feature includes the following components e Retrieve Bank Statement program The Retrieve Bank Statement program retrieves bank statement files from your bank and transmits them to you
110. Each Accounting Flexfield segment value corresponds to a summary or rollup account within your chart of accounts Accounting Flexfield structure The account structure you define to fit the specific needs of your organization You choose the number of segments as well as the length name and order of each segment in your Accounting Flexfield structure Accounting Flexfield value set A group of values and attributes of the values For example the value length and value type that you assign to your account segment to identify a particular element of your business such as Company Division Region or Product A group of values and attributes of the values For example the value length and value type that you assign to your Accounting Flexfield segment to identify a particular element of your business such as Company Division Region or Product accounting period In Oracle Assets the periods that make up your fiscal year You depreciate assets each period Glossary 1 accounting period In Oracle Cash Management a time period making up your fiscal year used on financial statements They can be of any length but are usually a month quarter or year Periods are defined in Oracle General Ledger ad hoc Concerned with or formed for a particular purpose For example ad hoc tax codes or an ad hoc database query agent In Oracle Cash Management the customer name or supplier name on a bank statement line agin
111. Forecast Report Report Submission When you generate a cash forecast Cash Management automatically produces the Cash Forecast Execution Report If the cash forecast completes successfully Cash Management also automatically produces the Cash Forecast report You can review the Cash Forecast Execution Report to determine if any errors occurred when you ran the Submit Forecast program Cash Management provides the following cash forecasting reports e Cash Forecast Report page 6 17 e Cash Forecast Execution Report page 6 19 The Cash Forecast Report lets you view the cash forecast data that you can see in the Cash Forecast Amounts window online If you submit this report using Oracle Report eXchange you can export your cash forecast data to the spreadsheet application of your choice You can also print the Cash Forecast Report to review your forecasts instead of viewing them online Cash Management automatically produces this report when you generate a cash forecast using the Submit Forecast window or the Submit Request window and that forecast completes successfully You can also print this report at a later time using the Submit Request window See Submitting Requests page 6 13 Selected Report Parameters Template Name Enter the template name of the cash forecast that you want to produce Forecast Name Enter the name of the cash forecast that you want to produce Inquiry and Reports 6 17 Selected Report Hea
112. ID 07 The following table illustrates the mapping of French EDIFACT header information with record ID 01 and record name Header to the Bank Statement Headers Interface table Position in French EDIFACT 1 2 Record ID Intermediate Table Column Z Z 3 7 Bank Code 8 11 Blanks 12 16 Bank Branch Code 17 19 Currency Code 20 21 Blank Precision 22 32 Account Number 33 34 Blanks 35 40 Previous Balance Date 41 90 Blanks 91 104 Previous Bank Balance 105 120 Blanks EDIFACT Field 37 COLU 8 11 COLU 12 16 COLU 17 19 COLU 20 COLU 21 COLU 22 32 COLU 33 34 COLU 35 40 COLU 41 90 COLU 91 104 COLU 105 120 COLU S 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z See 28 a Eaa Ss a a MN12 Interface Table Column CURRENCY_CODE BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM STATEMENT_NUMBER CONTROL_BEGIN_BAL ANCE The following table illustrates the mapping of French EDIFACT trailer information with record ID 07 and record name Trailer to the Bank Statement Headers Interface table Position in French EDIFACT EDIFACT Field Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column 1 2 Record ID 3 7 Bank Code 3 7 COLUMNI1 8 11 Blanks 8 11 COLUMN2 Bank Statement Mapping Templates D 11 Position in French EDIFACT EDIFACT Field Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column Bank Branch Code Z Oo Currency Code Z Precision 20 Blank 21 Z n Z
113. If your bank uses a format other than BAI2 or SWIFT940 you need to develop a SQL Loader script and create a new mapping template for that format You may want to consult the sample SQL Loader script created for the French EDIFACT standard located in Setting Up 2 29 2 30 CE_TOP bin EDIFACT ctl The mapping template EDIFACT France is also available for your reference The mapping rules for the French EDIFACT format are listed in Appendix D Prerequisites of the bank statement file m m E The bank statement information is delivered in a flat file The bank statement file has the following structure e One Header record e One or more Line records that belong to the Header e One Trailer record A file may contain multiple bank statements but each bank statement must begin with a Header record followed by a group of Line records and optionally end with a Trailer record Each record begins with an identifier indicating the record type Header Line or Trailer The field definitions within each record type are consistent within a file Each record has no more than 35 fields Each field has no more than 255 characters Any field that exceeds this limit must be stored in COLUMN1 of the intermediate table Developing your custom SQL Loader script e The Bank Statement Loader program uses the SQL Loader script to copy data from the bank statement file to the intermediate table The intermediate table is a
114. International Ltd 16 040 00 GBP 10 000 Rate 1 6 Charge USD 40 Table4 5 Page 1of 1 After Reconciliation The following table displays how Cash Management resolves the transaction and bank statement line differences for the above example International Scenario Reconciling Bank Statements 4 13 About Value Dates Amount Reconciled Charges Errors Curr Rate Charges Errors bid1015 16 040 00 1 000 00 GBP 1 5 No Action unreconciled Gain Loss bid2002 3 960 00 40 00 CAD 0 6 Charges Errors bid2002 3 960 00 1 040 00 CAD 0 5 No Action unreconciled Table4 6 Page 1of 1 The value date of a payment or receipt is the date when the cash activity is realized in a bank account Oracle Payables and Oracle Receivables maintain an Anticipated Value Date and an Actual Value Date The Anticipated Value Date can be entered when the subledger transaction is created The Actual Value Date is populated from the bank statement line value date during the reconciliation or clearing processes The bank statement line value date is provided by the bank or entered manually The following example illustrates the difference between the transaction date and the value date on a bank statement line A receipt is deposited into your account on December 1 The receipt clears funds become available on December 3 The transaction date is December 1 and the value date is December 3 The relationship
115. Lines Marked as Errors Total amount of transactions that are in dispute with the bank and are considered to be outstanding as of the statement cutoff date Adjusted Bank Statement Balance The sum of the Bank Statement Closing Balance Unreconciled Receipts Unreconciled Payments Unreconciled Journal Entries and Lines Marked as Errors Difference The net difference between the General Ledger Cash Account Balance and the Adjusted Bank Statement Balance You can investigate this balance to identify items that comprise it You can start by investigating the corresponding items for the lines marked as error in the bank statement Unreconciled Receipts Details of transactions that comprise the Unreconciled Receipts total amount The transactions include receipts that have the status of Cleared Remitted or Reversed Inquiry and Reports 6 27 e Cleared Receipts that have been manually cleared in Cash Management or automatically cleared in Receivables but have not been reconciled e Remitted Receipts that have been deposited and accounted but have not been cleared or reconciled e Reversed Receipts that have been reversed either through Cash Management or through Receivables and are available for reconciliation Unreconciled Payments Details of transactions that comprise the Unreconciled Payments total amount The transactions include payments that have the status of Cleared Negotiable or Stop Initiated e Cleared Payments th
116. Load and Import the Bank Statement Import program starts after the Bank Statement Loader program completes successfully If you choose the option of Load Import and AutoReconciliation both the Bank Statement Import program and the AutoReconciliation program launch after successful completion of the Bank Statement Loader program In either case if the Bank Statement Loader program completes with errors or warnings the concurrent request terminates You can review the exceptions encountered by the Bank Statement Loader program using the Bank Statement Loader Execution Report Managing Bank Statements 3 3 To Run the Bank Statement Loader Program 3 4 Prerequisites L Create a SQL Loader script for the format of your bank statement file if it is neither BAI2 nor SWIFT940 See Setup for User Defined Format page 2 29 L Define a mapping template for the format of your bank statement file See Bank Statement Mapping page 2 32 L Place your bank statement file in a directory Navigate to the Requests window 2 Submit a concurrent request for the Bank Statement Loader program 3 Select one of the following options Load Load and Import Load Import and AutoReconciliation Enter the name of the mapping template Enter the name of the bank statement file Enter the directory path in which the bank statement file is located oS Ol os Enter the bank branch name and the bank account number y
117. Management after you have installed it Chapter 4 describes how to reconcile bank statements automatically or manually and how to perform related tasks Chapter 5 explains how to create cash forecast templates and generate cash forecasts Finally the appendices include information about menu paths profile options function security and bank statement mapping Oracle Cash Management User Guide Documentation Accessibility Oracle s goal is to make our products services and supporting documentation accessible to the disabled community with good usability To that end our documentation includes features that make information available to users of assistive technology This documentation is available in HTML format and contains markup to facilitate access by the disabled community Standards will continue to evolve over time and Oracle is actively engaged with other market leader technology vendors to address technical obstacles so that our documentation can be accessible to all of our customers For additional information visit the Oracle Accessbility Program web site at http www oracle com accessibility Finding Out What s New From the expandable menu in the Cash Management HTML help window choose the section that describes new features or what s new This section includes e Information about any features that were not yet available when this user guide was printed For example if your system administrator
118. Management updates your payment schedules the same way regardless of which payment method you use You can assign a payment method to suppliers supplier sites invoice payment schedule lines and payment formats You can then assign one or more payment formats to a bank account You can have multiple payment formats for each payment method Glossary 9 payment method In Oracle Receivables an attribute that associates receipt class remittance bank and receipt account information with your receipts You can define payment methods for both manual and automatic receipts payment method In Oracle Cash Management you can assign a payment method to suppliers supplier sites invoice payment schedule lines and payment formats You can then assign one or more payment formats to a bank account You can have multiple payment formats for each payment method Receivables payment methods let you associate receipt class remittance bank and receipt account information with your receipt entries You can define payment methods for both manual and automatic receipts In Payroll there are three standard payment types for paying employees check cash and direct deposit You can also define your own payment methods corresponding to these types payroll A group of employees that Oracle Payroll processes together with the same processing frequency for example weekly monthly or bimonthly Within a Business Group you can set up as many pay
119. No lt DepAcctld gt lt CounterpartyInfo gt No lt InvoiceInfo gt lt BankAcctTrnRec gt No BANK_ACCOUNT_TEXT XML Mapping Rules E 5 Source Attributes in lt DepAcctTrnRec gt lt BankAcctIrnRec gt lt CurAmt gt lt Amt gt Trx Amount lt Amt gt lt CurAmt gt lt BankAcctTrnRec gt lt BankAcctIrnRec gt lt CurAmt gt lt CurCode gt Currency Code lt CurCode gt lt CurAmt gt lt BankAcctTrnRec gt lt BankAcctIrnRec gt lt CurAmt gt lt CurCode gt Cur Rate lt CurCode gt lt CurAmt gt lt BankAcctTrnRec gt lt BankAcctIrnRec gt lt OrigCurAmt gt lt Amt gt Original Amount lt Amt gt lt OrigCurAmt gt lt BankAcctTrnRec gt lt BankAcctIrnRec gt lt CompositeCurAmt gt lt CurAmt gt lt Amt gt Charge Amount lt Amt gt lt CurAmt gt lt CompositeCurAmt gt lt BankAcctTrnRec gt Check Number lt ChkNum gt Or lt Xferld gt Fund Transfer ID lt Xferld gt Or lt PmtId gt Payment ID lt PmtId gt Required Target Columns in Required CE_STATEMENT LINES in Table ction CURRENCY_CODE E USER_EXCHANGE_RATE_TYPE EXCHANGE_RATE_DATE EXCHANGE_RATE ORIGINAL_AMOUNT CHARGES_AMOUNT E BANK_TRX_NUMBER E 6 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Source Attributes in lt DepAcctTrnRec gt AcctIrnRec gt lt CounterpartyInfo gt lt RefInfo gt lt ReflId gt Reference ID lt Refld gt lt RefInfo gt lt Coun
120. Note If you choose an option to download and load bank statements a mapping template name is required If you select the option of Download Load Import and AutoReconciliation you must also enter values for the GL Date Source Receivable Activity and NFS Handling The GL Date Source determines the date for all General Ledger journal entries created by AutoReconciliation The date must be in an open or future enterable Payables or Receivables period You can choose System Date Statement Date or User Entered Date as the GL Date Source If you choose User Entered Date you must enter the GL Date To retrieve payment exceptions 1 Navigate to the Requests window 2 Submit a concurrent request for the Retrieve Payment Exceptions program 3 10 Oracle Cash Management User Guide 3 Enter the Transmission Code you entered in the Bank Transmission Details window This code determines the set of transmission detail parameters the program will use Intra Day Bank Statement Loader Program You can use the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program to load bank statements updated with the latest transactions that occur on the day the statements are created If the intra day bank statements include the time they are created the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program can also load the timestamp information You can run the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader in one of two modes e Load e Load and Import If you choose the Load opt
121. ORECAST_EXT_TEMP_NI cefextmp sql CE_TOP sql index CE_FORECAST_REMOTE_SOURCES cefremts pls CE_TOP admin sql package CE_FORECAST_REMOTE_SOURCES cefremtb pls package Type the following commands cd CE_TOP sql sqlplus lt APPS username gt lt APPS password gt remote database cefextmp sql cd CE_TOP admin sql sqlplus lt APPS username gt lt APPS pasword gt remote database cefremts pls sqlplus lt APPS username gt lt APPS password gt remote database cefremtb pls 2 56 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Forecasting Open Interface The Cash Management Forecasting Open Interface allows you to utilize the following external sources of data as cash inflow and outflow data for flexible cash forecasting e Non Oracle applications on a local database e Non Oracle Applications on a remote database e Oracle Applications on a remote database Providing an Open Interface to Forecast from External Applications Two cash forecast source transaction types Open Interface Inflow and Open Interface Outflow allow you to include external application transaction sources for cash forecasting Having two separate source transaction types for external source transactions gives you an easy way to indicate whether the transaction source consists of cash receipts inflow or disbursements outflow The Forecasting Open Interface collects cash flow amounts from your external systems and the Cash Forecasting m
122. Oracle Cash Management User Guide RELEASE 11i March 2003 ORACLE Oracle Cash Management User Guide Release 11i The part number for this book is A80839 02 Copyright 1995 2003 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Primary Authors Janet Coshow Christina Ravaglia Major Contributors Kay Adams Frank Colligan Caroline Jusuf Amrita Mehrok Contributors Christopher Andrews Sally Screven The Programs which include both the software and documentation contain proprietary information of Oracle Corporation they are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are also protected by copyright patent and other intellectual and industrial property laws Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of the Programs except to the extent required to obtain interoperability with other independently created software or as specified by law is prohibited The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice If you find any problems in the documentation please report them to us in writing Oracle Corporation does not warrant that this document is error free Except as may be expressly permitted in your license agreement for these Programs no part of these Programs may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose without the express written permission of Oracle Corporation If the Programs are delivered to the
123. Oracle Payables User s Guide for more information You must specify exchange rates for foreign currency payments that you want to clear or reconcile Miscellaneous Transactions When you reconcile a bank statement line that has no corresponding payment in Payables such as bank charges you can create a miscellaneous payment in Cash Management and reconcile the bank statement line to the miscellaneous payment However miscellaneous payments are actually created as negative receipts in Receivables See Receivables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 21 Unclearing or Unreconciling a Payment When you unclear or unreconcile a payment in Cash Management the payment status reverts to Negotiable and if you use a Cash Clearing account the entry that debited the Cash Clearing account and credited the Cash account is reversed This is called an Unclearing event in Payables and it is recorded when you account for payments at clearing time Overview 1 17 See Also Transferring Accounting Entries to General Ledger After you create accounting entries in Payables you can submit the Payables Transfer to General Ledger process to transfer them to the General Ledger Interface tables If you have installed Oracle General Ledger you can then use Journal Import to transfer the accounting entries to Oracle General Ledger Oracle Payables Reconciliation Examples page 1 18 Using Cash Management with Automatic Clearing page 1 24
124. PAYMENT or CASH see note 3 TRX_TYPE_DSP VARCHAR2 U Displayed translated transaction type U U M U U O TRX_NUMBER VARCHAR2 TRX_DATE DATE CURRENCY_CODE VARCHAR2 STATUS VARCHAR2 STATUS_DSP VARCHAR2 EXCHANGE_RATE_TYPE VARCHAR2 Transaction number see note 4 Date of the transaction Transaction currency code Y N BD of e WO N e Status of the transaction Displayed translated transaction status NULL or GL_DAILY_CONVERSION_TYPES CONVERSION_TYPE Required if transaction is foreign EXCHANGE_RATE_DATE DATE Date of exchange rate Required if transaction is foreign 13 EXCHANGE_RATE UMBER o Exchange rate Required if transaction is foreign 8 q 8 AMOUNT UMBER s U Transaction amount transaction currency CLEARED_AMOUNT UMBER U Transaction cleared amount transaction currency CHARGES_AMOUNT UMBER U Transaction charges amount transaction currency ERROR_AMOUNT UMBER U Transaction errors amount transaction currency ACCTD_AMOUNT UMBER U Transaction amount functional currency ACCTD_CLEARED_AMOUNT NUMBER U Transaction cleared amount functional currency ACCTD_CHARGES_AMOUNT NUMBER U Transaction charges amount functional currency ACCTD_ERROR_AMOUNT NUMBER o U Transaction errors amount functional currency CLEARED_DATE DATE U Date the transaction is cleared CREATION_DATE DATE Yes Standard Who Column CREATED_BY NUMBER Yes Standard Who
125. Payment Exceptions Prerequisites Q Obtain bank transmission specifications from you bank See Oracle Payables User Guide Q Write a customized Java class file See Oracle Payables User Guide Q Define workflow roles and e mail addresses See Oracle Payables User Guide Q Add the local file directories to the init ora file See Oracle Payables User Guide L In the Bank Transmission Details window assign transmission code and enter transmission information supplied by your bank In the Statement Transmission Details region select workflow roles identify file directories and specify file naming details See Oracle Payables User Guide Managing Bank Statements 3 9 Q If you choose to download and load bank statements in the same request the bank statement mapping rules must be defined See Bank Statement Mapping page 2 32 To retrieve bank statements 1 Navigate to the Requests window 2 Submit a concurrent request for the Retrieve Bank Statement program 3 Select one of the following options Download Download and Load Download Load and Import Download Load Import and AutoReconciliation You do not have the option to perform AutoReconciliation with intra day bank statements 4 Enter the Transmission Code you defined in the Bank Transmission Details window This code determines the set of transmission detail parameters the program will use 5 Enter the remaining submission parameters
126. Reconciliation gt Manual Clearing gt Unclear Transactions Forecast Template Columns Cash Forecasting gt Forecast Templates Find or New button from the Find Forecast Templates window Columns button from the Forecast Templates window Forecast Template Rows Cash Forecasting gt Forecast Templates Find or New button from the Find Forecast Templates window Rows button from the Forecast Templates window Forecast Templates Cash Forecasting gt Forecast Templates Find or New button from the Find Forecast Templates window GL Accounts Setup gt Combinations Key Flexfields Setup gt Flexfields gt Key gt Register Key Flexfield Segments Setup gt Flexfields gt Key gt Segments A 4 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Window Name Navigation Path Miscellaneous Receipts Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review or New button from the Reconcile Bank Statements window Create button from the Bank Statement window View gt Payments Period Types Setup gt Calendars gt Types Personal Profile Values Other gt Profile Receipts View gt Receipts Reconcile Bank Statements Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Reconciled Transactions Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review or New button from the Reconcile Bank Statements wind
127. Reconciling Bank Statements 4 57 Trx Number Line Number Amount Remarks 10 00 Reversal Entry 100 00 New Correction Entry Table 4 8 Reversal Method Page 1 of 1 With the reversal method the error and correction statement lines are match to one another The correct transaction entry line 30 above is then matched to the actual transaction Adjustment Method The bank simply creates a new transaction entry to make up for the difference between the original transaction amount and the error entry In this example the bank generates a new adjustment entry of 90 00 which is the difference between the original error amount of 10 00 and the correct amount of 100 00 The following table contains an example of the adjustment method Trx Number Line Number Amount Remarks Error Adjustment Entry Table 4 9 Adjustment Method Page 1 of 1 Regardless of which method the bank and you choose to use and of whether you reconcile automatically or manually Cash Management allows you to match these statement lines correctly and to provide the information on how the statement lines are reconciled to give youa good audit trail AutoReconciliation Matching The AutoReconciliation program can match to a payment receipt miscellaneous payment or miscellaneous receipt line The program handles both reversal and adjustment methods in the following ways 4 58 Oracle Cash Management User Guide If you don t have the transac
128. Reference Forecast Template Rows Window Inflow Source Type Characteristics 5 10 The following table displays characteristics such as required or optional of the applicable fields for each source type you can enter in the Forecast Template Rows window Cash Inflow Source Types i i Row Number Source Description Organization Company Set of Books fPayotName ot oT ht TTT Discount hE UT CT TT e can en nena ae fPaymentPrionty ot suppliertype oT oT CT CT TT fPaymentMethod sna ae eos Mema f dej f ee e E A jie a mae CE Period ecm fot ff ft Pms fof fer 1111 paene fot 11 1 Budget Name Budget Name GL Account Encumbrance Type Include Transactions on Hold Oracle Cash Management User Guide Use Average Days Lead Time Use Payment Terms Order Type Sales Stage Channel Win Probability Status Date Type Transaction Type Exclude Indicative Exposure wem f el _ weess el _ Include in Net Cash Flow External Source Type Forecast Selection Criteria Descriptive Flexfield Descriptive O Flexfield Cash Forecasting 5 11 5 12 Supplier Invoices Display only APP Supplier Payments Required APX Expense Reports O Optional ARI Customer Invoices Required if Method ARR C
129. See Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Oracle Receivables page 2 14 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Common Financial Cash Management Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Oracle Payables page 2 11 or Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Oracle Receivables page 2 14 If you use Payables assign accounts for Payables payment documents Step 16 Required Set profile options See Setting Up Oracle Payroll for Common Oracle Cash Management page 2 16 Applications Required Create Payment methods If you use Multiple Common Organization Support perform this step for each Applications organization See Setting Up Oracle Payroll for Oracle Cash Management page 2 16 Step 14 Required Set up receipt sources If you use Multiple Cash Organization Support perform this step for each Management organization See Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Oracle Receivables page 2 14 Step 15 Required Define your bank accounts and assign GL accounts Common Do this if you haven t already performed this step asa__ Financial Payables setup step If you use Multiple Organization Support perform this step for each organization See Required Set profile options If you use Multiple Organization Cash Support perform this step for each organization See Management Profile Options in Cash Management page B 2 Required Define system parameters If you use Multiple
130. Statement Import program validates the information in the Bank Statement Open Interface tables and imports the validated bank statement information If you import bank statements from bank accounts that are shared by Oracle Treasury and Oracle Cash Management the Bank Statement Import program also updates the bank account balances in Oracle Treasury Additionally the Bank Statement Import program can launch the AutoReconciliation program to perform an automatic reconciliation after the import process completes If you load intra day bank statements for bank accounts shared by Oracle Treasury and Oracle Cash Management you must use the Intra Day Bank Statement Import program to validate and import the information into the Cash Management Intra Day Bank Statement tables After you have successfully imported the intra day bank statements you can include the information in your cash positioning in Oracle Treasury Since intra day information is not used for reconciliation you cannot view the imported intra day bank statements in Cash Management windows or reports However you can archive or purge the bank statements When you import multiple intraday bank statements within the same day the Intra Day Bank Statement Import program deletes the existing bank statement before importing the new bank statement You can use one of several ways to import data from the Bank Statement Open Interface tables into the Bank Statement tables
131. StmtSummType gt is BAI 100 then CONTROL_CR_LINE_ COUNT Count CONTROL_CR_LINE_ COUNT CONTROL_DR_LINE_ COUNT Balance type must be BAI 045 Balance type must be BAI 045 Org ID will be populated according to the bank account XML Mapping Rules for Statement Line Information The following table contains the column mapping rules between the attributes in lt DepAcctTmRec gt in the XML bank statement and the CE_STATEMENT_LINES_INTERFACE table in Oracle Cash Management The lt DepAcctTrmRec gt is passed as one of the data elements of lt DepAcctStmtIngRs gt Source Attributes in Required Target Columns in Required Acti lt DepAcctTrnRec gt CE_STATEMENT_LINES in Table C0 STATEMENT_NUMBER Passed from Header BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM Passed from Header oO B lt PostedDt gt Posted Date lt PostedDt gt lt BankAcctTrnRec gt N TRX_DATE Acct IrnRec gt lt TrnType gt Transaction Type lt TrnType gt lt BankAcctTrnRec gt N TRX_CODE Acct IrnRec gt lt EffDt gt Effective Date lt EffDt gt lt InvoiceNum gt InvoiceNumber lt InvoiceNum gt lt InvoiceInfo gt lt BankAcctTrnRec gt Acct IrnRec gt lt CounterpartyInfo gt lt DepAcctld gt lt AcctId gt lt BankAcctTrnRec gt N EFFECTIVE_DATE Account Number lt AcctIld gt Re AcctIrnRec gt lt Memo gt Description lt Memo gt lt BankAcctTrnRec gt No TRX_TEXT No lt BankAcctIrnRec gt No INVOICE_TEXT
132. The following table illustrates the mapping of SWIFT940 header information with record ID 28C 28 and record name Statement Number Sequence Number to the Bank Statement Headers Interface table Format in SWIFT940 SWIFT940 Field Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column 5n Statement Number 3n Sequence Number 5n 3n COLUMN1 STATEMENT_NUMBER The following table illustrates the mapping of SWIFT940 header information with record ID 60a 60 and record name Opening Balance to the Bank Statement Headers Interface table Format in SWIFT940 SWIFT940 Field Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column la DorC la COLUMN2 6n Opening Balance Date 6n COLUMN3 3a Currency Code 3a COLUMN4 CURRENCY_CODE 15number Opening Balance 15number COLUMNS CONTROL_BEGIN_BAL ANCE The following table illustrates the mapping of SWIFT940 header information with record ID 62a 62 and record name Closing Balance to the Bank Statement Headers Interface table Format in SWIFT940 SWIFT940 Field Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column la DorC la COLUMN2 6n Closing Balance Date 6n COLUMN3 STATEMENT_DATE 3a Currency Code 3a COLUMN4 15number Closing Balance 15number COLUMNS CONTROL_END_BALANCE The remaining columns in the Bank Statement Headers Interface table are populated as indicated in the table below Bank Statement Mapping Templates D 7 ae BANK_NAME not populated ANK_BRANCH_NAME not populated
133. U S Government or anyone licensing or using the Programs on behalf of the U S Government the following notice is applicable RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE Programs delivered subject to the DOD FAR Supplement are commercial computer software and use duplication and disclosure of the Programs including documentation shall be subject to the licensing restrictions set forth in the applicable Oracle license agreement Otherwise Programs delivered subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulations are restricted computer software and use duplication and disclosure of the Programs shall be subject to the restrictions in FAR 52 227 19 Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights June 1987 Oracle Corporation 500 Oracle Parkway Redwood City CA 94065 The Programs are not intended for use in any nuclear aviation mass transit medical or other inherently dangerous applications It shall be licensee s responsibility to take all appropriate fail safe back up redundancy and other measures to ensure the safe use of such applications if the Programs are used for such purposes and Oracle Corporation disclaims liability for any damages caused by such use of the Programs Oracle is a registered trademark and Oracle Discoverer Oracle9i and SQL Plus are trademarks or registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners Contents Prefa cescsse essee ceace aiani Ciee e em e ache eis Bee a
134. View Bank Statement Lines window View gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review button from the View Bank Statement Reconciliation window Reversals button from the View Bank Statement window Find button from the Find Reversals window Navigation Paths A 7 A 8 Oracle Cash Management User Guide E Profile Options APPENDIX T his appendix lists profile options that affect the operation of Cash Management Profile Options B 1 Setting Profile Options for Cash Management During your implementation you set a value for selected profile options to specify how your Cash Management application controls access to and processes data Generally the system administrator sets and updates profile values The system administrator may set profile options during setup of other applications before your Cash Management implementation Refer to the other product user s guides for more details on how other products use these profile options Profile Options Summary B 2 You the user can view and update certain profile options The following table shows whether you or the system administrator can view or update profile option values at each level Site Application Responsibility and User Use the Personal Profile Options window to view or set your profile options at the user level You can consult your Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide for a list of profile options c
135. _BEGIN_BALANCE Balance type must be OpeningLedger or BAI 010 E 2 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Source Attributes in lt DepAcctStmtIngRs gt lt AcctBal gt lt BalType gt ClosingLedger or BAI 015 lt BalType gt lt CurAmt gt lt Amt gt End Balance lt Amt gt lt CurAmt gt lt AcctBal gt lt StmtSummAmt gt lt StmtSummType gt Debits or Checks or OtherDebits or Fees or IntCharged or BAI 400 lt StmtSummType gt lt CurAmt gt lt Amt gt Total Debit lt Amt gt lt CurAmt gt lt StmtSummAmt gt lt StmtSummAmt gt lt StmtSummType gt Credits or Deposits or OtherCredits or IntEarned or BAI 100 lt StmtSummType gt lt CurAmt gt lt Amt gt Total Credit lt Amt gt lt CurAmt gt lt StmtSummAmt gt lt StmtSummAmt gt lt StmtSummType gt Debits or Checks or OtherDebits or Fees or IntCharged lt StmtSummType gt lt Count gt Count lt Count gt lt StmtSummAmt gt Target Columns in Required Required in IFX I E T_HEADERS_INT_ in Table Action Balance type must be ClosingLedger or CONTROL_END_BALANCE BAI 015 If lt StmtSummType gt is in Debit Checks OtherDebits Fees IntChaged then CONTROL_TOTAL_DR Sum of the Amount If lt StmtSummType gt is BAL 400 then CONTROL_TOTAL_DR CONTROL_TOTAL_DR Amount If lt StmtSummType gt is in Credits Deposits Othe
136. a 22 32 Account Number 22 32 33 34 Blanks 33 34 35 40 _ Ending Balance Date 35 40 41 90 Blanks 41 90 Z 3 Z 6 STATEMENT_DATE a 91 104 Ending Balance 91 104 105 120 Blanks 105 120 Z CONTROL_END_BALANCE si s 3 3 3 5 5 5 55 2 N The remaining columns in the Bank Statement Headers Interface table are populated as illustrated in the following table Column Name Source ORG_ID populated by calling the FND_PROFILE API CHECK_DIGITS not populated CASHFLOW_BALANCE not populated INT_CALC_BALANCE not populated INTRA_DAY_FLAG N if populated by the Bank Statement Loader program Y if populated by the In tra Day Bank Statemetn Loader program CREATED_BY automatically populated at the time of insert CREATION_DATE automatically populated at the time of insert LAST_UPDATED_BY automatically populated at the time of insert and update LAST_UPDATE_DATE automatically populated at the time of insert and update D 12 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Line Information French EDIFACT line information is stored in record ID 04 The following table illustrates the mapping of French EDIFACT line information with record ID 04 and record name Transaction to the Bank Statement Lines Interface table Position in French EDIFACT EDIFACT Field Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column 1 2 Record ID 3 7 Bank Code 8 11 Blanks
137. action for a previously entered line 1 2 Navigate to the Find Bank Statements window Enter the query criteria or leave the criteria blank to query all existing statements Choose Find to see the Reconcile Bank Statements folder window containing the statements that meet your query criteria You can modify the Reconcile Bank Statements folder window to customize your query capabilities on statements you have entered Refer to the Oracle Applications User s Guide for more information on modifying and saving folders Select the statement you want to update then choose Review Reconciling Bank Statements 4 45 4 46 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Choose Lines Select the bank statement line to which the miscellaneous transaction applies Choose Create Choose Miscellaneous for the transaction you want to create The Miscellaneous window appears Choose the Receivables Activity that describes the transaction you are creating Enter the Receipt Number and Date Currency and payment Method The default value for Activity is specified in the System Parameters window The default value for the date is the bank statement date The default currency is the bank account statement currency The default for the receipt number is the bank statement line transaction number If the bank statement line transaction number isn t available then the default for the receipt number will be a combination of the state
138. actions with the source currency as the functional currency Source Currency The currency for the source transactions You determine the transactions to include in the cash forecast based on the combination of the contents of the Source Currency Type field and the Source Currency field Depending on the value in the Source Currency Type field transactions appear in the forecast as follows e All All transactions all sets of books and all operating units e Entered All transactions entered in the Source Currency field for all sets of books e Functional All transactions for all sets of books where the source currency is the functional currency Exchange Date The exchange date as defined in Oracle General Ledger Exchange Type The exchange rate type as defined in Oracle General Ledger Note Cash Management automatically converts transaction currency amounts to the forecast currency according to the daily rates for the specified exchange rate type and date Exchange Rate If the Exchange Type is User the Exchange Rate field is the user defined exchange rate The user rate only applies when the Source Currency Type is Entered as no one rate will apply to converting various currencies to the forecast currency Amount Threshold The minimum value of individual transactions to include in the forecast You can use this field to omit insignificant transaction amounts from the forecast calculations Cash Management compares thi
139. age are described in detail below CE_999_INTERFACE_V Description Generally you define CE_999_INTERFACE_V as a view to your proprietary application s database and implement it to show all open interface transactions and their status The CE_999_INTERFACE_V view should include available transactions cleared transactions as well as transactions reconciled to bank statements that have not been purged or archived Cash Management provides a template of this view in your Oracle database to allow you to define your view more easily Note that many elements of this table or view must join to other Oracle Financials reference tables For example you need to indicate a particular bank account which must be defined in AP_BANK_ACCOUNTS Alternatively if your proprietary system does not support real time access from an Oracle database you can create a table named CE_999_INTERFACE_V then use SQL Loader or another batch mechanism to populate the table with information about your open interface transactions The following table contains the key to table abbreviations The following table contains the column specifications for CE_999_INTERFACE_V Setting Up 2 49 View CE_999_INTERFACE_V Column Name Type Req Cat Description Value ROW_ID ROWID S Transaction row ID TRX_ID NUMBER U Transaction internal identifier see note 2 BANK_ACCOUNT_ID NUMBER M AP_BANK_ ACCOUNTS BANK_ACCOUNT_ID TRX_TYPE VARCHAR2 C Transaction type of
140. agement User Guide About Cash Forecasting Cash forecasting is a planning tool that helps you anticipate the flow of cash in and out of your business allowing you to project your cash needs and evaluate your company s liquidity position Using sources from other Oracle Applications and from external systems you can generate cash forecasts from previously defined cash forecast templates You can choose whether to forecast by days or GL periods and choose how to organize each template with multiple sources and levels of detail Automatic integration with Oracle Applications and other spreadsheet applications provides you with enterprise wide cash information and management You create cash forecast templates from which you can generate periodic cash forecasts projecting your cash flow Once you have generated a cash forecast you can modify query and report on it and easily export it to any spreadsheet application You can create an unlimited number of cash forecasts A cash forecast is in a spreadsheet format including rows cash inflow or outflow source types and columns forecasting periods At the intersection of each row and column are cells containing forecast amounts You can create forecasts using data across organizations and in any currency You can also use cash forecasting to help determine your degree of currency exposure You have the flexibility to include or exclude overdue transactions for all appropriate s
141. agement automatically enters the account number after you select the transaction type 5 Ifyou are using manual document numbering enter a unique Document Number for this reversal Otherwise the system assigns a number when you choose the Reverse Receipt button 6 Choose the Reverse Receipt button Oracle Cash Management User Guide Reversals Window Reference Transaction Region Reference Region Comment Region Bank Region Type The type of transaction Number The transaction number Original Curr The transaction currency Original Amount The transaction amount in the transaction currency Account Currency Amount The transaction amount in the bank account currency Account Currency Amount Cleared The amount cleared in the bank account currency Cleared Date The date the transaction cleared the bank GL Date The date that the receipt was posted to General Ledger The default is the bank statement date Batch Name The name of the batch associated with the transaction Agent Name The name of the customer or supplier associated with the transaction Deposit Number The bank deposit or remittance number Payment Method The method of payment Category The reversal category Reason The reason for the reversal Comments Comments Account Number The number of the bank account that is associated with the transaction Curr The currency of the bank account that is associa
142. agent and the agent bank account bank account No matching payment for the Oracle Payables has no matching payment for the invoice number invoice number and the agent and the agent name name No matching payroll Oracle payroll has no payroll payment number that matches the payments bank statement transaction number and amount No matching receipt Oracle Receivables has no receipt number that matches the bank transaction number No matching receipt for the Oracle Receivables has no receipts that match the invoice number invoice number and the agent and the agent bank account number bank account No matching receipt for the Oracles Receivables has no receipts that match the invoice num invoice number and the agent _ ber and the agent name name Reconciling Bank Statements 4 17 No matching remittance batch Oracle Receivables has no remittance batch number that matches the bank statement transaction number No matching statement line A matching statement line cannot be found No receivables activity or Autoreconciliation could not create a miscellaneous receipt for payment method for tolerance the tolerance amount for this NSF line because at least one of the receipt following parameters were not entered at program submission receivables activity payment method Note AP reconciliation ac You can reconcile this payment and Payables will update the counting not enabled payment status to Reconcile
143. al currency In Oracle Payables and Receivables the principal currency you use to record transactions and maintain your accounting data for your set of books You define the functional currency for each set of books within your organization When you enter and pay an invoice in a foreign currency Cash Management automatically converts the foreign currency into your functional currency based on the exchange rate you define Cash Management creates journal entries for your multiple currency invoices and payments in both your foreign and functional currencies functional currency In Oracle Projects the principal currency you use to maintain accounting data in your General Ledger gain See realized gain or loss unrealized gain or loss general ledger The accounting system that tracks the journal entries that affect each account GL Date In Oracle Payables and Oracle Receivables the date used to determine the correct accounting period for your invoice and payment transactions You assign a GL Date to your invoices during invoice entry and your payments during payment creation GL Date In Oracle Cash Management the date used to determine the correct accounting period for your accounting transactions GL Date In Oracle Projects the end date of the GL Period in which costs or revenue are transferred to Oracle General Ledger This date is determined from the open or future GL Period on or after the PA Date of a cost
144. ally reconcile Treasury settlements You can also unreconcile a Treasury settlement after it is reconciled However you cannot clear or unclear Treasury settlements Setting Up 2 47 Using Reconciliation Open Interface to Reconcile External Transactions 2 48 Prerequisites to Reconciling External Transactions Q Check the Use Reconciliation Open Interface check box in the System Parameters window Q Define the Open Interface Float Status and Open Interface Clear Status system parameters Select the Open Interface Matching Criteria system parameter Q If you want to automatically reconcile external transactions define the transaction codes for your bank accounts L Customize the Reconciliation Open Interface package and view The Reconciliation Open Interface objects include the following view and package which you would have customized to work in your environment e CE_999_INTERFACE_V view cevw odf physical file e CE_999_PKG package ceab999s pls physical file ceab999b pls physical file When you upgrade Oracle Cash Management AutoInstall replaces the objects in the CE_TOP admin sql directory with the default ones provided by Oracle Cash Management except for the cevw odf which replaces what is in the CE_TOP admin odf directory If you have customized versions of the view and packages located in the CE_TOP admin sql and the CE_TOP admin odf directory with the same physical file names you
145. amount are displayed for any statement lines that remain unreconciled Finally there is a Complete check box indicating whether the statement reconciliation has been completed Navigate to other inquiry windows as needed by selecting one of the buttons at the bottom of the View Bank Statement window You may choose the Errors Reversals Reconciled Available and Lines buttons e Errors button The View Reconciliation Errors window appears e Reversals button The Find Reversals window appears e Reconciled button The View Reconciled Transactions window appears Inquiry and Reports 6 3 e Available button The Find Available Transactions window appears or the View Available Batches window appears depending on your selection criteria e Lines button The View Bank Statement Lines window appears from which you can also choose Errors Reconciled and Available buttons gt To query bank statement lines 1 Query the bank statement you want to review 2 Choose Lines from the View Bank Statement window The View Bank Statement Lines window appears showing the statement lines transaction Type bank transaction Code transaction Number Date Cleared Amount Amount Reconciled and Status 3 Inthe Exchange tabbed region view exchange rate information for foreign currency transactions 4 Inthe Reference tabbed region view the Agent supplier or customer Agent Bank Account and Invoice number associated with each tra
146. ance Differences to determine whether the difference is due to charges or errors e No Action The unaccounted difference indicates an error The statement line must be reconciled manually Bank Account Currency is Foreign Foreign Scenario How differences are handled in this case depends on the transaction source e Receivables Differences are always bank charges 4 12 Oracle Cash Management User Guide e Payables Cash Management checks the system parameter AP Tolerance Differences to determine whether the difference is due to charges or errors Example of Multi Currency Clearing for International Scenario These tables show how Cash Management clears discrepancies In these examples the functional currency is US dollars The AP Tolerance Differences are Errors and the Tolerance Percent is 50 The following table contains the bank account transaction information in Oracle Receivables and Oracle Payables Date Source Description Expenditure Deposit 22 Jan A R bid2002 Halifax Printworks 5 000 00 CAD 10 000 Rate 0 5 25 Jan A P bid1015 Sutcliff International Ltd 15 000 00 GBP 10 000 Rate 1 5 Table4 4 Page 1of 1 The following table contains the bank statement received from the Bank and sorted by the User Description Expenditure Deposit 26 Jan Receipt bid2002 Halifax Printworks 3 960 00 CAD 10 000 Rate 0 4 Charge USD 40 28 Jan Payment bid1015 Sutcliff
147. and determine where deposits get remitted Accounting System Options Oracle Receivables User s Guide Multiple Organizations in Oracle Applications Receipt Classes Oracle Receivables User s Guide Receivables Activity Oracle Receivables User s Guide Receipt Sources Oracle Receivables User s Guide Tax Codes and Rates Oracle Receivables User s Guide Payment Methods Oracle Receivables User s Guide Oracle Receivables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 21 Setting Up 2 15 Setting Up Oracle Payroll for Oracle Cash Management Integration 2 16 The following setup steps are necessary for Oracle Cash Management to integrate with Oracle Payroll Confirm that these steps are completed before proceeding with your Cash Management implementation gt To setup Oracle Payroll for Cash Management integration 1 Inthe Define Organization window define an organization and classify it as all of the following business group legal entity HR organization or operating unit 2 This step needs to be performed only if the assignment has not already been made during the initial setup Assign the business group to the HR Security profile option for your Payroll responsibility The organization defined in step 1 creates the same unique identity for all the four classifications IF Attention If you are using Oracle Payroll the Organization should have already been classified as a Business Group amp HR Organization You
148. ank statement lines as you reconcile transactions as well as update the reconciliation information for a previously manually or automatically reconciled statement When you use manual reconciliation you reconcile each bank statement line with available transactions You can search for Payroll payments Receivables receipts Payables payments miscellaneous transactions GL journal entries open interface transactions and statement lines that meet specific criteria and reconcile the statement line against them If the bank statement belongs to a bank account shared by Oracle Treasury and Oracle Cash Management you can search for Treasury settlements using the Reconciliation Open Interface You can search for transactions based on customer or supplier batch name or remittance number as well as ranges for transaction numbers transaction date transaction amount and maturity date You can search for journal entries based on Period Name Journal Entry Name Document Number or Line Number As you reconcile a statement manually you may need to create transactions to account for differences between the sum of the reconciled transaction and the line amount For example you can create a miscellaneous transaction to account for bank charges or interest You can also create Payables payments and Receivables receipts from Cash Management To account for amount differences for Treasury settlements you need to create exposure transactions in Orac
149. ansaction Agent Bank Account The bank account number of the customer or supplier associated with the transaction Invoice The invoice number associated with the transaction Oracle Cash Management User Guide Description Tabbed Region Effective Date The value date for the transaction Description Any other information provided by the bank See Also Importing Bank Statements page 3 17 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 Correcting Bank Statement Interface Errors page 3 30 About Bank Statement Open Interface page 3 2 Archiving and Purging Imported Bank Statements page 4 72 Managing Bank Statements 3 29 Correcting Bank Statement Interface Errors 3 30 If any record in a statement fails validation the Bank Statement Import program does not import the statement and assigns it an Error status You can review import validation errors from the Bank Statement Interface window or by reviewing the AutoReconciliation Execution Report Interface errors may occur for a variety of reasons The following is a list of the most common causes of bank statement interface errors e Incorrect setup information in Oracle Cash Management such as bank transaction codes currencies or bank account information Solution Update the Cash Management setup information and reload the bank statement file e Incorrect setup information in Oracle Treasury such as company or bank account informatio
150. ansaction Remit Date The receipt transaction date Maturity Date The receipt maturity due date Curr The code for the currency of the receipt 6 32 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Amount The amount of the receipt Account Amount The receipt amount in the currency of the bank account Available Payments Supplier Name The supplier associated with the transaction Payment Date The check or payment date Maturity Date The maturity date of the payment Curr The code for the currency of the payment Amount The amount of the payment Account Amount The payment amount in the currency of the bank account Journal Entry Lines Effective Date The date the journal entry line affects balances in the general ledger Maturity Date The maturity date of the journal entry line Journal Entry Description Matching is performed against the journal entry description Curr The code for the currency of the journal entry line Amount The amount of the journal entry line Account Amount The amount of the journal entry line in the currency of the bank account Reversed Receipts Customer Name The customer associated with the transaction Remit Date The receipt transaction date Maturity Date The maturity date or due date of the transaction Payment Method The user defined Receivables choices for how customer s invoices can be paid for customer receipts Receipt Number The receipt number Currency Th
151. ansaction amount based on the system parameters setup Reconcile Reconciles the transactions Reconciling an Available Remittance or Payment Batch gt To reconcile an available remittance or payment batch 1 Find the available remittance or payment batch you want to reconcile See Finding Available Detail and Batch Transactions for Reconciliation page 4 27 Note For remittance batches Cash Management excludes reversed receipts from the batch total and these receipts are not reconciled when you reconcile the batch 2 Review the batch information Reconciling Bank Statements 4 33 4 34 e Inthe Transaction tabbed region review information about the Batch Name Original Currency and Total bank Account Currency batch Total and Amount Cleared and GL Date e Inthe Exchange tabbed region review exchange rate information about the batch Mark the batch you want to reconcile by checking the box to the left of the batch information Optional Choose the Recalculate button Note If you navigated to the Find Transactions window from the Bank Statement window and did not select a statement line you will not see the Recalculate button Choose Reconcile to reconcile the selected batches against the current statement line If you navigated to the Find Transactions window from the Bank Statement window and did not select a statement line choosing Reconcile creates a new reconciled bank statement line Ca
152. ar and reconcile receipts e Undo the reconciled status of a reconciled receipt e Undo the cleared status of a cleared receipt e Navigate to Receivables where you can create or reverse receipts e Create miscellaneous non invoiced transactions such as interest debits or credits Notes e If you use Automatic Clearing for receipts in Receivables keep in mind that receipts are only cleared not reconciled against a bank statement e If you are using Receivables you must use Cash Management to reconcile your receipts Integration with Payables Cash Management integrates with Payables If you are using Payables you must use Cash Management to reconcile your payment transactions With Cash Management you can e Clear and reconcile payments e Undo the reconciled status of a reconciled payment e Undo the cleared status of a cleared payment e Record miscellaneous transactions that are on your bank statements such as bank charges or bank errors If you plan to use Cash Management to record miscellaneous transactions then you must install and set up Receivables since miscellaneous payments in Cash Management are actually negative miscellaneous receipts e Open the Payments window to enter Payables payments Overview 1 13 See Also Integration with Payroll Cash Management integrates with Oracle Payroll When you use Oracle Cash Management you can e Reconcile your payroll account with your bank statement e U
153. arameters page 2 19 If you do not use Oracle Receivables AutoLockbox and your bank statement includes direct deposits or bank transfers you must create the related receipts manually in Receivables before you can reconcile them automatically in Cash Management For more information on Automatic Lockbox see your Oracle Receivables User s Guide Navigate to the Submit Request window Alternatively you may submit the request directly from the Reconcile Bank Statements or Bank Statement Interface windows by selecting AutoReconciliation from the Oracle Applications Tools menu Select the AutoReconciliation program Enter the Bank Branch for the statements that you want to reconcile This field is required Enter the Bank Account Number for the statement that you want to reconcile If you do not enter a bank account number you reconcile statements for the entire bank branch In the following fields enter a statement number or select one from the list of values e Statement Number From the beginning statement number in the range of statements to be reconciled e Statement Number To the ending statement number in the range Enter dates in the following fields e Statement Date From the opening day of the bank statement period e Statement Date To the closing day of the bank statement period e GL Date Required The default date for all General Ledger journal entries generated by AutoReconciliation The date must
154. at have been manually cleared but have not been reconciled e Negotiable Payments that have been issued and accounted but have not been cleared or reconciled e Stop Initiated Payments that have been stopped in Payables and are available for reconciliation Unreconciled Journal Entries Details of transactions that comprise the Unreconciled Journal Entries total amount The transactions include budget journals created with the Balance Type of Actual Lines Marked as Errors Details of transactions that comprise the Lines Marked as Errors total amount 6 28 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Transactions Reports Cash Management provides the following transactions reports e Cash in Transit Report page 6 29 e Cleared Transactions Report page 6 30 e Transactions Available for Reconciliation Report page 6 32 e Payments Exceptions Report page 6 35 Cash in Transit Report Report Submission This report lists for a specific bank account all transactions that have been remitted to the bank but have not been cleared This report excludes all voided transactions The report also excludes all reversed transactions which have a reversal date on or prior to the As of Date You submit this report from the Submit Request window See Submitting Requests page 6 13 Selected Report Parameters As Of Date Only receipts or payments that were entered before this date are included on the report Sort By I
155. ate type as defined in Oracle General Ledger used for this transaction If the exchange rate type is User then you can update the exchange rate Rate The exchange rate specified by the bank for this transaction If the bank account currency and the transaction currency are related fixed rate currencies such as euro and a National Currency Unit then the system will display EMU Fixed and you cannot update this value You can enter a value here only if the rate type is User Account Currency Charges The amount of any bank charges associated with the transaction in the bank account currency 4 32 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Reference Region Buttons Account Currency Errors The amount of any bank errors associated with the transaction in the bank account currency Batch Name The name of the batch for the transaction Agent Name The customer or supplier associated with the transaction Deposit Number The bank deposit or remittance number Type For miscellaneous transactions only the reference type receipt payment remittance batch or payment batch Number For miscellaneous transactions only the reference number Status The status of the transaction Date The transaction date Maturity Date The maturity or due date of the transaction Recalculate Recalculates the Charges Errors and Amount Cleared fields Cash Management defaults the amount differences between the statement line amount and the tr
156. atements page 1 6 Sequential Document Numbering page 2 63 Entering Bank Statement Lines page 3 36 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Creating Reconciled Bank Statement Lines page 4 25 Entering Bank Statement Lines p gt To enter bank statement lines 1 Navigate to the Find Bank Statements window 2 Choose Find to see a list of all statements you have already entered 3 36 Oracle Cash Management User Guide 10 11 12 13 Select the statement whose header information you ve already entered then choose Review to see the Bank Statement window If you have not already entered the bank statement header information see Entering Bank Statements Manually page 3 33 Choose Lines to enter the bank statement lines Enter the Line Number Enter the transaction Type for the line or select a type from the poplist Optionally if you plan to automatically reconcile the bank statement once you finish entering it for each transaction line enter the Bank Transaction Code and e Transaction Number or e Invoice Number see step 11 below and Agent Bank Account In the Amounts tabbed region enter transaction amount details e Enter the Transaction Date The default is the statement date e Enter the Value Date e Enter the transaction Amount The transaction type determines whether the amount is a payment or receipt In the Exchange tabbed
157. ath in which the bank statement file is located NS 9 If you want to limit loading records from a particular bank branch and branch account then specify the bank branch name and the bank account number Otherwise the program will import all records in the bank statement file 8 Submit the program 9 Check the SQL Loader log file and the Bank Statement Loader Execution Report to see any exceptions generated during the loading process Receiving XML Bank Statements 3 12 You can set up XML Gateway to receive XML bank statements automatically and securely from your bank The bank delivers the prescheduled bank statements in the IFX XML format to the XML Gateway The XML Gateway validates the message using the IFX specifications and predefined Cash Management mapping rules Upon successful validation the XML Gateway populates the Bank Statement Open Interface tables and launches the Bank Statement Import program to transfer the bank statement information to Cash Management If the validation fails the XML Gateway sends e mail notifications to the system administrator and the bank contact In addition the system notifies the designated cash manager of the status of the import process Oracle Cash Management User Guide Setting Up Your System to Receive XML Bank Statements Prerequisites Q Q Oracle XML Gateway is installed See Oracle XML Gateway User s Guide Oracle Advanced Queuing is installed Oracle W
158. atically See also clearing reconciliation matching In Oracle Payables and Oracle Assets the process of comparing purchase order invoice and receiving information to verify that ordering billing and receiving information is consistent within accepted tolerance levels Cash Management uses matching to control payments to suppliers You can use the matching feature in Cash Management if you have Purchasing or another purchasing system Cash Management supports two three and four way matching maturity date In Oracle Receivables a date that determines when funds for an automatic receipt can be transferred from your customer s bank account to your bank account maturity date In Oracle Payables and Oracle Cash Management the date your bank disburses funds to a supplier for a future dated payment Cash Management displays the maturity date on the future dated payment document to inform your supplier and bank when the bank should transfer funds to the supplier s bank You can update the payment status from Issued to Negotiable on or after the maturity date message line A line on the bottom of a window that displays helpful hints or warning messages when you encounter an error miscellaneous receipts A feature that lets you record payments that you do not apply to debit items such as refunds and interest income multi org See multiple organizations multiple organizations The ability to define multiple organ
159. bank statements 3 2 electronic payments matching criteria 1 8 1 9 Encumbrance Type field 5 18 End Project field 5 26 errors AutoReconciliation reviewing 6 5 AutoReconciliation program correcting 4 15 reviewing 4 15 Bank Statement Open Interface correcting 3 30 reviewing 3 25 bank statements 4 51 setting up transaction codes 2 26 Reconciliation Errors window 3 26 3 27 4 15 reconciling bank 1 7 reconciling in bank statement lines 4 57 Errors button 6 3 Excel exporting to 5 40 Index 6 Oracle Cash Management User s Guide integration with Cash Forecasting 1 31 saving forecasts 5 40 exceptions recording 4 50 Exchange Date field 5 26 Cash Forecast window 5 35 Cash Forecasts window 5 33 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Exchange Rate field 5 27 Cash Forecast window 5 35 Cash Forecasts window 5 33 exchange rates Journals Display Inverse Rate profile option B 3 Exchange Type field 5 26 Cash Forecast window 5 35 Cash Forecasts window 5 33 expected cash activity dates 5 7 Export Data window 5 40 exporting data to Microsoft Excel 5 40 external documents recording transactions 4 52 External Forecast Sources window 2 61 External Source Type field 5 20 F Factor field Cash Forecast Amounts window 5 29 Cash Forecast window 5 35 factor forecast amounts 5 33 Find Available window finding available batches 6 8 finding available detail transactions 6 6 finding available open in
160. between certain bank statement and subledger dates is as follows e The Transaction Date in the Bank Statement Lines window updates the Cleared Date in Payables and the Transaction Date in Receivables History e The Value Date in the Bank Statement Lines window updates the Actual Value Date in Payables and Receivables For release 11 5 and subsequent releases Value Date replaces Effective Date on the Bank Statement Line window 4 14 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Reviewing Reconciliation Errors After you run the AutoReconciliation program you can review any reconciliation errors online from the Bank Statement or Bank Statement Line window You can review all reconciliation errors for a statement or just those errors that occurred for a specific statement line The Bank Statement window shows errors for both statements and individual lines To review import validation errors use the Bank Statement Interface window Prerequisite Q Run the AutoReconciliation program to reconcile a bank statement gt To review reconciliation and validation errors 1 Navigate to the Find Bank Statements window 2 Enter your query criteria or leave the criteria blank to query all existing statements 3 Choose Find to see the Reconcile Bank Statements folder window containing the statements that meet your query criteria 4 Select the statement whose errors you want to review and choose Review 5 If you want to review sta
161. bmission This report shows all transactions available for reconciliation for a specific bank account It lists detailed transaction information for your Available Receipts Available Payment and Available Journal Entries for reconciliation Detailed information includes the Customer Supplier or Batch Name Transaction Date Payment Method Transaction Number Currency and Amount It also lists detailed information for your available statement lines This report only lists void payments if the Show Void Payments option on the Systems Parameters window is checked It does not list receipts reversed due to user error nor does it list the associated original receipts that were not reconciled This report groups transactions by status so that void or reversed transactions are separate from regular transactions The Net Available Amount is calculated as Total Available Receipts Total Reversed Receipts Total Available Payments Total Voided Payments You submit this report from the Submit Request window See Submitting Requests page 6 13 Selected Report Parameters Transaction Batch Indicate if you want the report to include transactions batches or both Transaction Type Indicate the types of transactions such as payments that you want to include on the report Order By Choose to sort the report by amount or date Selected Report Headings Available Receipts Customer Name The customer associated with the tr
162. ce on the statement that you want to use to calculate your interest in Oracle Treasury In the BAI2 format this is the Closing Available Balance INTRA_DAY_FLAG Set to N if this is a previous day bank statement Set to Y if this is an intra day bank statement Bank Statement Lines Interface Table 2 42 The CE_STATEMENT_LINES_ INTERFACE table contains the transactions from the bank statement The following table shows the columns contained in the CE_STATEMENT_LINES_INTERFACE table Column Name BANK _ACCOUNT_NUM Z CHAR STATEMENT_NUMBER CHAR LINE_NUMBER NUMBER TRX_DATE DATE TRX_CODE CHAR EFFECTIVE_DATE DATE TRX_TEXT CHAR INVOICE_TEXT CHAR AMOUNT Oracle Cash Management User Guide K K K K K Z Z z NUMBER Required Columns Optional Columns Type Y_ NOMBR USER_EXCHANGE_RATE_TYPE ORIGINAL_AMOUNT CHARGES_AMOUNT BANK_TRX_NUMBER CUSTOMER_TEXT BANK_ACCOUNT_TEXT Y Y Y Y Y Y You must provide values for all of the not null columns in the CE_STATEMENT_LINES_INTERFACE table Enter values in the following required columns BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM For each statement line enter the bank account number as defined in the header record in CE_STATEMENT_HEADERS_INT_ALL STATEMENT_NUMBER For each statement line enter the bank statement number as defined in the header record in CE_STATEMENT_HEADERS_INT_ALL LINE_NUMBER
163. cean ker a vien dae Sens adteda cee 6 2 Viewing Bank Statement Reconciliation 6 3 Viewing Available Transactions 000000 6 6 Viewing Payments and Receipts 20005 6 10 Viewing Cash Forecasts 4 di 00ceateaaraewerdnne riences 6 10 Cash Management Reports aoii oeiia 600 cece eee eee eee 6 13 Cash Forecasting Reports 6 666 c cece eee eee 6 17 Cash Forecast Report 2 24 0ciaaniiaderierniiaaes eee 6 17 Cash Forecast Execution Report 00 e ee eee 6 19 Statements Reports rescat evitei ieni eee eee ee 6 21 Archive Purge Bank Statements Report 6 21 AutoReconciliation Execution Report 04 6 22 Bank Statement Detail Report sesse serserensisreuessess gt 6 22 Bank Statement Loader Execution Report 6 23 Bank Statement Summary Report 6000005 6 25 Bank Statements by Document Number Report 6 25 GL Reconciliation Report 00 6 6 c cece ii neesat 6 26 Transactions Reports 4 0ec a0i ces dae ead dae aed a inak 6 29 Cashin Transit Report ersrerssssserasemratasmi dt kesdi 6 29 Cleared Transactions Report cscs c tories enert tene ies 6 30 Transactions Available for Reconciliation Report 6 32 Payment Exceptions Report 0 6 cece cece eee ees 6 35 Cash Management Listings erscsersritns tse riiaas kaasas 6 36 Bank Transaction Codes Listing ssrrssreorerses 6 36 Cash Forecast Templat
164. ch bank statement lines with transactions an NSF transaction type only matches to reversed receipts in Receivables 4 Enter the Code used by your bank 5 Enter an optional description of the transaction 6 Enter Start and End Dates to determine when the bank transaction code is considered active 7 Enter the number of Float Days that you want Cash Management to add to or subtract from the statement date to create an anticipated value date for automatic lockbox receipts 8 Enter a Transaction Source for payment and receipt transactions Choose Journal from the list of values to reconcile statement items with the assigned transaction code to General Ledger journals Choose Open Interface to reconcile statement items to settlements in Oracle Treasury or external transactions in the Reconciliation Open Interface Choose Payables Payments or Receivables Receipts to reconcile statement items to transactions in Oracle Payables or Oracle Receivables 9 Ifthe transaction Type is Miscellaneous Receipt or Miscellaneous Payment enter the Matching Against field to determine the order of matching and the type of transactions to match Since the same transaction code may be used for matching against both miscellaneous transactions and or correcting statement errors you need to indicate for miscellaneous payments and miscellaneous receipts the type of transactions to match If you use a transaction code for both miscellaneous transactions and
165. ch is found A format may contain an indicator An indicator is a token that always appears with before or after the data If you expect to find spaces between the indicator and the source data you must explicitly specify these spaces in the format In the example of the BANK_TRX_NUMBER column the indicator is Example followed by aspace In the Include Indicator field select the checkbox if you want to copy the indicator to the Bank Statement Lines Interface table If you leave the checkbox blank the Bank Statement Loader program excludes the indicator The Bank Statement Loader program supports both fixed and variable length formats The notations used to define fixed length formats are e n adigit e a a non digit character like a letter or a special character e x any character including digit letter or special character Variable formats use only the notation which stands for any number of alphanumeric and special characters While fixed length formats may come with or without an indicator variable length formats must be accompanied by an indicator If you use either the fixed length format without an indicator or the variable format to extract the source data from a field that contains multiple segments of information these segments must be delimited by white spaces The following table summarizes the different types of formats and gives an example of each Setting Up 2 37 Description Format Fixed length The info
166. cimal numbers The Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program appends the timestamp to the STATEMENT_DATE column in the Bank Statement Headers Interface table Setting Up 2 33 2 34 12 You should map the PRECISION column only if amounts are expressed in integers and have different currencies In BAI2 the PRECISION column is not used because the default precision of 2 is defined on the mapping template In SWIFT940 the PRECISION column is not used because all amounts are already decimal numbers In French EDIFACT the PRECISION column is used to convert the amounts for the AMOUNT column If you do not enter a value for the PRECISION column the value in the PRECISION column of the Bank Statement Headers Interface table is used You must map the STATEMENT_TIMESTAMP column if you want to load timestamp information from your intra day bank statements Since your bank may provide multiple intra day bank statements within the same day you can use the timestamp to determine how recent the information is In the BAI2 mapping template the STATEMENT_TIMESTAMP column is mapped to Record ID 02 and Position 5 The Headers tabbed region lists all the columns in the Bank Statement Headers Interface table Define the mapping for the columns according to the file format used by your bank The four required columns in the table are e STATEMENT_NUMBER e BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM e STATEMENT_DATE e ORG_ID You must map all of the four columns except for
167. cision varies because of the currency of the amounts the SQL Loader script needs to load the precision into the intermediate tables as Setting Up 2 31 well See the French EDIFACT SQL Loader script for an example Creating a New Mapping Template Define new mapping rules using the Bank Statement Mappings window See Bank Statement Mapping page 2 32 Bank Statement Mapping 2 32 Use the Bank Statement Mappings window to map the structure of your bank statement file to the Bank Statement Open Interface tables You need to define the mapping for each unique file structure The default mapping templates for BAI2 SWIFT940 and French EDIFACT are provided by Cash Management and cannot be changed You can create new mapping templates by copying the existing templates 1 2 Open the Bank Statement Mappings window If you want to review a mapping template choose one from the list of values Otherwise cancel the list of values Create a new record for the new mapping template In the Name field enter the name of the new mapping template In the Description field enter the description for the new mapping template In the Control File Name field enter the SQL Loader script that should be used with this new mapping template You can choose an existing script from the list of values or enter a new script that you have created If your bank uses the BAI2 format choose BAI2 ctl If your bank uses the SWIFT940 format choo
168. cle Cash Management User Guide You can use either the View Cash Forecasts window or Cash Forecast window to view cash forecasts The View Cash Forecast window does not allow you to modify the forecast whereas the Cash Forecast window lets you view and modify it To inquire on a cash forecast without ability to make modifications 1 Navigate to the View Cash Forecasts window The Find Cash Forecasts window appears first for you to enter search criteria Optional Enter a partial or full Template Name or a partial or full Forecast Name Enter a forecast period type in the Forecast By field If you enter a forecast period type you can then select From and To values for a Start Period or Start Date Choose Find to find all cash forecasts that match your search criteria The View Cash Forecasts window appears Within the View Cash Forecasts window you can show hide and move fields and make them wider narrower or change their prompt You can save your changes as folders for yourself or others to use Refer to the Oracle Applications User s Guide for more information on modifying and saving folders Choose the Requery button to find all existing cash forecasts without using any search criteria Choose the Find button on the tool bar to bring up the Find Cash Forecasts window again Choose Open from the View Cash Forecasts window to view cash forecast definition information The View Cash Forecast window appears If you ar
169. cribes the UI for the Oracle Applications products and how to apply this UI to the design of an application built by using Oracle Forms User Guides Related to This Product xvi Cash Management shares data and setup information with other Oracle Applications products Even if you have not installed them as separate products your Cash Management application includes some forms and functionality from other Oracle Applications Therefore you may want to refer to other user guides when you set up and use Cash Management Oracle General Ledger User Guide Use this manual when you plan and define your chart of accounts accounting period types and accounting calendar functional currency and set of books It also describes how to define journal entry sources and categories so you can create journal entries for your general ledger If you use multiple currencies use this manual when you define additional rate types and enter daily rates This manual also includes complete information on implementing Budgetary Control Oracle Treasury User Guide This guide explains how to use Oracle Treasury to manage your financial market transactions and exposures Oracle Purchasing User Guide If you install Oracle Purchasing refer to this user guide to read about entering and managing the purchase orders to which you match invoices Oracle Receivables User Guide Use this manual to learn how to implement flexible address formats for
170. d be the same set of books you assign to the GL Set of Books Name profile option for your Cash Management responsibility You can view the Bank Account set up in Payroll in Cash Management only if you set the CE Bank Account Security Access profile option accordingly Set up the following Bank Transactions Codes in Cash Management for the Bank Account defined in Payroll Payments Stopped Payments Setting Up 2 17 Setting Up Oracle Treasury for Oracle Cash Management Integration 2 18 The following setup steps are necessary for Oracle Cash Management to integrate with Oracle Treasury Confirm that these steps are completed before proceeding with your Cash Management implementation gt To setup Oracle Treasury for Cash Management Integration 1 Define the legal entities for your companies See Oracle General Ledger User Guide Define your company information See Company Profiles Oracle Treasury User Guide Assign companies to your users See Company Profiles Oracle Treasury User Guide Define your company bank accounts See Company Profiles Oracle Treasury User Guide Define the same bank accounts in Oracle Payables if they do not already exist See Oracle Payables User Guide For each bank account that you want to use in your current operating unit link the bank account in Oracle Treasury to a valid bank account defined in Oracle Payables for that operating unit See Company Profiles Oracle Treasury User
171. d but Unaccounted However note that the Oracle Payables option Account for Payment When Pay ment Clears is not enabled Therefore Payables accounts for the payments and gain loss only at payment issue time and does not account for bank charges bank errors or gain loss at payment clearing time Payment method for the bank The payment method for the bank account is invalid account is invalid Receipt already reconciled The receipt has already been reconciled to statement line Receipt is not reversed The receipt history shows that this receipt has not been reversed The statement line has a transaction code identifying it as NSF Receipt not remitted The receipt history shows that this receipt has not been remitted to the bank Receipt reversed The receipt history shows that this receipt has been reversed The statement line has a transaction code identifying it as a receipt Reconciliation Open Interface Please enable Use Reconciliation Open Interface in the System not enabled Parameters window Statement line amountis not The statement line amount is not within the tolerance range within the tolerance range Stop initiated You have initiated a stop on the payment in Oracle Payables You can match to a stop initiated payment only if the transaction code is Stopped However this transaction line code is Payment Stopped statement line The payment has not been voided or stop initiated However
172. debit or credit nature of the transaction A separate field the Debit Credit Mark field is used to differentiate debit and credit entries where D means debit and C means credit When the Bank Statement Loader program populates the TRX_CODE column in the Bank Statement Lines Interface table it appends the Debit Credit Mark to the Transaction Code to form a new code For Bank Statement Mapping Templates D 9 example debit transfers are identified as TRFD and credit transfers as TRFC You must set up these new bank transaction codes in Cash Management before you can import the bank statement information The remaining columns in the Bank Statement Lines Interface table are populated as the following table illustrates Column Name Source BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM copied from the header information STATEMENT_NUMBER copied from the header information LINE_NUMBER sequentially generated starting with EFFECTIVE_DATE not populated INVOICE_TEXT not populated CURRENCY_CODE not populated but Bank Statement Import program defaults the currency code from the header information USER_EXCHANGE_RATE_TYPE not populated EXCHANGE_RATE_DATE not populated D 10 Oracle Cash Management User Guide EDIFACT France Mapping Template This section contains the default mapping rules created for the French EDIFACT format French EDIFACT header information is stored in record ID 01 Trailer information is stored in record
173. different countries You can use flexible address formats in the Suppliers Banks Invoices and Payments windows Oracle Cash Management User Guide Oracle Receivables Tax Manual This manual provides everything you need to know about calculating tax within Oracle Receivables Oracle Order Management Oracle Sales and Oracle Web Customers It includes information about implementation procedures setup forms and windows the Oracle Receivables Tax calculation process tax reports and listings and open interfaces Oracle Projects User Guide If you install Oracle Projects use this user guide to learn how to enter expense reports in Projects that you import into Payables to create invoices You can also use this manual to see how to create Project information in Projects which you can then record for an invoice or invoice distribution Oracle Assets User Guide If you install Oracle Assets you can use this manual to add assets and cost adjustments directly into Oracle Assets from invoice information in Payables Country Specific Manuals Use these manuals to meet statutory requirements and common business practices in your country or region They also describe additional features added to Cash Management to meet those requirements Look for a user guide appropriate to your country for example see the Oracle Financials for the Czech Republic User Guide for more information about using this software in the Czech Republic
174. dings 6 18 Status The status of the forecast execution such as success warning or error Calendar Name The name of the General Ledger accounting calendar Applicable only for forecasts by General Ledger period Start Date For forecasts by days the earliest date of information that is included in the forecast Start Period For forecasts by General Ledger period the earliest period of information that is included in the forecast Project Number For forecasts of projects the project number associated with the forecast Project Name For forecasts of projects the project name associated with the forecast Forecast Currency The currency of the amounts that appear in the forecast Source Currency Type Determines if source transactions are selected by currency e All All transactions are included e Entered Transactions entered in the source currency are included e Functional Transactions where the source currency is the same as the functional currency are included Source Currency The currency of the source transactions included in the forecast Exchange Type The exchange rate type as defined in Oracle General Ledger Exchange Date The exchange date as defined in Oracle General Ledger Amount Threshold The minimum amount of an individual transaction in order for it to be included in the forecast Cash Inflow The total amount of cash received during the forecast period Cash Outflo
175. distribution line or revenue For invoices the GL Date is the date within the GL Period on which an invoice is transferred to Oracle Receivables and is based on the invoice date import journal entry A journal entry from a non Oracle application such as accounts payable accounts receivable and fixed assets You use Journal Import to import these journal entries from your feeder systems inflation start date The inflation start date for an asset specifies when inflation begins to impact an asset The asset is adjusted for inflation from this date onward The inflation start date is generally the same date as the date placed in service You can however define an inflation start date that is different than the date placed in service For example if you enter an asset that is already in service and that has already been adjusted for inflation you can set the inflation start date to an appropriate date to begin calculating new inflation adjustments in Oracle Assets interface table A temporary database table used for transferring data between applications or from an external application See also database table invoice In Oracle Receivables and Oracle Cash Management a document that you create in Receivables that lists amounts owed for the purchases of goods or services This document also lists any tax freight charges and payment terms invoice In Oracle Payables and Oracle Assets a document you receive from a
176. e Submitting Requests page 6 13 Selected Report Parameters Period Name Enter the name of the period for which you want to reconcile to the General Ledger Closing Balance Enter the bank statement closing balance for the period you entered 6 26 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Report Type Choose either Summary or Detail to indicate if you want the report to provide summary balances only or details of unreconciled items Selected Report Headings Detail Report General Ledger Cash Account Balance The balance in the General Ledger cash account after all relevant postings have occurred for the reconciliation period The General Ledger cash account pertains to only one bank account Bank Statement Closing Balance The bank statement closing balance that you specified Unreconciled Receipts Total amount of receipts that were recorded in the General Ledger cash account for the reconciliation period but were not reconciled as of the statement cutoff date Unreconciled Payments Total amount of payments that were recorded in the General Ledger cash account for the reconciliation period but were not reconciled as of the statement cutoff date Unreconciled Journal Entries Total amount of journal entries that were posted to the General Ledger cash account but were not reconciled for the reconciliation period Depending on the transactions these are added to or subtracted from the General Ledger cash account balance
177. e 3 17 Recording Exceptions page 4 50 Entering Reversals page 4 53 Cash Management Reports page 6 13 Setting Up Oracle Cash Management page 2 2 Defining System Parameters page 2 19 Matching Bank Statement Lines with Transactions page 1 7 Entering Bank Statements Manually page 3 33 Reconciliation Tolerances You can define reconciliation tolerances for the AutoReconciliation program The program reconciles Payables payments and Receivables receipts if they are within tolerances and automatically posts any amount differences General Ledger journal entries are reconciled if they are within tolerances but amount differences are not automatically posted For Treasury settlements and external transactions in the Reconciliation Open Interface tolerances are ignored when you use the matching criteria of date and amount If you choose to match by transaction number tolerances are verified but amount differences are not automatically accounted As a security feature tolerances are not allowed on payments and voided payments that are generated by Oracle Payroll Reconciling Bank Statements 4 7 You enter reconciliation tolerances as percentages and or amounts For example assume you ve defined the following tolerances in the System Parameters window e Amount 70 e Percent 10 Now assume the program encounters a statement line with an amount of 1 000 It first computes the tolerance percentage amo
178. e Applications System Administrator s Guide 4 42 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Creating Payments and Receipts Transactions See Also You can create Payables payments or Receivables receipts while you are manually reconciling a bank statement in Cash Management This feature makes it easy to add new payments or receipts that were not entered previously in Payables or Receivables but which have cleared the bank You can then reconcile the transactions immediately after you create them Prerequisites Q Install Payables if you want to create payments Q Install Receivables if you want to create receipts Q Your login responsibility must be authorized to create payments in Payables or receipts in Receivables To create payments or receipts 1 Navigate to the Bank Statement Lines window 2 Select the statement line for which you want to create a payment or receipt Choose Create 4 From the list of values choose e AP Payments to create payments The Payables Payments window will appear Create a payment as described in Oracle Payables Online Help e AR Receipts to create receipts The Receivables Receipts window will appear Complete the window as described in Oracle Receivables Online Help 5 Reconcile the transaction you have just created Payments Oracle Payables User s Guide Receipts Oracle Receivables User s Guide Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Creating Miscellaneo
179. e Income Statement See also unrealized gain or loss foreign currency exchange gain or loss receipt class Automatic receipt processing steps that you relate to your payment methods You can choose whether to confirm remit and clear automatic receipts receipts Payment received in exchange for goods or services These include applied and unapplied receipts entered within the GL date range that you specified receivable activities Predefined Receivables activities used to define the general ledger accounts with which you associate your receivables activities reconciliation The process of matching bank statement lines to appropriate batches and detail transactions and creating all necessary accounting entries See also set of books In Oracle Payables and Oracle Receivables an organization or group of organizations within Oracle Applications that shares a common Accounting Flexfield reconciliation tolerance AutoReconciliation structure calendar and functional currency You must define at least one set of books Reconciliation Open Interface This interface for each business location lets you reconcile with payments and receipts from external systems shorthand flexfield entry A quick way to enter key flexfield data using shorthand aliases names that represent valid flexfield combinations or patterns of valid segment values Your organization can specify flexfields that will use shorthand flexfield entry and de
180. e Listing o on ananuna 6 37 Cash Management Programs seieren eee eee 6 38 Navigation Paths s csscsesercesesceseceensiessri esst ts A 1 Cash Management Window Navigation Paths A 2 Contents vii Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E Profile Options ccc ccc ccc cc cece eee eee eee enee B 1 Setting Profile Options for Cash Management B 2 Profile Options Summary 0 60 c eee eee B 2 Profile Options in Cash Management 54 B 3 Profile Options Affecting But Not Owned By Cash Management 0 66 0 c cece eee eee B 3 Function Security in Oracle Cash Management C 1 Function Security in Cash Management 6 C 2 Bank Statement Mapping Templates 06 D 1 BAT Mapping Template 6 0 edana t eee eee D 2 SWIFT940 Mapping Template 00 cece eee D 6 EDIFACT France Mapping Template D 11 XML Mapping Rules cece cece cece eens E 1 XML Mapping Rules for Statement Header Information E 2 XML Mapping Rules for Statement Line Information E 5 Glossary Index viii Oracle Cash Management User Guide Preface Welcome to 11i of the Oracle Cash Management User Guide This user guide includes the information you need to work with Cash Management effectively It contains detailed information about the following Overview and reference informatio
181. e Submit button in the window that opens To submit the Unreconcile Bank Statement program Submit the Unreconcile Bank Statement Program in the Submit Request window The program has two parameters Bank Account and Statement Number To view the results of the Unreconcile Bank Statement program navigate to the Bank Statement Lines window See Submitting Requests page 6 13 Manually Clearing and Unclearing Receipts and Payments page 4 61 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Reviewing Reconciled Transactions page 4 36 Reconciling Bank Statements 4 41 Using Attachments See Also Recording Exceptions page 4 50 Entering Reversals page 4 53 You can attach text images or OLE objects such as spreadsheets and word processing documents to your bank statements and statement lines This feature is useful for illustrating or clarifying information about your bank statements and the related reconciliations You can attach delete modify or review attachments for Bank Statements from the Bank Statement window From the View Bank Statements window you can only review bank statement attachments Bank Statement Lines from the Bank Statement Lines window From the View Statement Lines window you can only review bank statement line attachments Additional Information There is a system profile option Indicate Attachments which must be set to Yes to view the attachments indicator Oracl
182. e appropriate indexes on the tables accessed by the views you create The columns that are frequently used as selection criteria such as cash activity date should be defined as indexes Associate External Forecast Source Types with Views You need to associate your external source types with an external source transaction view and if that view is on a remote database then you need to specify the database link as well p gt To associate external forecast source types and views 1 Navigate to the External Forecast Sources window Setting Up 2 61 2 Choose an external forecast source Type The list of values is the context field of the Forecast Selection Criteria Descriptive Flexfield 3 Enter an external forecast source View This field is not validated until you submit a forecast that uses the associated external forecast source type 4 Optional Enter a Database Link Name if the source type is ona remote database The list of values includes currently available links but you can enter others as this field is not validated until you submit a forecast that uses the associated external forecast source type See Also Creating Cash Forecast Templates page 5 3 2 62 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Sequential Document Numbering Cash Management supports Oracle Application s Document Sequences feature With this feature enabled you can have Cash Management assign sequential document numbers to your bank statements
183. e code for the currency of the receipt Amount The amount of the receipt Account Amount The receipt amount in the currency of the bank account Inquiry and Reports 6 33 Unreconciled Statement Lines Statement Number The number of the bank statement Transaction Date The transaction date Maturity Date The transaction maturity due date Line Type Indicates the types of transactions such as payments Transaction Number The transaction number Currency The code for the currency of the statement line Amount The amount of the statement line Account Amount The amount in the currency of the bank account 6 34 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Payment Exceptions Report Report Submission If you implement the automatic bank transmission feature use this report to view payment exceptions generated by the bank and transmitted to your local directory You can view the transmission history and the actual report in the Transmissions window In the Find Transmissions window choose the file type of EXCEPTION to query exceptions reports Select the File Text field of the file you want to view and choose Edit Field from the Edit menu The Editor window displays the content of the file you selected See Oracle Payables User Guide To resolve the payment exceptions you need to manually unreconcile the transactions in Cash Management and void the payment in Payables You submit this report from the Submit Request window
184. e proceeding to the View Cash Forecast Amounts window choose how you want to view the amounts by selecting a Factoring format e Units Displays amounts as calculated e Thousands Displays forecast amounts as multiples of a thousand 1 000 1 00 e Millions Displays forecast amounts as multiples of a million 1 000 000 1 00 e Billions Displays forecast amounts as multiples of a billion 1 000 000 000 1 00 If you are proceeding to the View Cash Forecast Amounts window you may choose to check the Display Forecast Summary check box to show the Cash Inflow Cash Outflow Net Cash summary and Inquiry and Reports 6 11 GL Cash Position fields in the Forecast Amounts window Keeping these fields hidden helps speed navigation performance for very large forecasts 7 Choose the Review button from the View Cash Forecasts window to view cash forecast data The View Cash Forecast Amounts window appears Within the View Cash Forecast Amounts window you have limited folder capabilities you can show hide and move fields and make them wider narrower or change their prompt You cannot however save folder information Refer to the Oracle Applications User s Guide for more information on modifying folders See Also Modifying Cash Forecast Templates and Cash Forecasts page 5 30 6 12 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Cash Management Reports Cash Management provides several reports to help you review and
185. e rate fluctuations bank charges or bank errors When you reconcile Payables payments in Cash Management the payments are first matched to bank statement lines and then cleared You can also manually clear the payments prior to reconciliation After you clear or reconcile your payments in Payables you can create accounting entries for the Cash Cash Clearing Bank Charges Bank Errors Realized Gain and Realized Loss accounts that you specified in the Oracle Payables Bank Accounts window and the Payment Documents window You then transfer the accounting entries to your general ledger Creating Accounting Entries in Payables Payables can create accounting entries for the cleared payments if Payables is set up to account for payments at clearing time The Account for Payment option in the Payables Options window controls when Payables accounts for payments One or both of the following can be enabled for the Account for Payment option e When Payment is Issued e When Payment Clears To account for payments you have cleared or reconciled using Oracle Cash Management the When Payment Clears option must be enabled Payables creates the following accounting entries depending on how the Account for Payment option is set This accounting assumes you use accrual basis accounting You specify the accounts when you define the payment document Both When Payment is Issued and When Payment Clears Payables accounts for each payment you is
186. e than one matching payment in Oracle Payables Please reconcile manually Duplicate payroll payments There is more than one matching payroll payment in Oracle Pay roll Duplicate receipts Oracle Receivables has more than one matching receipt Duplicate remittance batches Oracle Receivables has more than one matching remittance batch in Duplicate statement lines There is more than one matching statement line Exchange rate date missing The statement line does not have an exchange rate type Exchange rate type missing The statement line does not have an exchange rate type Future payment not yet This future dated payment s status is Issued You can reconcile negotiable future dated payments only if the payment status is Negotiable The payment status can be updated to Negotiable in Payables after the maturity date Future value date You cannot reconcile a statement line that has a future value date Inconsistent currencies The statement line and the transaction currency are different Inconsistent exchange rates The statement line exchange rate and the GL daily rate for the exchange type and exchange rate date do not match Inconsistent transaction cur All transactions within a batch must be in same currency rencies within batch Line amount functional The statement line amount in the functional currency is not currency not within the within the tolerance range tolerance range 4 16 Oracle Cash Manage
187. e that you specify The default is the project number defined in the template Cash Forecasting 5 25 End Project The ending number for the range of projects that you want to include in the forecast Cash Management creates a forecast for every project number in the range that you specify The default is the project number defined in the template Forecast Currency The currency in which the forecast amounts are to be displayed Source Currency Type The currency type for the sources in the cash forecast e All Include all source transactions regardless of currency and translate them to the Forecast Currency e Entered Include only source transactions with the same Source Currency as the transaction currency e Functional Include only source transactions with the Source Currency as the functional currency This choice is useful for multiple sets of books environments Source Currency The currency for the source transactions The transactions included in your forecast calculations are determined by the combination of your entries for this field and the Source Currency Type field as explained in the following table If the Source Currency Type is All you do not enter a Source Currency For any document without a source currency such as a requisition or purchase order Cash Management assumes that the functional currency is the currency of the transaction The following table contains the transactions included for each So
188. eS xi Chapter 1 OVERVIEW eo aah IEEE ER EREE 1 1 About Oracle Cash Management copse tirei n rusen kenete 1 2 About Bank Reconciliation sescsisssreriosirsepiosse is 1 2 Bank Statements sirige tides piii secs aib EEEE E aeS 1 6 Matching Bank Statement Lines with Transactions 1 7 Multi Currency Handling 0 0 0 cece eee 1 11 Integration with Oracle Receivables Payables Payroll and Treasury sercis sisaning dasen CAR tae does 1 13 Payables Reconciliation Accounting 00e eee 1 15 Payables Reconciliation Examples 0 005 1 18 Receivables Reconciliation Accounting 0 006 1 21 Receivables Reconciliation Examples 5 1 22 Using Cash Management with Automatic Clearing 1 24 Oracle Payroll Reconciliation 000 e eee 1 27 Oracle Treasury Reconciliation 0 0 cece eee eee 1 29 About Cash Forecasting s erari er oia ann a I 1 31 Oracle Applications Integration with Cash Forecasting ece sresasrerid tonka Met that ARER 1 31 Oracle Projects Integration With Cash Forecasting 1 34 Forecasting Open Interface and Distributed Database Integration s mereri en N eens 1 35 Cash Forecast Reporting and Spreadsheet Tint Station cents diese kanaan ova deat aaae aa EERE 1 35 Contents iii Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Setting Up 2 0 ccc cece ccc cee eee eee teen ene enenes 2 1 Setting Up Oracle Cash Management 000 0000s 2 2
189. ecast window appears with no data Cash Forecasting 5 27 5 28 Select a Template Name Cash Management uses this template to create columns and rows for your forecast Enter a unique Name for your forecast Cash Management automatically generates a unique name for you by attaching the system date and time to the template name Optional Enter a description for your cash forecast Enter a Start Date or Calendar Name and Start Period depending on the template Enter a Forecast Currency Source Currency Type Source Currency Exchange Type Exchange Date Exchange Rate and Amount Threshold For Projects enter a Project Name and Project Number See Submit Forecast Window Reference page 5 25 Choose the Review button The Cash Forecast Amounts window appears with the rows and columns from the template you used and all amounts filled with zero Enter forecast amounts for the new forecast Save your work ISF Attention When you add or delete columns and rows on a forecast template the changes affect manually created forecasts based on that template as well as those automatically generated Oracle Cash Management User Guide Cash Forecast Amounts Window Reference Factor Indicates the way amounts are displayed e Units Displays amounts as calculated e Thousands Displays forecast amounts as multiples of a thousand 1 000 1 00 e Millions Displays forecast amounts as multiples of a million 1 000 000 1 00
190. econciling Treasury Settlements Q Q Set up Oracle Treasury See Setting Up Oracle Treasury for Cash Management Integration page 2 18 Check the Use Reconciliation Open Interface checkbox in the System Parameters window See System Parameters page 2 19 In the Open Interface Tabbed region define the Open Interface Float Status system parameter and the Open Interface Clear Status system parameter See System parameters page 2 19 Choose the Date and Amount option for the Open interface Matching Criteria system parameter See System Parameters page 2 19 If you want to automatically reconcile Treasury settlements define the transaction codes for the shared bank accounts See Transaction Codes page 2 25 Create new mapping templates to load bank statements from the shared bank accounts See Bank Statement Mapping page 2 32 If your bank provides electronic bank statements in formats other than BAI2 map the balance information in your bank statement files to the CONTROL_END_BALANCE CASHFLOW_BALANCE AND INT_CALC_BALANCE columns in the Bank Statement Headers Interface table If your bank delivers BAI2 bank statements however you do not need to map these columns because the Bank Statement Loader program uses the pre defined BAI2 transaction codes to locate the balance information in the bank statement files See Bank Statement Headers Interface Table page 2 40 You can automatically or manu
191. ed No transactions have been matched e Error This status is a warning that the line cannot be reconciled because of a bank error in the statement that cannot be resolved You must manually mark the statement line as Error The transaction remains unreconciled because there is no corresponding transaction to which the line can be reconciled e External The line does not correspond to any transaction in General Ledger Payables Receivables Payroll or the 1 6 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Reconciliation Open Interface but corresponds to a transaction in another system You then manually mark the statement line as External Cash Management treats it as reconciled Bank Statement Error Reconciliation You can efficiently manage bank errors You can automatically or manually reconcile correcting statement lines against error statement lines thereby providing an audit trail you can use to verify correction of bank errors For example if your bank erroneously records a 50 payment as 500 your bank statement may show three statement lines for 500 lt 500 gt and 50 You can reconcile the lt 500 gt correction against the 500 error statement line and the 50 statement line against the original payment Bank Statement Transaction Codes Bank statement lines are coded to identify the type of transaction the line represents Since each bank might use a different set of transaction codes you need to map each code a your bank
192. ed e When Payment Clears You can select one or both options Payables will automatically enable When Payment Clears when you select Account for Payment When Payment Clears This option must be enabled to account for the gain or loss between the estimated functional currency payment amount and the actual functional payment currency amount that was recorded when the bank disbursed funds for the payment See Payment Accounting Region of the Payables Options Window Oracle Payables User s Guide 4 Open your Payables accounting periods See Controlling the Status of Payables Periods Oracle Payables User s Guide See Also Multiple Organizations in Oracle Applications 2 12 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Setting Up Oracle Payables or Oracle Receivables for Oracle Cash Management Integration See Also The following setup steps are necessary for Oracle Cash Management to integrate with both Oracle Payables and Oracle Receivables and can be performed using either of these products Confirm that these steps are completed before proceeding with your Cash Management implementation To set up Oracle Payables or Oracle Receivables for Cash Management Integration 1 Inthe Banks and Bank Accounts windows define each bank account that you will be reconciling In the Account Use field select Internal 2 For each bank account in the GL Accounts tabbed region of the Bank Accounts window enter the GL accounts you want to use t
193. eipts excluding Future reversed receipts Uninvoiced sales orders that are Order Entry Sales Orders projected to be paid by customer ex cluding commitments ve Sales opportunities that have not yet Sales Opportunities been ordered invoiced is Cash balance to be used as the starting General Ledger GL Cash Position point of the projection General Ledger GL Budgets Revenue account budget amounts Money market foreign exchange and Treasury Treasury Transactions exposure transactions External forecast source inflow External Source Open Interface Inflow transactions User defined Inflow Manually entered forecast amounts Table 1 5 Applications Integration with Cash Forecasting Page 1 of 1 The following table contains details on various cash outflow source types For details on Oracle Projects source types see Oracle Projects Integration with Cash Forecasting page 1 34 1 32 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Payables Supplier Invoices cee invoices excluding prepay Supplier Payments Cleared disbursements excluding void Payables Historical payments Supplier Payments Uncleared disbursements excluding Future void payments Payables Expense Reports ae reports that have not been in Payroll Expenses 7 Payroll aes al Paid payroll Payables Purchasing Purchase Orders Uninvoiced purchase orders Purchasing Purchase Requisitions Unordered requisitions Unused portion of encumbered General Ledger GL Budgets Expe
194. elds You can compare these fields to ensure that the bank statement that you entered is complete and correct Opening Amount The beginning balance for the statement as provided by the bank The default is the closing balance of the previous statement Receipts Amount The total amount of receipts on the statement Receipts Lines The total number of receipt lines on the statement Payments Amount The total amount of payments on the statement Payments Lines The total number of payment lines on the statement Closing The closing balance on the statement In Oracle Treasury you can use this balance to record the daily closing balance Cash Flow The cash flow balance on the statement In Oracle Treasury you use this balance as your opening balance for the day Interest Calculated The interest calculated balance on the statement In Oracle Treasury you use this balance to calculate your interest Complete Check this field to indicate that the bank statement is complete and to prevent any changes to it You may want to freeze a bank statement after completing the reconciliation process However you can mark or unmark the statement as complete at any time Unreconciled Amount The total amount on the statement that is unreconciled This amount is the net of unreconciled receipts and unreconciled payments Unreconciled Lines The number of unreconciled lines on the statement Managing Bank Statements 3 35 See Also Bank St
195. ement Detail Report 4 2 6 22 Bank Statement Summary Report 6 25 Bank Transaction Codes Listing 6 36 cancelling requests 6 14 Cash Forecast Execution Report 6 19 Index 12 Oracle Cash Management User s Guide Cash Forecast Report 6 17 Cash Forecast Template Listing 6 37 Cash in Transit Report 6 29 Clear Transactions Report 6 30 GL Reconciliation Report 1 25 4 70 6 26 report headings See report parameters See submitting 6 13 Transactions Available for Reconciliation Report 6 32 viewing status of requests 6 14 Requery button 5 31 6 11 Request by Row check box 5 27 request sets 6 13 responsibilities predefined 2 2 restricting functionality C 2 reversals correcting bank errors 4 57 debit memo 4 54 entering 4 53 inquiry 6 5 Reversals button 6 3 Reversals window 4 53 Reversals window reference 4 55 Review button 5 28 5 36 5 40 6 12 reviewing concurrent request status 6 14 Roll Forward Period field 5 18 Roll Forward Type field 5 18 Row Number field Add Row window 5 39 Cash Forecast Amounts window 5 29 Row Number From To fields 5 27 rows adding and deleting in forecast templates and forecasts 5 30 adding and deleting in templates 5 6 adding to forecasts 5 31 5 38 changes affecting manually created forecasts 5 28 defining forecast templates 5 5 Forecast Template Rows window reference 5 10 5 16 source type characteristics 5 10 5 13 S Sales Order Date Type field 5 19 Sales
196. ement Headers Interface table Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column COLON COLUMN COLUMNS As of Date COLUMN4 STATEMENT_NUMBER COLUMN5 STATEMENT_DATE COLUMNS As of Date Modifier COLUMN7 The following table illustrates the mapping of BAI2 header information with record ID 03 and record name Account Identifier and Summary Status to the Bank Statement Headers Interface table BAI2 Field Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column Account Number COLUMNI BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM Currency Code COLUMN2 CURRENCY_CODE Type Code COLUMN4 COLUMNS D 2 Oracle Cash Management User Guide BAI2 Field Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column Amount COLUMN6 Item Count COLUMN7 Funds Type COLUMN8 The following table shows how the remaining columns in the Bank Statement Headers Interface table are populated by the Bank Statement Loader program Column Name Source BANK_NAME not populated BANK BRANCH _ NAME not populated CONTROL_BEGIN_ BALANCE copied from record ID 03 and record ID 88 using the predefined transaction code of 010 CONTROL_TOTAL_DR copied from record ID 03 and record ID 88 using the predefined transaction code of 400 CONTROL_TOTAL_CR CONTROL_END_BALANCE CONTROL_DR_LINE_COUNT CONTROL_CR_LINE_COUNT CONTROL_LINE_ COUNT copied from record ID 03 and record ID 88 using the predefined transaction code of 100 CASHFLOW_BALAN
197. emplate with the additional column or row 6 If you checked the check box in the previous step enter a Template Name for a new template 7 Choose Add to save the row and the new or modified template If you have created a new forecast template further changes that you make from this point are made on the new template You can make further changes to the new template now or query it later Add Row Window Reference See Also Row Number Indicates the sequence of rows in the forecast Enter a unique integer between 1 and 999 for the row you are adding Source Indicates if the source is User Defined Inflow or User Defined Outflow Cash Management creates a new row that contains zeros so you can manually enter a definition and forecast amounts Create New Forecast Template Check this box to create a new template that contains the same rows and columns as this forecast plus the row you are adding If you do not check this box Cash Management adds the new row to all existing forecasts based on this template Customizing the Presentation of Data in a Folder Oracle Applications User s Guide Cash Forecasting 5 39 Exporting Cash Forecasts to Your Spreadsheet Application You can transfer cash forecast spreadsheets to your spreadsheet application Excel can be very useful to manipulate information for analysis and graphical representation Use the Export feature in Oracle Applications to export cash forecasts from Cash
198. eneral Ledger Oracle General Ledger See Also You need to transfer the accounting transactions you created during reconciliation for Payables and Receivables to your general ledger interface tables You cannot transfer these transactions directly from Cash Management Instead transfer them from Payables and or Receivables depending on the transaction type For example use Receivables to transfer any miscellaneous receipts entries generated during your Cash Management reconciliation Then follow your normal posting procedure When you reconcile bank statement lines to journal entries in General Ledger no reconciliation accounting entries are created Transferring to General Ledger is only required for entries created in Payables and Receivables Cash Management does not provide reconciliation accounting information to Payroll If you use General Ledger you need to submit the Journal Import program after you transfer your reconciliation accounting transactions from Payables or Receivables This creates journal entries based on the reconciliation transactions Once you run Journal Import you need to post your journals in General Ledger Oracle Payables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 15 Oracle Receivables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 21 Cash Management Reports page 6 13 Setting Up Oracle Cash Management page 2 2 Posting Journals Oracle General Ledger User s Guide Reconciling Bank Statements 4 69 How
199. ensure the completeness and correctness of your entered bank statement 9 Choose Lines to begin entering your statement lines Optionally you can save the header information now and enter the statement lines later 10 Save your work Bank Statement Window Reference 3 34 Account Number The bank account number Note that you can update this value but if you have already reconciled bank statement lines it will not update them Account Name The bank account name Bank Name The name of the bank Bank Branch The name of the bank branch Date The closing date of the statement Currency The currency of the bank account Document Number The document number that appears on the bank statement If you use automatic document sequence numbers Cash Oracle Cash Management User Guide Management creates the document number for the statement automatically You cannot edit a document number that is assigned automatically Statement Number The statement number If you do not use sequential numbering the default statement number is the statement date GL Date The date that the transaction posts to the General Ledger The default is the statement date The GL Date must be in an open or future enterable period in Oracle Receivables or Oracle Payables Check Digits Enter Check Digits for bank account validation Control Totals and Line Totals The Control Totals and Line Totals tabbed regions of the window contain the same fi
200. ent Interface From the Bank Statement Interface window AutoReconciliation from the Oracle Applications Tools menu Submit Forecast Submit Request Cash Forecasting gt Forecasts Find button or New button from the Find Cash Forecasts window From the Cash Forecasts window Submit Forecast from Oracle Applications Tools menu or Cash Forecasting gt Forecast Templates Find or New button from the Find Forecast Templates window From the Forecast Templates window Submit Forecast from Oracle Applications Tools menu Other gt Programs gt Run System Parameters Setup gt System Parameters Transaction Calendar Setup gt Calendars gt Transaction Transmissions View gt Transmissions Unclear Transactions Bank Reconciliation gt Manual Clearing gt Unclear Transactions Find button from the Find Transactions window Update Amounts View Available Batches Cash Forecasting gt Forecasts Find button or New button from the Find Cash Forecasts window Review button from the Cash Forecasts window or the Cash Forecast window Update Amounts from Oracle Applications Tools menu View gt Bank Statements Review button from the Find Bank Statements window Available button from the View Bank Statement window or the View Bank Statement Lines window Select the Batch option and then the Find button from Find Available window View Available Transactions View gt Available Transactions View Bank Statement Lines V
201. ent User Guide APPENDIX E XML Mapping Rules T his appendix contains the column mapping rules between the attributes in the XML bank statement and the Open Interface tables in Oracle Cash Management XML Mapping Rules E 1 XML Mapping Rules for Statement Header Information Source Attributes in lt DepAcctStmtIngRs gt lt DepAcctStmtld gt Statement Number lt DepAcctStmtld gt lt EffDt gt Statement Date lt EffDt gt lt DepAcctld lt AcctId gt Account Number lt AcctId gt lt DepAcctld gt lt DepAcctld lt AcctCur gt Currency Code lt AcctCur gt lt DepAcctld gt lt DepAcctld lt BankInfo gt lt Name gt Bank Name lt Name gt lt BankInfo gt lt DepAcctld gt lt DepAcctld lt BankInfo gt lt BranchName gt Branch Name lt BranchName gt lt BankInfo gt lt DepAcctld gt lt AcctBal gt lt BalType gt OpeningLedger or BAI 010 lt BalType gt lt CurAmt gt lt Amt gt Begin Balance lt Amt gt lt CurAmt gt lt AcctBal gt The following table contains the column mapping rules between the lt DepAcctStmtIngRs gt in the XML bank statement and the CE_STATEMENT_HEADERS_INT_ALL table in Oracle Cash Management Target Columns in Reauired CE_STATEMENT_HEADERS_INT_ a Action ALL in Table If Statement Number is NULL use Statement Date STATEMENT_NUMBER STATEMENT_DATE If Statement Date is NULL use lt EndDt gt BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM CONTROL
202. ent shows the Amount Reconciled and the Amount Remaining to be reconciled for the current bank statement line Choose Previous or Next to move to another statement line without returning to the Bank Statement Lines window Cash Management updates the Amount Reconciled and the Amount Remaining as you change statement lines When you are finished navigate to the Bank Statement Lines window to review the bank statement lines with the reconciliation information Reconciling Bank Statements 4 31 After reconciliation the amount reconciled for the bank statement line should be the same as the entered amount and the line Amount Reconciled Status will be Reconciled Available Transactions Window Reference Transaction Region Exchange Region Account Bank account associated with the batch Type The type of transaction such as a payment or receipt Number The transaction number Original Curr The transaction currency rOriginal Curr Amount The amount of the transaction in the entered currency Account Currency Amount The amount of the transaction in the bank account currency Account Currency Amount Cleared The amount cleared in the bank account currency Cleared Date The date the transaction cleared the bank GL Date The date that the transaction posts to the General Ledger The default is the statement date Date The date associated with the exchange rate that was used Type The exchange r
203. erate accounting entries when clearing or reconciling open interface transactions Therefore to meet your specific needs you may want to enhance the above described functionality of the CE_999_PKG function and procedures For example you can use the information passed to the clearing procedure to create journal entries for the differences between recorded and cleared transaction amounts Cash Management provides an empty version of CE_999_PKG in your Oracle database You must modify this package and write the above described routines if you want to update data in your proprietary application or generate reconciliation accounting entries We have included examples of functions in the CE_999 package that you can use or customize The remainder of this section describes information you will need before you can write the function and procedures Additional Information CE_999_PKG is called by Cash Management after each transaction is processed rather than in batch mode Accordingly your function and procedures should be written to handle transactional processing Locking Function The locking function is named CE_999_PKG LOCK_ROW The function must accept the following parameters passed from Cash Management Parameter Name Data Type Description X_CALL_MODE VARCHAR2 U if calling from reconcile M if calling from unreconcile X_TRX_TYPE VARCHAR2 The transaction type TRX_TYPE X_TRX_ROWID ROWID ROWID of the transac
204. ere you can enter a Reference Type Reference Number Receipt Class Payment Method or Deposit Dates to use when finding miscellaneous transactions Certain fields only appear if you select Receipts or Miscellaneous in step 4 above Journal Cash Management displays some additional fields where you can enter a Period Name Journal Entry Name Document Number or Line Number to use when finding journal entries Ordering The sort criteria you select determines how the resulting transactions are displayed in the Available Transactions window Use the Primary poplist to select your primary sort category and the Secondary poplist to select your secondary sort category The sort categories are transaction Type transaction Trx Number Date and Amount Use the primary Order poplist to select a sort order for the primary sort category Use the secondary Order poplist to select a sort order for the secondary category The options are Ascending or Descending 4 28 Oracle Cash Management User Guide 6 Choose Find to find all transactions that match your search criteria or choose Find and Mark to find and automatically mark any matching transactions for reconciliation p gt To find available batches 1 2 Navigate to the Find Bank Statements window Select a bank statement then choose Review Optionally choose New and enter a new bank statement header Choose Available from the Bank Statement window or from the Ban
205. eria You need to define value sets that determine the values users can enter for selection criteria for open interface inflow and outflow source types when defining forecast templates 1 Navigate to the Value Sets window Descriptive Flexfield Segments window gt Segments button gt Value Sets button 2 Define your value set and give it a validation type and enter the appropriate validation information to suit your selection criteria See Also Defining Value Sets Oracle Applications Flexfields Guide Define Forecast Selection Criteria Descriptive Flexfield Segments 1 Navigate to the Descriptive Flexfield Segments window 2 Enter Oracle Cash Management in the Application field and Forecast Selection Criteria in the Title field Uncheck the Freeze Flexfield Definition check box 4 Refer to the worksheet you filled out in designing your descriptive flexfield e Include the common selection criteria that are applicable to all external source types e Specify external source types in the Context Field region e For each external source type defined as a context field value define the criteria segments that are used by the specific external source type as the context sensitive segments These are the selection criteria that depend on the external source types Setting Up 2 59 e All segments must be enabled and non required e Choose the value sets that you predefined in the Value Set field e Do not update any exi
206. errors in the Bank Statement Open Interface window Possible data errors include no bank ID found multiple bank accounts found duplicate bank statement exists The Bank Statement Import program launches automatically once the bank statement is successfully processed The Cash Manager receives either a success or a failure notification indicating whether the bank statement import process completed successfully or not The Cash Manager can check and correct any import errors before trying to import the bank statement again If the Cash Manager receives a success notification regarding the import process then the bank statement was correctly imported into the Cash Management tables and it is now ready for reconciliation Bank Statement Open Interface page 2 28 Importing Bank Statements page 3 17 About Bank Statement Validation page 3 20 Reviewing Bank Statement Interface Errors page 3 25 Correcting Bank Statement Interface Errors page 3 30 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 Archiving and Purging Imported Bank Statements page 4 72 3 16 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Importing Bank Statements If you load electronic bank statements into the Bank Statement Open Interface tables you must import the bank statement information into the Cash Management Bank Statement tables before you can reconcile the statement detail lines Oracle Cash Management s Bank
207. es 22 MXP 2 USD exchange rate 11 MXP 1 USD CR Cash 822 MXP 74 73 USD CR Exchange Rate Gain 0 MXP 7 27 USD The following table shows the accounting entries for the foreign currency payment in the international scenario This example assumes that you create accounting entries in Payables after each activity Activity Accounting Entries Enter invoice for 1 000 MXP DR Expense 1 000 MXP 111 11 USD exchange rate 9 MXP 1 USD CR AP Liability 1 000 MXP 111 11 USD Pay invoice taking 200 MXP discount DR AP Liability 1 000 MXP 111 11 USD exchange rate 10 MXP 1 USD CR Cash Clearing 800 MXP 80 USD CR Discount 200 MXP 20 USD CR Exchange Rate Gain 0 MXP 11 11 USD Reconcile payment with bank statement DR Cash Clearing 800 80 USD including bank charges of 2 USD DR Bank Charges 2 USD 2 USD exchange rate 11 MXP 1 USD CR Cash 74 73 USD 74 73 USD CR Exchange Rate Gain 0 MXP 7 27 USD 1 20 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Receivables Reconciliation Accounting See Also Oracle Cash Management enables you to reconcile receipts you entered with Receivables against your bank statements When you reconcile receipts with Cash Management it automatically creates accounting entries to the Cash Remittance Short term Debts and Interest Earned accounts as applicable to the reconciliation transaction Cash Management uses the accounts you defined in the Banks window and the Receipt Classes w
208. es User s Guide Running GL Interface Oracle Receivables User s Guide Reconciling Bank Statements 4 71 Archiving and Purging Imported Bank Statements After you import a bank statement into Oracle Cash Management you can purge its information from the Bank Statement Open Interface tables After you reconcile the bank statement you can purge its information from the Bank Statement tables To save a copy of your bank statement you can archive the information before you purge it You can also archive or purge intra day bank statement information from the Bank Statement Open Interface tables and the Intra Day Bank Statement tables You can run the Archive Purge Bank Statements program to archive and purge When the program completes it automatically prints the Archive Purge Bank Statements Report to display the number of headers and lines that were archived or purged Purging The purge process deletes all statement header and line information from the open interface tables or the bank statement tables or both nothing is retained When you purge a bank statement you must also purge any system transactions reconciled to the bank statement We recommend that you periodically archive and purge your bank statement interface and bank statement tables If you do not periodically purge your bank statement interface and bank statement tables the retained information will continue to occupy valuable disk space UN Warning If
209. ether to include overdue transactions If you choose to do so you can also specify the Cutoff Period which determines how far back in time to include overdue transactions The following table contains cash forecasting overdue transaction sources Cash Forecasting Overdue Transaction Sources Payments scheduled to have been cleared before the Supplier Payments Future forecast start date or period but that are still uncleared Expense Resorts Uninvoiced expense reports with a cash activity date P P before the forecast start date or period Receipts scheduled to have been cleared before the Customer Receipts Future forecast start date or period but that are still uncleared Supplier Invoices Invoices that were scheduled to be paid before the PP forecast start date or period but are still unpaid Invoices that were scheduled to have been paid Customer Invoices before the forecast start date or period but are still not paid Uninvoiced purchase orders with a cash activity date Purchase Orders before the forecast start date or period Unordered requisitions with a cash activity date be Purchase Requisiti a fore the forecast start date or period Uninvoiced sales orders with a cash activity date Sales Orders before the forecast start date or period Open Interface User defined Table 5 1 Cash Forecasting Transaction Dates Page 1 of 1 Cash Forecasting 5 9 Forecast Template Rows Window
210. ew Reconciliation Errors window to review any import validation errors You can use the concurrent request log file to review any errors or warnings related to Oracle Treasury You can use the Bank Statement Interface window to correct any import validation errors Bank Statement Header Validation Control Total Validation Import validation requires that the imported bank statement header information pass the following checks e The bank account must be defined e If the bank account number is not unique within the system you must provide a bank and branch name in the Bank Statement Headers Interface table e The bank statement currency must be the currency defined for the bank account e If the bank account is shared by Oracle Treasury and Oracle Cash Management you must have access to the company that owns the Treasury bank account e If the bank account is shared by Oracle Treasury and Oracle Cash Management the Treasury bank account must be linked to a valid Payables bank account in your operating unit e If the bank account is shared by Oracle Treasury and Oracle Cash Management the Treasury bank account must be authorized Many bank statements provide control totals in the statement header for error checking purposes The Bank Statement Header Interface table has seven control total columns The Bank Statement Import program verifies the values in these columns as follows If the program encounters exceptions with the co
211. f the data is variable the correct format to define is CR DR This is an example of multiple formats If the data is CR 99999 the Trans action Number populated in the Bank Statement Lines Interface table is 99999 If the data is DR 654G the Transaction Number populated is 654G Variable The information This scenario cannot be sup length with in the fieldis ported out indicator variable 14 Select the Enabled checkbox to activate this mapping information 15 Save your changes Using a Custom Loader Program 1 Create a loader program to map the structure of the bank statement file to the Bank Statement Open Interface tables e You must develop a separate loader program for each unique bank statement file structure Loader programs are generally developed by your System Administrator or an Oracle consultant Loader programs are usually written in SQL Loader However depending on the complexity of the file format you might choose to use one of a variety of other programming languages 2 Use your loader program to populate the Bank Statement Open Interface tables see below Setting Up 2 39 Bank Statement Open Interface Tables The Bank Statement Open Interface consists of two tables e Bank Statement Headers Interface Table contains the bank statement header information The table is named CE_STATEMENT_ HEADERS INT_ALL e Bank Statement Lines Interface Table contains the bank sta
212. fine shorthand aliases for these flexfields that represent complete or partial sets of key flexfield segment values reconciliation tolerance A variance amount used by Cash Management s AutoReconciliation program to match bank statement lines with receivables and payables transactions If a transaction amount falls within the range of amounts defined by a bank statement line amount plus minus the reconciliation tolerance a match is made See also AutoReconciliation spot exchange rate A daily exchange rate you use to perform foreign currency conversions The spot exchange rate is usually a quoted market rate that applies to report set A group of reports that you submit the immediate delivery of one currency for at the same time to run as one transaction another A report set allows you to submit the same set of reports regularly without having to specify each report individually For example you can define a report set that prints all of your regular month end management reports remittance bank The bank in which you deposit your receipts set of books A financial reporting entity that uses a particular chart of accounts functional currency and accounting calendar You must define at least one set of books for each business location set of books In Oracle Assets and Oracle General Ledger an organization or group of organizations within Cash Management that shares a common account structure calendar and functional currency
213. functional currency are included Source Currency The currency for the source transactions included in the forecast Exchange Date The exchange date as defined in Oracle General Ledger Inquiry and Reports 6 19 Exchange Type The exchange rate type as defined in Oracle General Ledger Error Message Description of any errors that occurred for the cash forecast 6 20 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Statements Reports Cash Management provides the following statements reports e Archive Purge Bank Statements Report page 6 21 e AutoReconciliation Execution Report page 6 22 e Bank Statement Detail Report page 6 22 e Bank Statement Summary Report page 6 25 e Bank Statements by Document Number Report page 6 25 e GL Reconciliation Report page 6 26 Archive Purge Bank Statements Report Use this report to view a list of bank statements that were archived or purged from Cash Management This report lists only the number of headers and lines archived or purged from the bank statement interface table and does not list reconciliations or errors since they are not applicable to interface tables This report does however list the number of headers lines reconciliations and errors for the bank statement tables The number under the headers and lines column is the total number of headers and lines that have been archived or purged Selected Report Parameters Archive Purge Objects Choose to arch
214. funds and provide electronic account receivable input to corporate customers manual clearing The process in which prior to receiving their bank statement users mark transactions that are known to be cleared through the bank which creates an up to date cash position These cleared transactions are still available for the actual reconciliation process Once the bank statement is received Oracle Cash Management can automatically perform all appropriate reconciliation steps See also clearing manual reconciliation The process where you manually reconcile bank statement details with the appropriate batch or detail transaction Oracle Cash Management generates all necessary accounting entries See also AutoReconciliation reconciliation Glossary 8 Oracle Cash Management User Guide manual journal entry A journal entry you enter at a computer terminal Manual journal entries can include regular statistical intercompany and foreign currency entries A journal entry you create online using the Enter Journals window Manual journal entries include regular statistical interfund and foreign currency journal entries matching In Oracle Cash Management the process where batches or detailed transactions are associated with a statement line based on the transaction number amount currency and other variables taking Cash Management system parameters into consideration In Cash Management matching can be done manually or autom
215. g buckets In Oracle Receivables and Oracle Payables time periods you define to age your debit items Aging buckets are used in the Aging reports to see both current and outstanding debit items For example you can define an aging bucket that includes all debit items that are 1 to 30 days past due GL Desktop Integrator uses the aging buckets you define for its Invoice Aging Report aging buckets In Oracle Cash Management aging buckets are used to define time periods represented in the forecast Examples of aging buckets are date ranges or accounting periods AutoClear Formerly an Oracle Payables feature this was replaced by Oracle Cash Management features in Release 10SC AutoReconciliation An Oracle Cash Management feature that allows you to reconcile bank statements automatically This process automatically reconciles bank statement details with the appropriate batch journal entry or transaction based on user defined system parameters and setup Oracle Cash Management generates all necessary accounting entries See also reconciliation tolerance Glossary 2 Oracle Cash Management User Guide available transactions Receivables and payables transactions that are available to be reconciled by Cash Management AutoLockbox See lockbox automatic reconciliation See AutoReconciliation AutoReduction An Oracle Applications feature in the list window that allows you to shorten a list so that you must scan only a subset
216. g for Receipts Oracle Receivables User s Guide 1 26 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Oracle Payroll Reconciliation You can reconcile payments from Oracle Payroll against your bank statements Secured Payroll Transactions Security for payroll bank accounts is established by the Bank Account Security Access profile option Using this profile option you can grant access to bank account information at three levels All Internal and Payroll Third Party Payments When payments are made to third parties for purposes such as wage garnishment or child support payments you can reconcile them using the same matching criteria as payroll payments Tracking Reconciled Payments You can track payroll and third party payments that have been reconciled When you access the record of a reconciled payment the information available to you includes the amount cleared the clearance date and the general ledger transaction date Voided Payments Payroll and third party payments that have been voided but appear on the bank statement as having been paid will not be automatically reconciled The bank statement line that refers to these payments will be marked with an error message that identifies the payments as voided Discrepancies in Amounts When payroll or third party payments show amounts that are different from the amounts on the corresponding bank statement line Cash Management will not automatically reconcile
217. g the transfer of funds between bank accounts where one party promises to pay another a specified amount on a specified date business group The highest level of organization and the largest grouping of employees across which a company can report A business group can correspond to an entire company or to a specific division within the company Cash Clearing Account The cash clearing account you associate with a payment document You use this account if you account for payments at clearing time Oracle Payables credits this account instead of your Asset Cash account and debits your Liability account when you create accounting entries for uncleared payments Oracle Payables debits this account and credits your Asset Cash account once you clear your payments in Oracle Cash Management cash flow Cash receipts minus cash disbursements from a given operation or asset for a given period cash forecast Projection or estimate of cash position based on estimated future sales revenue earnings or costs chart of accounts structure A classification of account segment values that assigns a particular range of values a common characteristic For example 1000 to 1999 might be the range of segment values for assets in the account segment of your accounting flexfield check A bill of exchange drawn ona bank and payable on demand Or a written order on a bank to pay on demand a specified sum of money to a named person to his or her
218. ge 1 15 Oracle Receivables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 21 Reconciliation Open Interface page 2 46 Using AutoLockbox Oracle Receivables User s Guide 4 52 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Entering Reversals In Cash Management you can reverse receipt transactions to account for NSF and rejected receipts There are two ways to reverse receipts You can create a Standard reversal or you can create a debit memo reversal for the full amount of the receipt For detailed information on receipt reversals see Reversing Receipts Oracle Receivables User s Guide To reverse a receipt 1 Navigate to the Bank Statement window 2 Choose Reversals The Find Reversals window appears 3 Select Receipt from the Transaction Type region 4 Query a receipt or leave the window blank to query all receipts The Find Reversals window contains many options for querying a receipt You can enter values for receipt Number Amount Currency and Date You can also search for receipts based on the Payment Method Status Account Number and Account Currency Amount Finally you can also enter Agent information to further narrow your search for a specific customer Name and Number lists from which you can select a value Choose the List of Values button from the Oracle Applications toolbar to see the list W Suggestion Many of the query fields also have associated 5 Choose Find The Reversals window appears 6 Review the transacti
219. gt To load and import a bank statement in the same request 1 Navigate to the Submit Request window 2 Select the Bank Statement Loader program 3 Choose the option of Load and Import 4 Specify the other parameters as appropriate 5 Submit your request See To Run the Bank Statement Loader Program page 3 4 Managing Bank Statements 3 17 3 18 To load import and reconcile a bank statement in the same request 1 g fF YS N Navigate to the Submit Request window Select the Bank Statement Loader program Choose the option of Load Import and AutoReconciliation Specify the other parameters as appropriate Submit your request See To Run the Bank Statement Loader Program page 3 4 To import a bank statement only without AutoReconciliation L Navigate to the Submit Request window Alternatively you may submit the request directly from the Bank Statement Interface window by selecting AutoReconciliation from the Oracle Applications Tools menu Select the Bank Statement Import program Enter the Bank Account Number for the statement you want to import Specify the range of statement numbers in the Statement Number From and Statement Number To fields Specify dates for the Statement Date From Statement Date To and GL Date fields The GL Date is the default date for all General Ledger journal entries generated by AutoReconciliation The date must be in an open or future enterable Payables or Receivable
220. has installed software from a mini pack as an upgrade this document describes the new feature e Links to new features in the online help This information is updated for each new version of Cash Management In addition you can find out about changes in this release of Cash Management by referring to About Oracle Cash Management in Financials Family Pack D which is available on MetaLink Oracle Support s Web Site Other Information Sources You can choose from many sources of information including online documentation training and support services to increase your knowledge and understanding of Cash Management If this guide refers you to other Oracle Applications documentation use only the Release 11i versions of those guides unless we specify otherwise Preface xiii Online Documentation Related User Guides All Oracle Applications documentation is available online HTML and PDF Note that the HTML documentation is translated into over twenty languages The HTML version of this guide is optimized for onscreen reading and you can use it to follow hypertext links for easy access to other HTML guides in the library When you have an HTML window open you can use the features on the left side of the window to navigate freely throughout all Oracle Applications documentation e You can use the Search feature to search by words or phrases e You can use the expandable menu to search for topics in the menu struc
221. hat Project Inflow Budgets Inflow budgets that you enter Order Entry Sales Orders Uninvoiced sales orders for a project Table 1 7 Projects Integration with Cash Forecasting Page 1 of 1 1 34 Oracle Cash Management User Guide The following table contains details on cash outflow source types to use for Oracle Projects Unpaid Projects related supplier in Payables Supplier Invoices voices projected to be paid supplier and expense reports invoices Uninvoiced expense reports entered in Projects that have been transferred to Payables and Projects Expense Reports Payables and released expense reports in Projects that have not been trans ferred to Payables Usages labor and miscellaneous Projects Project Transactions trancachans Project Outflow Bud Projects gets Outflow budgets that you enter Projects related uninvoiced purchase Purchasing Purchase Orders orders Projects related unordered Purchasin Requisition laa Saasing D requisitions Table 1 8 Projects Integration with Cash Forecasting Page 1 of 1 Forecasting Open Interface and Distributed Database Integration Cash Forecasting allows you to utilize external sources of data as cash inflow and outflow data for the Cash Forecasting feature providing you an enterprise wide cash forecasting solution on a distributed database environment You can generate a cash forecast that automatically includes cash flows from local and
222. hat are available for reconciliation you must mark the specific items you want to reconcile 4 30 Oracle Cash Management User Guide To reconcile an available detail transaction 1 Find the available detail transaction you want to reconcile See Finding Available Detail and Batch Transactions for Reconciliation page 4 27 Review the transaction information shown on the Available Transactions window e Inthe Transaction tabbed region review the transactions and journal entries shown You can review Original Currency and Amount Bank Account Currency Amount and Amount Cleared GL Date e Inthe Exchange tabbed region review the exchange rate information about the transactions e Inthe Reference tabbed region review additional descriptive information about the transactions and journal entries Mark the transaction or journal entry you want to reconcile by checking the box to the left of the item s information Optional Choose the Recalculate button Note If you navigated to the Find Transactions window from the Bank Statement window and did not select a statement line you will not see the Recalculate button Choose Reconcile to reconcile the selected items against the current statement line Note If you navigated to the Find Transactions window from the Bank Statement window and did not select a statement line choosing Reconcile creates a new reconciled bank statement line Cash Managem
223. hat you define for your set of books to record and conduct accounting transactions in a currency other than your functional currency foreign currency exchange gain or loss The difference in your functional currency between the invoiced amount and the payment amount when applying a receipt to an invoice A realized gain exists if the receipt amount in your functional currency exceeds the invoice amount a loss exists if the invoice amount in your functional currency exceeds the amount of the payment Such gains and losses arise from fluctuations in exchange rates of the receipt currency between the invoice date and the payment date See also realized gain or loss unrealized gain or loss function security An Oracle Applications feature that lets you control user access to certain functions and windows By default access to functionality is not restricted your system administrator customizes each responsibility at your site by including or excluding functions and menus in the Responsibilities window Glossary 6 Oracle Cash Management User Guide functional currency In Oracle Assets General Ledger and Cash Management the principal currency you use to record transactions and maintain accounting data within Cash Management The functional currency is usually the currency in which you perform most of your business transactions You specify the functional currency for each set of books in the Set of Books window function
224. he Recalculate button in the Available Batches and the Available Detail Transactions window during manual reconciliation This option applies only to Payables transactions and batches Receivables transaction amount differences are booked only to the bank Charges account e Foreign Use this option to control how AutoReconciliation handles bank discrepancies caused by exchange rate fluctuations resulting from foreign currency transactions in a multi currency bank account If set to Charges Errors this option also can be used to default the amount difference between the statement line amount and the transaction amount to the Charges and Errors field during manual reconciliation There are three options Gain Loss Handle the difference as an exchange rate gain loss Oracle Cash Management User Guide Charges Errors Handle the difference as a bank Charge or a bank Error Receivables transaction differences are booked only to the bank Charges account No Action Do not reconcile You can view the error condition in the Reconciliation Errors window Foreign Currency Bank If you set the following two options AutoReconciliation automatically selects the corresponding exchange rates as defined in Oracle General Ledger to reconcile statement lines of foreign currency bank statements that do not contain exchange rate information e Exchange Rate Type AutoReconciliation selects the exchange rates for the transaction currenc
225. he statement that was loaded into the Bank Statement Open Interface tables Type Warning or error Message Message text Rec No The sequential number of the record in the bank statement file Oracle Cash Management User Guide Bank Statement Summary Report Report Submission This report shows summary bank statement information for a bank account You submit this report from the Submit Request window See Submitting Requests page 6 13 Selected Report Parameters Balances By Indicate if you want to sort the balances on the report by statement date or effective date As Of Date Only statement information entered before this date is included on the report Bank Statements by Document Number Report Report Submission This report lists bank statements in document number order to help you identify missing and deleted statements If you or your System Administrator sets up the Document Sequences feature for Cash Management then you can print a report to list all bank statements in document number order You submit this report from the Submit Request window See Submitting Requests page 6 13 Selected Report Parameters Sequence Name Enter the name of the document sequence that you want to use to produce the report Document Number From To Enter the range of document numbers for statements that you want to include in the report Inquiry and Reports 6 25 GL Reconciliation Report Report Sub
226. his field in the Cash Forecast Amounts window when you are updating or viewing a cash forecast Organization Company Optional An organization that you want to forecast on for the chosen source type You can have multiple instances of a source type in your forecast each for a different organization or one instance to represent all organizations Leave this field blank to collect source data for all organizations When the source type is Payroll Expenses the Organization field is actually the Business Group and the list of values displays appropriate Business Groups for Oracle Payroll When the source type is Treasury Transactions the Organization field is Company For all other source types this field is the Operating Unit Set of Books The name of the set of books is required for GL Budgets GL Cash Position and GL Encumbrances The set of books name defaults and is not updatable if you entered an organization in the previous field If you are creating a forecast by GL periods across multiple organizations or sets of books all organizations sets of books must use the same accounting calendar You select the accounting calendar when you submit a forecast by GL Period Payroll Name Optional Indicates the name of the payroll to include in the cash forecast Leave this field blank to forecast cash flow from all payrolls Discount Indicates whether to include discounts and how to calculate the expected cash activity date fo
227. ication Enter the same value in X_STATUS_DSP as you entered in X_STATUS Unclearing Procedure The unclearing procedure is named CE_999_PKG UNCLEAR The procedure must accept the following parameters passed from Cash 2 54 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Management All of the parameters come from CE_999_INTERFACE_V Column in Parameter Name Data Type CE_999_INTERFACE_V X_TRX_ID NUMBER TRX_ID X_TRX_TYPE VARCHAR2 TRX_TYPE X_STATUS VARCHAR2 STATUS ce_system_parameter open_interfa ce_float_status X_TRX_DATE DATE TRX_DATE X_GL_DATE DATE GL_DATE Table 2 6 Page 1 of 1 Use the passed parameters to code the procedural logic needed to unclear transactions in your proprietary application s database You need to implement this routine to reverse reconciliation accounting entries or update data in the open interface transactions source application Enter the same value in X_STATUS_DSP as you entered in X_STATUS Setting Up 2 55 Installing Cash Forecasting Open Interface Objects in Remote Databases This step is required only if you are upgrading and planning to use Cash Forecasting Open Interface in a distributed database environment You must install the necessary Cash Forecasting objects in each remote database with your Cash Forecasting sources in your APPS schema The following table contains the necessary Cash Forecasting objects ase e CE_FORECAST_EXT_TEMP cefextmp sql CE_TOP sql table CE_F
228. ications Technology The setup steps in this chapter tell you how to implement the parts of Oracle Applications specific to Oracle Cash Management The Implementation Wizard guides you through the entire Oracle Applications setup including system administration However if you do not use the Wizard you need to complete several other setup steps including e performing systemwide setup tasks such as configuring concurrent managers and printers e managing data security which includes setting up responsibilities to allow access to a specific set of business data and complete a specific set of transactions and assigning individual users to one or more of these responsibilities For more information see Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide Also if your product uses Oracle Workflow to for example manage the approval of business documents or to derive Accounting Flexfield values via the Account Generator you need to set up Oracle Workflow General Ledger Setup Steps Use the Setting Up General Ledger section in the General Ledger User s Guide for help in completing the setup steps in the following table Setting Up 2 3 AIW Reference Define your chart of accounts See Defining Your Common Chart of Accounts Applications Define your accounting period types and Common accounting calendar periods See Defining Period Applications Types and Defining Calendars Enable currencies that you plan to u
229. ield In the BAI2 mapping template these fields are represented by negative positions The BANK_TRX_NUMBER column and the TRX_TEXT column are mapped to the Text field as Record ID 16 and Position 1 The INVOICE_TEXT column is mapped to the Customer Ref No field as Record ID 16 and Position 2 The CUSTOMER_TEXT column is mapped to the Bank Ref No field as Record ID 16 and Position 3 You can map the same field to two different columns For example in the BAI2 mapping template the BANK_TRX_NUMBER column and the TRX_TEXT column are both mapped to Record ID 16 and Position 1 You can map part of a field to a column if the field contains information other than the source data for this column In the Format field enter the format in which the source data appears For example in the BAI2 and SWIFT940 mapping template the BANK_TRX_NUMBER column has the default format of Example xxx You should change this value to the actual format used by your bank The Bank Statement Loader program searches for this Oracle Cash Management User Guide pattern in the field and copies the data if a match is found If multiple matches are found the Bank Statement Loader program selects the first match The data in a field may come in one of several possible formats In the Format field you can enter multiple formats and separate them by commas The Bank Statement Loader program applies the formats in the order they are specified and stops when a mat
230. iew gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review button from the View Bank Statement Reconciliation window Lines button from the View Bank Statement window View Bank Statement Reconciliation A 6 Oracle Cash Management User Guide View gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Window Name View Bank Statement Navigation Path View gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review button from the View Bank Statement Reconciliation window View Cash Forecast View Cash Forecast Amounts View gt Cash Forecasts Open button from the View Cash Forecasts window View gt Cash Forecasts Open button from the View Cash Forecasts window Review button from the View Cash Forecast window or View gt Cash Forecasts Review button from the View Cash Forecasts window View Cash Forecasts View gt Cash Forecasts View Reconciliation Errors View Reconciled Transactions View Reversals View gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review button from the View Bank Statement Reconciliation window Errors button from the View Bank Statement window or the Bank Statement Lines window View gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review button from the View Bank Statement Reconciliation window Reconciled button from the View Bank Statement window or the
231. iew reconciliation related errors use the Reconcile Bank Statements window If you encounter import errors you can correct the data one of three ways e Use the Bank Statement Interface and Bank Statement Interface Lines window e Repair the Bank Statement Open Interface tables manually e Repair reload and re import the original bank statement file If you encounter errors with the automatic update of bank account balances in Oracle Treasury you must manually record the balances using the Bank Account Balances window See Oracle Treasury User Guide Prerequisite Q Import bank statement information from the Bank Statement Open Interface tables See Importing Bank Statements page 3 17 gt To review bank statement interface errors online 1 Navigate to the Bank Statement Interface window 2 Query the statement whose interface errors you want to review Managing Bank Statements 3 25 3 Choose Errors You see the Bank Statement Interface Errors window containing the list of interface errors 4 Choose Done to exit report the AutoReconciliation Execution Report is run automatically when you run either of the programs that include Bank Statement Import W Suggestion If you prefer to review the errors in a printed Statement Interface Window Reference 3 26 Account Number The bank account number as defined in Oracle Payables Oracle Receivables or Oracle Payroll Bank Name The name of the ban
232. ight use a different set of transaction codes you need to map each code a particular bank uses to one of the following Cash Management transaction types You can select from the following list of values e Payment Payments such as generated or recorded checks payment batches wire transfers electronic funds transfers or payroll checks e Receipt Receipts such as received checks remittance batches direct debits and bills of exchange e Miscellaneous payment Payments not associated with supplier invoices such as petty cash transactions directly posted to cost accounts or bank charges Setting Up 2 25 e Miscellaneous receipt Receipts not associated with customer invoices such as petty cash transactions directly posted to revenue accounts such as interest received e Stopped Stopped payments previously entered generated or cleared such as callback of check A stopped transaction type matches only to Voided or Stopped payments in Payables or Oracle Payroll e Rejected Receipts rejected for reasons other than non sufficient funds such as an invalid bank account A rejected transaction type matches only to reversed receipts in Receivables e NSF Non Sufficient Funds Receipts rejected by the bank because the accounts on which they were drawn had non sufficient funds You can reverse these receipts by creating a standard reversal Cash Management reopens the invoices you closed with the original receipt When you mat
233. ility or product where the window is available The Required column shows whether the step is required optional or conditionally required Before you set up Cash Management you should e Set up Oracle Application responsibilities and users for the implementation See Defining a Responsibility Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide Cash Management provides three responsibilities Cash Management Bank Reconciliation and Cash Forecasting Refer to the Cash Management Window Navigation Paths Appendix page A 2 for the default window navigation paths available for these responsibilities Cash Management uses information from Oracle General Ledger Oracle Payables Oracle Payroll and Oracle Receivables for bank statements reconciliation and from Oracle General Ledger Oracle Order Entry Oracle Payables Oracle Payroll Oracle Purchasing Oracle Projects Oracle Sales Oracle Treasury and Oracle Receivables for cash forecasting You must perform certain setup steps in these applications before you can use Cash Management with them i gt Attention The following tasks describe only those setup actions that you need to perform to integrate Cash Management with other Oracle Applications There are additional setup steps for these applications that are unrelated to Cash Management See the user s guide for the product for detailed information on setting up each Oracle Applications product Users guides are available in online f
234. in SWIFT940 SWIFT940 Field Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column 6n Transaction Date 6n COLUMNI1 TRX_DATE 4n Entry Date 4n M 2a Debit Credit Mark 2a la Funds Code la Z zZ Z 2 AMOUNT CUSTOMER_TEXT BANK_ACCOUNT_TEXT Z 2 15number Amount 15number Z 2 axxx Transaction Code axxx Z Z N 16x Reference for Account Owner 16x Z 16x Account Servicing Institution s Refer 16x ence 34x Supplementary Detail Po The following table illustrates the mapping of SWIFT940 line information with record ID 86 61A and record name Information to Account Owner to the Bank Statement Lines Interface table Format in SWIFT940 SWIFT940 Field Intermediate Table Column Interface Table Column 65x Information to Account Owner 65x COLUMN1 BANK_TRX_NUMBER TRX_TEXT Additional Information 34x is stored as a separate record ID 61A and is mapped to the TRX_TEXT column Overflow information from record ID 61 is stored in the same column as the supplementary details in record ID 61 The BANK_TRX_NUMBER column is populated with data from the Information to Account Owner field that matches the default format of Example xxx You must change the format to the actual format used by your bank The Transaction Code field identifies the type of transaction For example transfers are identified as TRF The Transaction Code field does not however contain information about the
235. indow 4 48 Statement Line Interface window 3 28 Amount Reconciled field Bank Statement Lines window 3 39 Amount Threshold field 5 27 Cash Forecast window 5 35 Cash Forecasts window 5 33 AP field 2 22 Archive check box 2 21 Archive Purge Bank Statements program 4 72 system parameter settings 2 21 archiving automatic with reconciliation 4 73 4 74 bank statements 4 72 procedures 4 73 4 74 setting system parameters 2 21 attachments Indicate Attachments profile option 4 42 B 4 using 4 42 Authorization Status field 5 19 AutoLockbox Oracle Receivables integration 4 51 automatic bank reconciliation correcting program errors 4 15 importing bank statements 3 17 matching bank errors and corrections 4 58 matching criteria 1 7 multi currency clearing 4 12 multi currency handling 1 11 multi currency matching 4 9 overview diagram 4 4 reconciling bank errors 4 57 reviewing program errors 4 15 6 5 reviewing reconciliation errors 4 15 running 4 2 running from the Special menu 4 5 setting system parameters 2 22 Index 2 Oracle Cash Management User s Guide validation 3 20 Automatic Bank Transmission feature 3 8 Automatic Clearing 1 24 AutoReconciliation Execution Report 6 22 AutoReconciliation program 4 2 reviewing errors 6 5 running from the Special menu 4 5 Available Batches window reference 4 35 Available button 6 4 available transactions batches and journal entries 6 6
236. indow 5 32 Start Project field 5 25 Statement Date field Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 Statement Interface window reviewing bank statement interface errors 3 25 reviewing interface errors online for a specific statement line 3 27 window reference 3 26 Statement Line Interface window reference 3 27 Statement Lines window reconciling manually 4 23 Statement Number field Bank Statement window 3 35 Reversals window 4 56 Statement Interface window 3 26 Unclear Transactions window 4 66 statements See Bank statements status bank statement lines 1 6 changing the reconciliation status 4 40 reconciliation receipt and payment 4 37 Status field Available Transactions window 4 33 Bank Statement Lines window 3 39 Cash Forecast window 5 34 Cash Forecasts window 5 32 Reconciled Transactions window 4 40 Reversals window 4 56 Statement Interface window 3 26 Index 13 Unclear Transactions window 4 65 stopped payments recording 4 50 stopped transactions 1 8 Submit Automatic Reconciliation window 4 5 Submit Automatic Reconciliation window reference 4 6 Submit Forecast window 5 24 window reference 5 25 Submit Request window submitting cash forecasts 5 24 5 25 submitting forecasts 5 22 Supplier Type field 5 17 suppliers recording direct debits 4 51 SWIFT940 setting up 2 29 system parameters reconciliation tolerances 2 22 4 7 System Parameters window 2 19 window reference 2 20 T
237. indow Payment Methods region in Receivables You post the accounting entries resulting from Cash Management receipt reconciliation to General Ledger from Receivables Miscellaneous Transactions You can create miscellaneous transactions in Receivables directly from Cash Management to reflect bank originated activities For example you can record miscellaneous receipts for interest and miscellaneous payments negative miscellaneous receipts for charges You can reconcile these transactions at the time you create them or later When you create a miscellaneous transaction Receivables uses the remittance bank account that you defined for the payment method and the activity GL account or distribution set that you defined for the receivable activity to generate the accounting entries Unreconciling a Receipt When you unreconcile a receipt in Cash Management it unclears the receipt and returns the amount to the remittance account Reversals If you use Cash Management to reverse reconciled receipts the system creates reversal entries and reopens the original invoice Oracle Receivables Reconciliation Examples page 1 22 Using Oracle Cash Management with Automatic Clearing page 1 24 Banks Oracle Payables User Guide Payment Methods Oracle Receivables User s Guide Overview 1 21 Receivables Reconciliation Examples 1 22 The following examples illustrate the accounting entries generated when you ente
238. ines window Select Detail option and then the Find button from the Find Available window Bank Statement Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review or New button from the Reconcile Bank Statements window A 2 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Window Name Navigation Path Bank Statement Interface Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statement Interface Bank Statement Lines Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review or New button from the Reconcile Bank Statements window Lines button from the Bank Statement window Bank Statement Lines Interface Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statement Interface Lines button from the Bank Statement Interface window Bank Statement Mappin Setup gt Bank Statement Mappings pping P pping Bank Transaction Codes Setup gt Bank Transaction Codes Banks Setup gt Banks Cash Forecast Amounts Cash Forecasting gt Forecasts Find button or New button from the Find Cash Forecasts window Review button from the Cash Forecasts window or the Cash Forecast window Cash Forecast Cash Forecasting gt Forecasts Open button or New button from the Cash Forecasts window Cash Forecasts Cash Forecasting gt Forecasts Find button or New button from the Find Cash Forecasts window Clear Transactions Bank Reconciliation gt Manual Clearing gt Clear Transactions Find button from
239. ing and unmarking 4 68 reconciling manually 4 23 recording bank errors 4 51 reviewing reconciled transactions for a bank statement 4 36 reviewing reconciled transactions for specific lines 4 37 reviewing reconciliation and validation errors 4 15 unreconciling transactions for statement lines 4 41 unreconciling transactions for statements 4 41 Reconciled Transactions 4 36 4 37 Reconciliation Errors 3 26 3 27 4 15 Reversals 4 53 Statement Lines window reconciling manually 4 23 Submit Automatic Reconciliation 4 5 Submit Forecast 5 24 window reference 5 25 Submit Request submitting cash forecasts 5 24 5 25 Submit Requests 6 13 System Parameters 2 19 window reference 2 20 Unclear Transactions 4 65 Update Amounts 5 37 View Available Batches 6 2 6 8 View Available Transactions 4 31 6 2 6 8 View Bank Statement 6 3 View Bank Statement Lines 6 2 6 4 using attachments 4 42 View Bank Statement Reconciliation 6 2 6 3 View Bank Statements using attachments 4 42 View Cash Forecasts 6 2 6 11 View Reconciled Transactions 6 2 6 4 View Reconciliation Errors 6 2 6 5 reviewing import validation errors in AutoReconciliation 3 21 View Reversals 6 2 6 5 wire transfer recording 4 51 X XML Bank Statements mapping rules E 2 processing 3 15 Receiving 3 12 setting up 3 13 Index 17 Index 18 Oracle Cash Management User s Guide Reader s Comment Form Oracle Ca
240. invoice payment along with the realized gain When you reconcile the payment the exchange rate has increased again to 11 1 representing an additional gain in your functional currency of 7 27 USD Payables calculates and records the gain between payment issue and payment clearing In this example it creates an accounting entry for a gain of 7 27 USD Payables also creates the accounting entries for the cleared payment based on the currency of the bank account The accounting entries for the Cash Clearing account are recorded in the payment currency and the functional currency while the accounting entries for the Cash account Overview 1 19 Bank Charges account and Bank Errors account are recorded in the bank account currency and the functional currency The following table shows the accounting entries for the foreign currency payment in the foreign scenario This example assumes that you create accounting entries in Payables after each activity Activity Accounting Entries Enter invoice for 1 000 MXP DR Expense 1 000 MXP 111 11 USD exchange rate 9 MXP 1 USD CR AP Liability 1 000 MXP 111 11 USD Pay invoice taking 200 MXP discount DR AP Liability 1 000 MXP 111 11 USD exchange rate 10 MXP 1 USD CR Cash Clearing 800 MXP 80 USD CR Discount 200 MXP 20 USD CR Exchange Rate Gain 0 MXP 11 11 USD Reconcile payment with bank statement DR Cash Clearing 800 80 USD including bank charges of 22 MXP DR Bank Charg
241. ion the program loads the bank statement information into the Bank Statement Open Interface tables and you can make corrections to the statements prior to importing them into Oracle Cash Management Alternatively you can choose the Load and Import option to automatically start the Intra Day Bank Statement Import program after the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program completes successfully If the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program encounters any errors or warnings the concurrent request stops You can review the exceptions using the Bank Statement Loader Execution Report Submitting the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader Program Prerequisites Q Set up Oracle Treasury for integration with Oracle Cash Management See Setting Up Oracle Treasury for Oracle Cash Management Integration page 2 18 Q Create a SOL Loader script for the format of your bank statement if it is neither BAI2 nor SWIFT940 Q Define a mapping template for the format of your bank statement file See Bank Statement Mapping page 2 32 Managing Bank Statements 3 11 Q Save your bank statement file in a directory To submit the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader Program 1 Navigate to the Requests window 2 Submit the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program 3 Select one of the following options e Load e Load and Import Enter the name of the mapping template Enter the name of the bank statement file Enter the directory p
242. ion amount Amount Reconciled The amount of the transaction that was reconciled Exchange Tabbed Region Reference Region Curr The currency of the transaction Date The date associated with the exchange rate that was used Type The exchange rate type as defined in Oracle General Ledger used for this transaction Rate The exchange rate specified by the bank for this transaction Original Amount The statement line amount in its original currency This amount is used in foreign exchange transactions when the currency of the transaction is different from the currency of the bank account Agent The name of the customer or supplier associated with the transaction Agent Bank Account The bank account of the customer or supplier associated with this transaction Invoice The invoice number associated with the transaction Description Tabbed Region Status The status of the transaction reconciled or unreconciled Description The customer trelated text provided by the bank Charges The amount of any bank charges associated with the transaction This field is not required Cash Management derives the amount reconciled by adding the Charges and Amount columns Managing Bank Statements 3 39 Original Amount The statement line amount in its original currency This amount is used in foreign exchange transactions when the currency of the transaction is different from the currency of the bank account See Also Ban
243. ions and adjustments to those errors The errors corrections and adjustments need to be reconciled correctly to give you an audit trail of reconciliation steps and to effectively support the Oracle Payables Positive Pay feature by allowing reconciliation of the error and correction statement lines Banks resolve errors using two methods Reversal and Adjustment Typically the bank enters error corrections and adjustments as miscellaneous transactions and often they use the same bank transaction codes you set up for miscellaneous receipts or payments to identify the statement lines that are generated for error corrections These two cases are described in this section using the following example A check was generated for 100 00 but the bank recorded this payment as 10 00 by mistake On your bank statement you will see an entry of 10 00 payment The following table contains an example of a bank error Trx Number Line Number Amount Remarks 10 00 Error should be 100 00 Table 4 7 Error Page 1 of 1 Reversal Method The bank reverses the whole error transaction amount so that the error entry and the reversal entry net out to zero Then the bank makes another transaction entry for the correct transaction amount In this example a reversal entry of 10 00 is created to offset the original error entry and a new correction entry is created of 100 00 The following table contains an example of the reversal method
244. ions within those ranges You can also choose to find only those transactions with a specific Currency Code e Agent Cash Management displays some additional fields where you can enter a Customer Name and Customer Number to use when finding Receivables transactions You can also enter a Supplier Name and Supplier Number to use when finding Payables transactions e Receipt Cash Management displays some additional fields where you can enter a Reference Type Reference Number Receipt Class Payment Method and Deposit Dates to use when finding miscellaneous transactions Some fields are only available if you select Receipts or Miscellaneous in step 2 above e Journal Cash Management displays some additional fields where you can enter a Period Name Journal Entry Name Inquiry and Reports 6 7 6 8 6 Document Number or Line Number to use when finding journal entries Choose Find to find all transactions that match your search criteria The View Available Transactions window appears showing the available transaction lines For each transaction you can view the transaction Type and Number Original Currency and Amount bank Account Currency Amount and Amount Cleared Cleared Date and GL Date At the bottom of the window you can see three fields showing the Status Date and Maturity Date for the selected transaction line In the Exchange tabbed region view the Exchange Date Type and Rate as well as the bank Account Currenc
245. ipt Page 1 of 1 Using Cash Management with Automatic Clearing In addition to Cash Management you can use Automatic Clearing to clear receipts in Oracle Receivables However unlike Cash Management Automatic Clearing in Receivables is date driven and does no matching to bank statements If you use Automatic Clearing within Receivables you can choose whether to clear remitted receipts after they have matured and whether you want to clear or eliminate risk for factored receipts You can match automatically cleared receipts with bank statement lines in Cash Management If the amount that was automatically cleared equals the statement line amount no further accounting takes place Receivables handles any cases where the automatically cleared amount differs from the amount cleared at reconciliation If you use Automatic Clearing only to eliminate risk for factored receipts there are no special considerations However if you use Automatic Clearing to clear receipts rather than using Cash Management your general ledger balance may not match your Cash 1 24 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Management reports For example the GL Reconciliation Report will not show correct results if you clear the receipts with Automatic Clearing in Receivables For this reason we recommend that you use Cash Management to clear your receipts Example of Reconciliation with Automatic Clearing You have set up an automatic receipt for 100 FJD
246. isplay only R Required O Optional H Required if Method is Historical UDO User defined Outflow Legend for Outflow Source Type Characteristics API Supplier Invoices APP Supplier Payments APX Expense Reports ARI Customer Invoices ARR Customer Receipts PAB Project Billing Events PAI Project Inflow Budgets PAO Project Outflow Budgets PAT Project Transactions PAY Payroll Expenses ASP Sales Opportunities POP Purchase Orders GLB GL Budgets POR Purchase Requisitions GLC GL Cash Position XTR Treasury Transactions GLE GL Encumbrances OL Open Interface Inflow OEO Sales Orders OIO Open Interface Outflow UDI User defined Inflow UDO User defined Outflow Cash Forecasting 5 15 Forecast Template Rows Window Reference 5 16 Use this section along with the Inflow Source Type and Outflow Source Type tables on the previous pages as references when you create forecast templates You can create multiple forecast templates with a wide variety and combination of source types The fields described below allow you to control the search for data by entering source type information or by leaving a field blank Description Optional A description of the source type The information you enter here may be useful when you have multiple rows with the same source type but different criteria You can choose to display or hide t
247. isplays only intra day bank statements that are within the range 5 Specify dates for the Statement Date From and Statement Date To fields 6 Submit your request The Intra Day Bank Statement Import program validates the data in the Bank Statement Interface tables imports the validated information and prints an AutoReconciliation Execution Report 7 Review and correct any import validation errors then repeat the steps above About Bank Statement Validation 3 20 The Bank Statement Import program validates the information you load into the Bank Statement Open Interface tables If the data passes validation the program imports it into the Cash Management Bank Statement tables If any records in a statement fail validation the program does not import the statement and assigns the statement an Error status If the bank statement belongs to a bank account that is shared by Oracle Treasury and Oracle Cash Management the Bank Statement Import program also validates the setup information in Oracle Treasury If the bank account is not set up correctly the program does not import the bank statement and does not update the bank account balances If the bank balance information is incorrect the program imports the bank statement but does not update the bank account balances You must then manually enter the balances in Oracle Treasury Oracle Cash Management User Guide You can use the AutoReconciliation Execution Report or the Vi
248. ite L Define sets of books in the Set of Books window See Defining Sets of Books Oracle General Ledger User s Guide gt To set up Oracle Payables for Cash Management integration 1 Choose a primary set of books for each responsibility when you set up your Payables application You set this primary set of books in the Choose Set of Books window in Oracle Payables Payables requires you to choose a set of books for your operating unit in a multi organization environment or for your installation in a single organization environment See Choosing a Set of Books Oracle Payables User s Guide 2 The Account for Payment option in the Payables Options window has the following two check boxes e When Payment is Issued e When Payment Clears You can select one or both options To account for payments that you reconcile in Oracle Cash Management you must select at least When Payment Clears If you select both options then this also allows you to use a cash clearing account and create accounting entries for bank charges errors and gains losses If you do not enable this option you can still reconcile payments in Cash Management but you cannot create reconciliation accounting entries See Payment Accounting Region of the Payables Options Window Oracle Payables User s Guide Setting Up 2 11 3 The Account for Gain Loss option in the Payables Options window has the following two check boxes e When Payment is Issu
249. itures according to your purchase approval process and to more accurately control planned expenditures Include Transactions On Hold Optional Indicates if you want to include transactions invoices expense reports etc that are on hold Use Average Payment Days Optional Indicates whether you want to forecast Customer Invoices based on the customer s payment pattern If you select this option the expected cash activity date is the invoice date 5 18 Oracle Cash Management User Guide plus the average number of days the customer takes to pay their bills according to the customer s payment history Period Optional The period on which you want to base your Average Payment Days calculation The period is in months and the default is twelve months You can enter a value in this field only if you choose the Use Average Payment Days option Lead Time The number of days that need to be added to the transaction date to calculate the projected cash activity date The value must be a positive whole number or zero For Customer Invoices this parameter is optional if you choose the Use Average Payment Days option Use Payment Terms Optional Indicates whether you want to use payment terms to calculate the expected cash activity date for Sales Orders and Purchase Orders If you select this option the cash activity date for Purchase Orders is the promised date or need by date plus the due days specified in the payment terms The cash
250. ive purge either interface or statement objects or both Statement Type Choose to archive purge previous day or intra day bank statements or both Interface Statement Status Choose to archive purge statements from the interface tables with the following status New Error Transferred or Corrected Or choose All to archive purge all of the statements from the interface tables irrespective of status Archive Purge Option Choose to either purge the statement information or to archive and purge it Archive Option Choose to delete existing data before saving new archive data or to append new archive data to existing data Inquiry and Reports 6 21 AutoReconciliation Execution Report Report Submission This report shows import and reconciliation errors that occurred when running the AutoReconciliation program Cash Management automatically produces this report during the automatic reconciliation process You may also request it as needed from the Submit Request window This report includes either statement import errors which prevented the automatic loading of your bank statement or your reconciliation exceptions found during the automatic reconciliation process This report lists the details of any miscellaneous transactions that were created in Receivables during the automatic reconciliation process If the Autoreconciliation program does not encounter any reconciliation errors or exceptions the body of the report
251. izations and the relationships among them within a single installation of Oracle Applications These organizations can be sets of books business groups legal entities operating units or inventory organizations Multiple Reporting Currencies An Oracle General Ledger feature that allows you to report in your functional currency and in one or more foreign currencies NACHA National Automated Clearing House Association This is the US system for making direct deposit payments to employees open interface transaction Any transaction not created by an Oracle Financial Applications system See also Reconciliation Open Interface organization A business unit such as a company division or department Organization can refer to a complete company or to divisions within a company Typically you define an organization or a similar term as part of your account when you implement Oracle Financials See also business group other receipts See miscellaneous receipts payment Any form of remittance including checks cash money orders credit cards and Electronic Funds Transfer payment date The date on which the status of an invoice is updated to Paid Cash Management uses the payment date as the GL Date for each payment payment method In Oracle Payables a feature that allows you to make invoice payments using a variety of methods You can disburse funds using checks electronic funds transfers and wire transfers Cash
252. k Bank Branch The name of the bank branch Currency The currency of the bank account Intra Day Indicates whether or not the statement is an intra day bank statement Statement Number The number of the bank statement If you do not use sequential numbering the default statement number is the statement date Statement Date The closing date of the bank statement The date also includes the timestamp information provided by your bank On intra day bank statements the timestamp indicates how recent the information is Status The status of the bank statement e Corrected Errors corrected after input e Error Errors detected during input e New New statement not imported e Transferred Successfully imported Check Digits Field for bank account validation Creation Date The creation date of the bank statement This is the date that the bank statement was created in Oracle Cash Management not the date that your bank created the bank statement If the intra day bank statement does not contain timestamp information you can use this date to determine how recent the information is Oracle Cash Management User Guide Opening Amount The beginning balance for the statement as provided by the bank Receipts Amount The total amount of receipts on the statement Receipts Lines The total number of receipt lines on the statement Payments Amount The total amount of payments on the statement Payments Lines The total
253. k Statement Lines window The Find Transactions window appears Choose Batch from the Detail Batch Open region then select Remittance and or Payment to find batches that match your criteria Optional Refine or focus your search further by selecting the Transaction tabbed region You can enter transaction Dates Amounts Batch Names Remittance Numbers or the Currency Code to search for You can also enter sort criteria which determines how the resulting transactions are displayed in the Available Transactions window You cannot enter search criteria for the Agent Receipt or Journal tabbed regions Choose Find to find all batches that match your search criteria or choose Find and Mark to find and automatically mark for reconciliation the transactions within any matching batches p gt To find available Treasury settlements or external transactions in the Reconciliation Open Interface 1 2 Navigate to the Find Bank Statements window Select a bank statement then choose Review Optionally choose New and enter a new bank statement header Choose Available from the Bank Statement window or from the Bank Statement Lines window The Find Transactions window appears Choose Open Interface from the Detail Batch Open region then select Receipts and or Payments to find open interface transactions that match your criteria Reconciling Bank Statements 4 29 The Open Interface option appears only if you have checked the
254. k Statements page 1 6 Entering Bank Statements Manually page 3 33 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Creating Reconciled Bank Statement Lines page 4 25 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 3 40 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Updating Bank Statements See Also You can update any bank statement whether imported or entered manually in Cash Management Prerequisites Q Import or enter a bank statement Q Make sure the bank statement is not marked as Complete See Marking a Bank Statement as Complete page 4 68 To update a bank statement 1 Navigate to the Find Bank Statements window 2 Enter the query criteria for the statement you want to update or leave the criteria blank to query all existing statements 3 Choose Find to see the Reconcile Bank Statements folder window containing the statements that meet your query criteria You can modify the Reconcile Bank Statements folder window to customize your query capabilities on statements you have entered Refer to the Oracle Applications User s Guide for more information on modifying and saving folders 4 Select the statement you want to update and choose Review Update bank statement header and line information as necessary You can change any bank statement information You can also add information such as transaction lines 6 Save your work Entering Bank Statements Manually page 3 33 Reconciling Bank
255. k statement are cancelled checks debit memos and credit memos Large institutional banking customers usually receive electronic bank statements as well as the paper versions bank statement tables The primary database tables Oracle Cash Management works with for each bank statement Bank statement tables are populated manually or by importing data from Bank Statement Open Interface There are two tables for each bank statement a bank statement headers table and a bank statement lines table See also bank statement Bank Statement Open Interface The database interface tables that must be populated when you automatically load an electronic bank file into Oracle Cash Management The Bank Statement Open Interface consists of one header and multiple detail lines for each bank statement bank transaction code The transaction code used by a bank to identify types of transactions on a bank statement such as debits credits bank charges and interest You define these codes for each bank account using the Cash Management Bank Transaction Codes window Bankers Automated Clearing System BACS The standard format of electronic funds transfer used in the United Kingdom You can refer to the BACS User Manual Part III Input Media Specifications published by the Bankers Automated Clearing System for the exact specifications for BACS electronic payments Bill of Exchange In Oracle Cash Management a method of payment involvin
256. lar point in time Oracle Applications use the daily periodic and historical exchange rates you maintain to perform foreign currency conversion revaluation and translation exchange rate In Oracle Receivables and Oracle Payables a rate that represents the amount in one currency that you can exchange for another at a particular point in time You can enter and maintain daily exchange rates for Cash Management to use to perform foreign currency conversion Cash Management multiplies the exchange rate by the foreign currency to calculate the functional currency exchange rate type A specification of the source of an exchange rate For example a user exchange rate or a corporate exchange rate See also corporate exchange rate spot exchange rate exchange rate variance The difference between the exchange rate for a foreign currency invoice and its matched purchase order Payables tracks any exchange rate variances for your foreign currency invoices folder A flexible entry and display window in which you can choose the fields you want to see and where each appears in the window Glossary 5 foreign currency In Oracle Cash Management Payables Receivables Projects currency that you define for your set of books for recording and conducting accounting transactions in a currency other than your functional currency See also exchange rate functional currency foreign currency In Oracle Assets a currency t
257. le Applications and the Oracle 9i Server technology stack by automating many of the required steps This guide contains instructions for using Oracle One Hour Install and lists the tasks you need to perform to finish your installation You should use this guide in conjunction with individual product user guides and implementation guides Upgrading Oracle Applications Refer to this guide if you are upgrading your Oracle Applications Release 10 7 or Release 11 0 products to Release 117 This guide describes the upgrade process in general and lists database upgrade and product specific upgrade tasks You must be at either Release 10 7 NCA SmartClient or character mode or Release 11 0 to upgrade to Release 117 You cannot upgrade to Release 11i directly from releases prior to 10 7 Maintaining Oracle Applications Use this guide to help you run the various AD utilities such as AutolInstall AutoPatch AD Administration AD Controller Relink and others It contains how to steps screenshots and other information that you need to run the AD utilities Oracle Applications Product Update Notes Use this guide as a reference if you are responsible for upgrading an installation of Oracle Applications It provides a history of the changes to individual Oracle Applications products between Release 11 0 and Release 117 It includes new features and enhancements and changes made to database objects profile options and seed data for thi
258. le Treasury Recalculating Amount Differences 4 20 When manually reconciling you can automatically default the amount difference between the statement line amount and the transaction amount to the Charges and Errors field based on how the system parameters are set For Payables payments or payment batches e When the AP Tolerance Differences system parameter is set to Errors the statement line charges amount defaults to the Charges field The remaining amount difference between the statement line amount and the transaction amount defaults to the Errors field Oracle Cash Management User Guide e When the AP Tolerance Differences system parameter is set to Charges or is not defined the amount difference between the statement line amount and the transaction amount defaults to the Charges field For Receivables receipts or remittance batches e The amount differences between the statement line amount and the transaction amount defaults to the Charges field Reconciling Bank Statements 4 21 4 22 Manual Reconciliation View Available 7 Transactions E E Online Inquiry Cash in Transit Transactions Available for Reconciliation View kink Stabennents View Available ny Transactaare inquiry Statements Detail Summary Document Number GL Reconciliation Report Oracle Cash Management User Guide Identify Available bens Match amd Reconcile Teens Mark External Transactions amp
259. le option B 3 I Include Disputes field 5 18 Include in Net Cash field 5 20 indexes on views Forecasting Open Interface 2 61 Indicate Attachments profile option 4 42 B 4 inflows cash forecasting 1 31 inquiry available transactions 6 6 bank statement lines 6 4 bank statements 6 3 finding available detail and batch transactions for reconciliation 4 27 forecast templates 5 30 forecasts 5 31 6 10 manual reconciliation 6 3 overview 6 2 reconciled transactions 6 4 reconciliation errors 6 5 reversals 6 5 integration Automatic Clearing 1 24 cash forecasting distributed database environments 1 35 2 57 expense reports 1 31 non Oracle applications 1 35 2 57 Oracle Applications 1 31 spreadsheet applications 1 35 multiple organization support 2 5 non Oracle general ledger 4 70 Oracle General Ledger 4 70 Oracle Payables overview 1 13 Index 8 Oracle Cash Management User s Guide setting up 2 11 2 13 Oracle Payroll 5 17 setting up 2 16 Oracle Receivables AutoLockbox 4 23 4 51 overview 1 13 setting up 2 13 2 14 with Receivables and Payables 1 13 Interface tables 2 49 to 2 54 interface tables CE_STATEMENT_HEADERS_INTERFACE 3 8 CE_STATEMENT_LINES INTERFACE 3 8 Intra Day Bank Statements Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program 3 11 Invoice field Bank Statement Lines window 3 39 Statement Line Interface window 3 28 invoice number matching for electronic payments 1 8 1 9
260. lect Detail or Open Interface from the Detail Open Interface region 3 Select Receipt or Payment depending on the transaction whose cleared status you want to undo 4 Optional Enter any search criteria for receipt or payment Number Amount Currency and Date You can also search for receipts and payments based on the Payment Method Account Number Batch Name Status and Account Currency Amount Additionally for detail transactions you can enter Agent Name or Number to further narrow your search for a specific customer or supplier 4 64 Oracle Cash Management User Guide 5 Choose Find The Unclear Transactions window appears displaying a list of all transactions that match your search criteria 6 Review the transaction information 7 Mark each transaction you want to unclear by checking the box to the left of the transaction 8 Choose the Unclear Transaction button to unclear the selected transactions Unclear Transactions Window Reference Transaction Region Type The transaction type Number The transaction number Status The status of the transaction Date The transaction date Maturity Date The maturity date for future dated transactions Original Currency The transaction currency Original Amount The transaction amount in the transaction currency Account Currency Amount The transaction amount in the bank account currency Account Currency Amount Cleared The amount cleared
261. lect the Source type Enter relevant selection criteria for the source type chosen See Forecast Template Rows Window Reference page 5 10 for information on the applicable and required fields for each source type 16 Save your work Cash Management validates required fields now Attention You can add or delete rows and columns in a I amp S template but your action will affect all cash forecasts previously generated using that template Adding rows and columns to a previously defined template generates forecast amounts of zero for the new cells in existing forecasts Deleting rows and columns eliminates forecast amounts for the deleted cells See Also Defining Transaction Calendars Oracle General Ledger User s Guide 5 6 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Cash Forecasting Source Transaction Dates When Cash Management collects the source data for a forecast it includes source transactions whose cash activity date falls within the days or period ranges you defined If cash sources are numbered Cash Management searches for a valid date in the sequence indicated using the first date it finds Cash Management adds the lead time to dates except for GL Budgets GL Cash Position and GL Encumbrance The following table explains which date is used as the expected cash activity date Expected Cash Activity Date or Time z 1 Value Date Actual then Anticipated 2 Maturity Supplier Payments Future Date or 3 Payment Date
262. ltiple sets of books for one Cash Management installation You can then assign a set of books with its unique calendar chart of accounts and functional currency to each operating unit you define With the Multiple Organization Support feature you can segregate transactions by operating unit but you can still choose to share certain information Multiple Organization Support affects bank reconciliation in Oracle Cash Management Each responsibility is tied to a set of books and an operating unit Use the MO Operating Unit profile option to tie a Setting Up 2 5 responsibility to an operating unit organization In a multiple organization environment you set up System Parameters of which set of books is one for each operating unit You assign bank statements to your current operating unit and reconcile payments and receipts in that operating unit Multiple Organization Support does not affect cash forecasting in Oracle Cash Management since cash forecasting is designed to allow you to collect data across organizations if you have a multi organization environment You can choose whether to specify an organization and therefore a set of books for each forecast source row For more information read the Multiple Organizations in Oracle Applications manual before proceeding Cash Management Setup Checklist 2 6 This checklist summarizes each of the steps you follow to implement Cash Management It includes setup steps for data tha
263. ly bank statements from a specific bank branch Bank Account Number If the bank statement file contains information for multiple bank accounts you can ask the Bank Statement Loader program to load only bank statements from a specific bank account GL Date If you selected either the option of Load and Import or Load Import and AutoReconciliation enter the GL Date This is the default date for all General Ledger journal entries created by AutoReconciliation The date must be in an open or future enterable Payables or Receivables period Receivable Activity If you selected the option of Load Import and AutoReconciliation enter the Receivable Activity to create Receivables miscellaneous receipts for differences that AutoReconciliation encounters when matching remittance batches or NSF transactions within tolerances Payment Method If you selected the option of Load Import and AutoReconciliation and have specified a Bank Account Number enter the Payment Method to create Receivables miscellaneous receipts for differences that AutoReconciliation encounters when matching remittance batches or NSF transactions within tolerances NSF Handling If you selected the option of Load Import and AutoReconciliation enter the NSF Handling for handling any NSF or rejected receipts on the bank statement The valid actions are Managing Bank Statements 3 7 e No Action to handle manually e Reverse to reverse receipt and reopen the invoices e
264. m runs in two phases In the first phase the program uses a SQL Loader script to insert data from the bank statement file into the intermediate table The SQL Loader script understands the format of the file and parses the data accordingly The intermediate table is simply a representation of the bank statement file in the database where a row corresponds to a record in the file and a column corresponds to a field in the record In the second phase the Bank Statement Loader program uses a set of mapping rules to transfer data from the intermediate table to the Bank Statement Open Interface tables These rules map the structure of the bank statement file to the open interface tables These rules may also perform simple pattern searches and data transformations The loading of BAI2 and SWIFT940 file formats is mostly automated Since Oracle Cash Management provides the SQL Loader scripts and mapping templates for these two formats you can run the Bank Statement Loader program with minimal setup You simply need to modify the default mapping information to match the variations your bank has made to the standards In addition the Bank Statement Loader program can accept other formats provided you have created the corresponding SQL Loader script and mapping information You can execute the Bank Statement Loader program in one of the following modes e Load e Load and Import e Load Import and AutoReconciliation If you choose the option of
265. m to import the corrected bank statement information from the open interface tables If this is an intra day bank statement run the Intra Day Bank Statement Import program Additional Information You can submit the Bank Statement Import program or the Intra Day Bank Statement Import program directly from the Bank Statement Interface window Choose AutoReconciliation from the Tools menu gt To correct the bank statement interface lines 1 Navigate to the Bank Statement Interface window Query the Statement you want to correct Choose the Lines button PY N Edit the bank statement transaction information You can edit the Line Number transaction Code transaction Number and Date 5 Inthe Amounts tabbed region edit the transaction Amount bank Charges and Original Amount 6 Inthe Exchange tabbed region edit exchange rate information including Currency code Exchange Date Exchange rate Type and Exchange Rate 7 Inthe Reference tabbed region edit the Agent customer or supplier Invoice number and Agent Bank Account associated with each line 8 Inthe Description tabbed region edit the Value Date and Description for each line 9 Save your work 10 Run the Bank Statement Import program to import the corrected bank statement information from the open interface tables Managing Bank Statements 3 31 See Also Loading Bank Statement Open Interface page 3 2 Importing Bank Statements page 3
266. mail notifications To run this program 1 Log on as System Administrator 2 Navigate to the Requests window 3 Submit the Notification Mailer XML Gateway Trading Partner Setup Refer to the Oracle XML Gateway User s Guide for setup instructions If your current version is Financials Family Pack D the Bank field will be replaced by the Company Admin E mail field The following table shows the values to enter for each parameter Trading Partner Site The bank site External Transaction Sub Type DEPACCTSTMTINORS Direction IN Map CE_BSI_IFX12_IN XML Header The code that is decided by your party and your bank for your Party Site ID The following table shows the values that default for each parameter In this field These values will default Transaction Sub Type DEPACCTSTMTINORS Standard Code FX 3 14 Oracle Cash Management User Guide In this field These values will default External Transaction Type BANKSVCRS External Transaction Sub Type DEPACCTSTMTINORS Direction IN Bank Setup Refer to the Oracle Payables User Guide for setup instructions Q Inthe Banks window of Oracle Payables enter the bank administrator s e mail address in the XML Administrator E mail field If your current version is Financials Family Pack D please disregard this step Processing XML Bank Statements 1 The bank creates the XML message detailing the previous day bank account activitie
267. manage payments and invoices Oracle Internet Expenses Implementation and Administration Guide This book explains in detail how to configure Oracle Internet Expenses and describes its integration with Oracle Payables and Oracle Projects Oracle Business Intelligence System Implementation Guide This guide provides information about implementing Oracle Business Intelligence BIS in your environment BIS 11i User Guide Online Help This guide is provided as online help only from the BIS application and includes information about intelligence reports Discoverer workbooks and the Performance Management Framework Installation and System Administration Guides Oracle Applications Concepts This guide provides an introduction to the concepts features technology stack architecture and terminology for Oracle Applications xviii Oracle Cash Management User Guide Release 117 It provides a useful first book to read before an installation of Oracle Applications This guide also introduces the concepts behind and major issues for Applications wide features such as Business Intelligence BIS languages and character sets and self service applications Installing Oracle Applications This guide provides instructions for managing the installation of Oracle Applications products In Release 11i much of the installation process is handled using Oracle One Hour Install which minimizes the time it takes to install Orac
268. mat The Bank Statement Loader program uses a predefined SQL Loader script to load SWIFT940 bank statement files However since each bank adopts the SWIFT940 standard slightly differently you need to map the SWIFT940 format to the Bank Statement Open Interface tables You can create the mapping information from the SWIFT940 mapping template See Bank Statement Mapping page 2 32 The SWIFT940 SQL Loader script is located in CE_TOP bin SWIFT940 ctl The mapping rules for the SWIFT940 format are listed in Appendix D After you load SWIFT940 bank statement files into the open interface tables you may need to define new bank transaction codes in Cash Management SWIFT940 transaction codes represent the type of transaction For example TRF represents transfers SWIFT940 transaction codes do not however contain information about the debit or credit nature of the transaction Instead the Debit Credit Mark field is used to differentiate debit and credit entries where D means debit and C means credit When the Bank Statement Loader program populates the TRX_CODE column in the Bank Statement Lines Interface table it appends the Debit Credit Mark to the transaction code to form a new code For example debit transfers are identified as TRED and credit transfers as TRFC You must set up these new transaction codes before you can import the bank statement information See Bank Transaction Codes page 2 25 Setup for User Defined Format
269. mber appears throughout Cash Management on inquiry windows reconciliation windows and reports Setting Up 2 51 Available cleared and reconciled transactions Cash Management uses the Open Interface Float Status and Open Interface Clear Status system parameters to determine whether a transaction is available for clearing or reconciliation Cash Management maintains information of transactions that have been reconciled to bank statements but you must customize the CE_999_PKG package to update the status of the transactions in your proprietary application s database The status is displayed in Cash Management s forms and reports To find available transactions for clearing or reconciliation Cash Management selects transactions in the CE_999_INTERFACE_V view with the Open Interface Float Status that have not been reconciled to a bank statement line During reconciliation if you have enabled the Show Cleared Transactions check box in the System Parameters window Cash Management also finds transactions that have been cleared but not reconciled To find cleared transactions Cash Management selects transactions with the Open Interface Clear Status that have not been reconciled to a bank statement line To find reconciled transactions Cash Management selects transactions with the Open Interface Clear Status that have been reconciled to a bank statement line Package CE_999_PKG Description and Modifications 2 52 Package CE_
270. ment Region of the Suppliers and Supplier Sites Windows Oracle Payables User s Guide Defining Bank Accounts Oracle Payables User s Guide Payment Methods Oracle Receivables User s Guide Defining Customer Profile Classes Oracle Receivables User s Guide Placing an Item in Dispute Oracle Receivables User s Guide 5 20 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Defining Accounts Oracle General Ledger User s Guide Defining Budgets Oracle General Ledger User s Guide Defining Encumbrance Types Oracle General Ledger User s Guide Defining a Payroll Oracle Payroll User s Guide Defining Payment Methods for the Enterprise Oracle Payroll User s Guide Pay Processing for Payrolls and Individuals Oracle Payroll User s Guide Labor Costs in Oracle HRMS Oracle Payroll User s Guide Representing the Employer The Business Group Oracle Payroll User s Guide Overview of Setting Up page 2 2 Forecasting Open Interface page 5 3 Cash Forecasting 5 21 Generating Cash Forecasts from Templates You can define reusable cash forecast templates for use in generating cash forecasts A cash forecast template is a matrix similar to a spreadsheet with each row defining the source of the cashflow and each column defining the forecast period in GL periods or in days When you submit a forecast you generate exactly the forecast that you need by entering submission parameters such as start date and forecast currency Whe
271. ment User Guide Miscellaneous receipt Miscellaneous receipts must have the same currency as the currency doesn t match bank foreign bank account currency currency Missing exchange rate This message appears for one of the following reasons 1 The information exchange type is User and you have not provided both the exchange rate and the exchange rate date 2 The bank currency differs from your functional currency and you are creating a miscellaneous receipt 3 You are creating a foreign currency miscellaneous receipt Missing matching criteria The statement line needs at least one of the following criteria to match and all are missing 1 transaction number 2 invoice number and agent name 3 invoice number and agent bank account No document sequence Document sequence is not set up for the receipt payment defined method No matching journal entries Oracle General Ledger has no journal entry line that matches the bank statement transaction number No matching Open Interface The Open Interface has no transaction number that matches the transactions bank statement transaction number No matching payment Oracle Payables has no payment number that matches the bank transaction number No matching payment batch Oracle Payables has no payment batch number that matches the bank statement transaction number No matching payment for the Oracle Payables has no matching payment for the invoice number invoice number and the
272. ment by marking it as complete Marking a bank statement as complete disables certain Cash Management features and prevents you from making any changes to the statement or statement lines until you specifically unmark the completed bank statement You can view a statement from the View Bank Statements window to see that the statement is complete completing the reconciliation process However you can mark wW Suggestion You might want to freeze a bank statement after or unmark the statement as complete at any time To mark a bank statement as complete 1 Navigate to the Find Bank Statements window 2 Enter the query criteria for the statement you want to mark as complete or leave the criteria blank to query all existing statements Choose Find to see the Reconcile Bank Statements folder window Select the statement you want to complete then choose Review In the Bank Statement window check the Complete check box D FF SE w Save your work To unmark a completed bank statement 1 Navigate to the Bank Statement window as above 2 Uncheck the Complete check box 3 Save your work Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Entering Bank Statements Manually page 3 33 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 Viewing Bank Statements page 6 3 Viewing Available Transactions page 6 6 4 68 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Transferring Bank Reconciliation Transactions to Your G
273. ment number and the line number Enter the transaction Amount The amount defaults to the statement line s remaining amount For a receipt enter a positive amount For a payment enter a negative amount If your receipt includes tax enter the pretax amount Enter the GL Date The default date is the bank statement date The value for Tax Code defaults from the Receivable Activities window Your accounting method and the AR Allow Tax Code Override profile option control whether or not you can update the defaulted tax code Choose Reference from the poplist and enter the reference Type and Deposit Date You can also enter a reference Number Choose Comment from the tabbed region to enter optional Paid From information and Comment text The miscellaneous transaction s Actual Value Date is populated from the bank statement line Value Date You can override this date Note If you post this transaction to General Ledger the Comment is the default journal line description If the statement line is a foreign currency transaction choose Exchange from the poplist to enter the Exchange Date Type and Oracle Cash Management User Guide 17 Rate The Bank Currency Amount is calculated from the rate and amount Choose Create to create the miscellaneous transaction Cash Management will ask you if you want the receipt to be automatically reconciled against the current statement line Select Yes to do so If you select No you
274. ments window 2 Select a bank statement then choose Review Optionally choose New and enter a new bank statement header 3 Choose Available from the Bank Statement window or from the Bank Statement Lines window The Find Transactions window appears Reconciling Bank Statements 4 27 4 Choose Detail from the Detail Batch Open region then select one or more types to find detail transactions that match your criteria You may select to view Payroll for valid payroll accounts Receipt Payment Miscellaneous transactions Journal and Statement Line The Statement Line option is applicable only to statement lines with Miscellaneous Payment or Miscellaneous Receipt transaction types that can match against statement lines 5 Optional Refine or focus your search further by selecting one of the following tabbed regions Transaction Cash Management displays some additional fields where you can enter ranges of transaction Numbers Dates Amounts Maturity Dates Batch Names and Remittance Numbers to find only transactions within those ranges You can also choose to find only those transactions with a specific Currency Code Agent Cash Management displays some additional fields where you can enter a Customer Name and Customer Number to use when finding Receivables transactions You can also enter a Supplier Name and Supplier Number to use when finding Payables transactions Receipt Cash Management displays some additional fields wh
275. mission Use this report to reconcile the General Ledger cash account balance to the bank statement closing balance and to identify any discrepancies in your cash position The General Ledger cash account should pertain to only one bank account This report is available in Summary and in Detail format The Summary report lists the General Ledger cash account balance and an adjusted balance for the bank statement It also lists a separate adjustment amount for unreconciled receipts payments and journal entries which have been recorded in the General Ledger cash account as well as bank errors The Detail report provides details for the unreconciled items as well as the information contained in the Summary report Additional Information This report does not include information on Payroll payments Treasury settlements or external transactions in the Reconciliation Open Interface because they may have been posted to a different General Ledger account than the one assigned to the bank account A Warning To ensure that this report is accurate you must first perform these tasks e Reconcile all statements in Cash Management e Transfer journal entry transactions from Oracle Payables and Oracle Receivables to your General Ledger e Post journals in General Ledger e Run the report for the current GL period See How Using Cash Management Affects Your Closing Process page 4 70 You submit this report from the Submit Request window Se
276. must make backup copies of these objects or move them to another directory before upgrading If any of the above objects are patched the patched objects will be located in CE_TOP patch 115 sql except for odf files which will be located in the CE_TOP patch 115 sql When the patch is applied it will override your customized files if they are located in that directory with the same names Customizing the Reconciliation Open Interface Package and View To use Cash Management s Reconciliation Open Interface you must modify certain components of the Oracle database which are provided when Cash Management is installed A Warning We strongly recommend that any modifications to your Oracle database or to your proprietary application s Oracle Cash Management User Guide database and programs be made only by qualified individuals If you are not sure whether you are qualified to make such modifications contact an Oracle consultant When you install Cash Management one template view and one package are added to your Oracle database e CE_999_INTERFACE_V a view you define to map to your proprietary application s database which shows all open interface transactions and their status e CE_999 PKG a package that contains one function and two procedures To enable the related functionality in Cash Management you must write the necessary routines to carry out the described package function and procedures The view and pack
277. n Cash Management implementation suggestions Cash Management system setup Specific tasks you can accomplish using Cash Management How to use Cash Management windows Cash Management programs reports and listings Cash Management functions and features This preface explains how this user guide is organized and introduces other sources of information that can help you Preface xi Audience for This Guide This guide assumes you have a working knowledge of the following The principles and customary practices of your enterprise area Oracle Cash Management If you have never used Cash Management we suggest you attend one or more of the Cash Management training classes available through Oracle University The Oracle Applications graphical user interface To learn more about the Oracle Applications graphical user interface read the Oracle Applications User Guide See Other Information Sources for more information about Oracle Applications product information How To Use This Guide xii This guide contains the information you need to understand and use Cash Management This preface explains how this user guide is organized and introduces other sources of information that can help you This guide contains the following chapters Chapter 1 contains an overview of the Cash Management process Chapter 2 describes how to set up Cash Management after you have installed it Chapter 3 describes how to set up Cash
278. n if you use bank accounts shared by Oracle Treasury and Oracle Cash Management Solution Update the Treasury setup information and reload the bank statement file e Errors in the bank statement file Solution Obtain a corrected transmission file from your bank and reload it e Exceptions from the Bank Statement Loader program or the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program Solution Review the Bank Statement Loader Execution Report and resolve the exceptions by correcting the SQL Loader script the mapping template or the bank statement file Reload the file e Problem in your custom loader program Solution Modify the custom loader program and reload the bank statement file After you have reloaded the file import the bank statement file again Instead of reloading the bank statement file you may want to directly modify the information in the Bank Statement Interface tables by using the Bank Statement Interface and the Bank Statement Interface Lines window You can update all bank statement header and line information as well as any optional descriptive flexfield content Oracle Cash Management User Guide gt To correct the bank statement interface header information 1 Navigate to the Bank Statement Interface window 2 Query the Statement you want to correct 3 Edit the bank statement header information as necessary including the Control Balances 4 Save your work 5 Run the Bank Statement Import progra
279. n you submit a cash forecast Cash Management collects the necessary source data and summarizes the information as cash forecast amounts based on the forecast period specifications The forecast data is then available for update inquiry or reporting purposes or for export to any spreadsheet application Cash Management determines projected cash activity dates based on your specifications For example if the source type is Supplier Invoices the expected cash activity date is based on either the discount date or the due date depending on your selection in the template Refer to the Cash Forecasting Source Transaction Dates table page 5 7 If you have created a forecast template that includes a user defined source type Cash Management creates a blank row for that source type when you generate a cash forecast You can then enter amounts manually in the forecast amount cells using the Cash Forecasts window or using a spreadsheet application on an exported cash forecast You might generate a new cash forecast because you have created a new template or because you want to recalculate a forecast with different submission parameters You can generate forecasts in the following ways e Generate a new cash forecast from a template with forecast amounts calculated automatically Using the Submit Forecast window Using the Submit Request window e Quickly create a manually entered cash forecast with the rows and columns defined by
280. ncies 2 4 2 7 Export Data 5 40 External Forecast Sources 2 61 Find Available finding available batches 6 8 finding available detail transactions 6 6 finding available open interface transactions 6 9 finding transactions and batches 6 9 Find Bank Statements 4 25 4 45 4 51 6 3 entering bank statements manually 3 33 finding available batches 4 29 finding available detail transactions or journal entries 4 27 finding available open interface transactions 4 29 marking bank statements as complete 4 68 reconciling manually 4 23 updating bank statements 3 41 Find Cash Forecasts making modifications 5 31 viewing forecasts 6 11 Find Forecast Templates 5 4 making modifications 5 30 Find Reversals querying reversals 6 5 reversing receipts 4 53 Find Transactions finding batches 4 29 finding detail transactions 4 27 finding open interface transactions 4 29 manually clearing a payment or receipt manually unclearing a payment or receipt 4 64 Forecast Amounts options affecting 5 33 Forecast Template Columns 5 4 Forecast Template Rows 5 5 window reference 5 10 5 16 Index 16 Oracle Cash Management User s Guide Forecast Templates 5 4 5 24 making modifications 5 30 Miscellaneous Receipts 4 46 Parameters 5 24 archiving purging bank statements 4 73 Reconcile Bank Statements creating miscellaneous transactions for previously entered lines 445 creating new lines 4 25 function security C 2 mark
281. nd Reversals window appears 3 Enter any query values for receipt or check Number Amount Currency and Date You can also search for receipts and payments based on the Payment Method Status Account Number and Account Currency Amount Finally you can enter Agent information to further narrow your search for a specific customer or supplier Name and Number lists from which you can select a value Choose the List of Values button from the Oracle Applications toolbar to see the list wW Suggestion Many of the query fields also have associated 4 Choose Find The View Reversals window appears showing the transactions that meet your search criteria For each line you can view transaction Type and Number Original Currency and Amount bank Account Currency Amount and Amount Cleared Cleared Date and GL Date At the bottom of the window you can see three fields showing the Status transaction Date and Maturity Date for the selected transaction line 5 Inthe Reference tabbed region view the Batch Name Agent Name Deposit Number and Payment Method 6 Inthe Comment tabbed region view the Reversal Category Reason and Comments 7 Inthe Bank tabbed region view the Bank Account Number Currency and Name as well as the Statement Number To review reconciliation errors 1 Query the bank statement you want to review See above 2 Choose Errors from the View Bank Statement window or View Bank Statement Lines window The
282. nd bank charges Oracle Cash Management User Guide Bank Transaction Codes If you want to load electronic bank statements or use Cash Management s AutoReconciliation feature you must define for each bank account the transaction codes that your bank uses to identify different types of transactions on its statements You should define a bank transaction code for each code that you expect to receive from your bank You can enter effective date range fields Start Date and End Date so that you can make a bank transaction code inactive You can also delete codes that have not been used in case you make a mistake in creating one You can easily view the bank transaction codes you have created here by submitting the Bank Transaction Codes Listing page 6 36 gt To define a bank transaction code 1 Navigate to the Bank Transaction Codes window 2 Select the bank whose codes you are defining from the Find Bank window Alternatively you can query the bank Account Number The system displays the Bank Transaction Codes window which includes Bank Account and Bank information as well as a region for entering transaction codes 3 For each transaction code you are defining select a transaction Type from the poplist The transaction type determines how Cash Management will match and account for transactions with that code Bank statement lines are coded to identify the type of transaction the line represents Since each bank m
283. nd then submit Transfer to General Ledger program to transfer the accounting entries to the General Ledger Interface In Receivables you submit the General Ledger Interface program to transfer accounting entries to the General Ledger Interface If you have installed Oracle General Ledger you can then submit Journal Import for either Payables or Receivables to transfer the accounting entries from the General Ledger Interface tables into Oracle General Ledger You can reconcile your GL cash account balance to your bank account balance in Cash Management by printing the GL Reconciliation Report Oracle Cash Management User Guide ee e oL Load Bank Mlanmal Electronic Statements Stabenent Shabnnent Reconcile Bank Statements Nis AutrRecnnciliatiin Execition Repari Cash in Trarait Transactions Available ior Resonator View Dank Statements Available Transactions inline Inguity Manual Transactions Ayvaileble for Reconciliation i Reconciliation Transaction amp Originated Bank Errors Entries Burimary Summarize Resulis ated Transher Tndertmatiien be APA Payroll GL Reconciliation Repori Mark External Create Bank Overview 1 5 Bank Statements Bank Statement Lines Cash Management maintains information for each bank statement you want to reconcile You can use the Cash Management Bank Statement Open Interface to load bank statement information supplied by your bank or you can enter and update
284. ndicate if you want to sort the uncleared receipts and payments by Maturity Date Payment Method or Payment Receipt Number Selected Report Headings Payments in Transit Vendor Name The supplier associated with the transaction Payment Date The check or payment date Maturity Date The maturity date of the payment Curr The code for the currency of the payment Amount The amount of the payment Inquiry and Reports 6 29 Bank Account Amount The payment amount in the currency of the bank account Receipts in Transit Customer Name The customer associated with the transaction Remit Date The receipt transaction date Maturity Date The receipt maturity due date Curr The code for the currency of the receipt Amount The amount of the receipt Account Amount The receipt amount in the currency of the bank account Cleared Transactions Report Report Submission This report shows transactions that were cleared or reconciled both manually and automatically The cleared receipts section shows the customer name remittance date maturity date payment method receipt number currency amount account amount cleared date and cleared amount The cleared payments section shows the supplier name payment date payroll payments maturity date payment method payment number currency amount account amount cleared date and cleared amount You can submit the report for Payables payments only receipts only
285. ndo the reconciled status of a reconciled payroll payment Integration with Treasury Cash Management integrates with Oracle Treasury through the Reconciliation Open Interface When you use Cash Management you can e Automatically update bank account balances in Oracle Treasury e Reconcile Treasury settlements against your bank statements e Undo the reconciled status of a reconciled Treasury settlement e Load and import intra day bank statements e Include intraday activities for cash positioning in Oracle Treasury About Bank Reconciliation page 1 2 About Bank Statements page 1 6 Oracle Payables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 15 Oracle Receivables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 21 Using Oracle Cash Management with Automatic Clearing page 1 24 Overview of Setting Up page 2 2 Automatic Clearing for Receipts Oracle Receivables User s Guide 1 14 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Payables Reconciliation Accounting Cash Management enables you to reconcile payments you created in Payables against your bank statements When you use Cash Management you can e Automatically account for the delay in bank clearing of payments by crediting a cash clearing account when you issue a payment and clear the balance with a cash account when you clear or reconcile the payment e Automatically account for differences between the amount cleared and the original payment amount whether they are due to exchang
286. ndow 3 38 Bank Statement window 3 34 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 Reconciled Transactions window 4 40 Reversals window 4 56 Statement Interface window 3 26 Statement Line Interface window 3 28 Unclear Transactions window 4 65 dates expected cash activity date for forecasting 5 7 5 22 debit memo reversal 4 54 deleting columns and rows from forecasts 5 31 columns and rows from templates 5 6 effect on manually created forecasts 5 28 Deposit Date field Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 49 Deposit Number field Available Batches window 4 35 Available Transactions window 4 33 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Reversals window 4 55 Unclear Transactions window 4 66 Description field 5 16 descriptive flexfields entering Forecast Selection Criteria 5 20 detail payment transactions 1 8 Index 5 detail remittance transactions 1 9 direct debits recording 4 51 direct deposits recording 4 51 Discount field 5 16 Display Forecast Summary check box 5 34 6 11 Display Forecast Summary field Cash Forecast window 5 36 distributed database cash forecasting integration 1 35 2 57 Document Number field Bank Statement window 3 34 Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 49 document numbering 2 63 documents external 4 52 E Effective Date field Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 49 Statement Line Interface window 3 29 electronic
287. ne each additional bank transaction code following the previous steps Save your work About Bank Statements page 1 6 Overview of Setting Up page 2 2 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 Bank Transaction Codes Listing page 6 36 Setting Up 2 27 Bank Statement Open Interface If your bank provides account statements in a flat file using a defined format like BAI2 or SWIFT940 you can use the Bank Statement Open Interface to load this information into Oracle Cash Management You can load previous day bank statements to reconcile against system transactions If your bank accounts are shared by Oracle Treasury and Oracle Cash Management you can load intra day bank statements for cash positioning in Oracle Treasury You can load bank statement information into the Bank Statement Open Interface tables using the Bank Statement Loader program or by using a custom loader program Once you populate the open interface tables you can run the Bank Statement Import program to validate and transfer the bank statement information into the Cash Management Bank Statement tables If you import bank statements from bank accounts that are shared by Oracle Treasury and Oracle Cash Management the Bank Statement Import program also automatically updates the bank account balances in Oracle Treasury After the bank statement information has been successfully transferred you can purge the open interface tables You
288. ne window or function For example your system administrator could create a responsibility that allows a user to view cash forecasts but not update them by including the View Cash Forecasts window but not the Cash Forecasts window e A button is hidden Some buttons access more than one window or function For example in the Reconcile Bank Statements window the Create button allows users to create cash receipts regular payments and miscellaneous receipts and payments by displaying a list of values Supplier Payments Customer Receipts Miscellaneous to choose from after the button is selected The create button is disabled only if all Create functions are disabled e A field is not updatable Use function security to control use of the following Cash Management functions User Function Name Restrictable Actions Payments Enter regular payments Disables the Payments option when you choose the Create button in the Reconcile Bank Statements window Receipts Enter cash receipts Disables the Receipts option when you choose the Create button in the Reconcile Bank Statements window Table C 1 Page 1 of 2 Function Security in Oracle Cash Management C 2 Oracle Cash Management User Guide See Also User Function Name Restrictable Actions Effect Misc Enter Enter miscellaneous Disables the Miscellaneous option transactions receipts when you choose the Create button and payments in the Reconcile Bank Statements
289. need to classify the same Organization as a Legal Entity and Operating Unit also However step 2 needs to be performed only if the assignment has not already been made during initial setup 3 Ensure that the MO Operating Unit and the GL Set of Books profile options are set up correctly at the site application responsibility and user level Both profile options should have the same set of books as was assigned to GRE Legal Entity in step 1 4 Inthe Organizational Payment Method window create payment methods Bank accounts you assign to your payment methods are used for Payroll reconciliation in your Cash Management responsibility To use the bank accounts in Cash Management provide the following e Name e Type e Currency e Source Bank e Bank Details Set of books optional e GL Cash Account optional Oracle Cash Management User Guide Note If you upgraded your applications from a previous release Cash Management and Payroll s preupgrade step generates bank accounts for Cash Management based on the existing payment methods If bank accounts are missing from your Cash Management responsibility make sure that the post upgrade step ran successfully and correct any problems with the bank account information in the Payment Method window To use the Journal Entry Line reconciliation feature from your Payroll bank accounts in Cash Management specify a cash account and set of books The set of books you specify here shoul
290. ng Getting Started and Using Oracle Applications from the Oracle Applications help system Oracle Alert User Guide Use this guide to define periodic and event alerts that monitor the status of your Oracle Applications data Oracle Applications Implementation Wizard User Guide If you are implementing more than one Oracle product you can use the Oracle Applications Implementation Wizard to coordinate your setup activities This guide describes how to use the wizard Oracle Applications Developer s Guide This guide contains the coding standards followed by the Oracle Applications development staff It describes the Oracle Application Object Library components needed to implement the Oracle Applications user interface described in the Oracle Applications User Interface Standards It also provides information to help you build your custom Oracle Developer forms so that they integrate with Oracle Applications Oracle Applications Flexfields Guide This guide provides flexfields planning setup and reference information for the Cash Management implementation team as well as for users responsible for the ongoing maintenance of Oracle Applications product data This guide also provides information on creating custom reports on flexfields data Preface Xv Oracle Applications User Interface Standards This guide contains the user interface UI standards followed by the Oracle Applications development staff It des
291. ng Request Sets See Also request description or in Common Report Parameters See Common Report Parameters page 6 15 5 Choose Submit to submit your request You can review the status of your request in the Concurrent Requests Summary or the Requests window If your request has output you can see detailed information on it in the Selected Report Headings section of the request description or in the Common Report Headings help document See Common Report Headings page 6 15 To cancel a concurrent request m Inthe Concurrent Requests Summary query the concurrent request number for your request Select your request Choose Cancel Request See also Cancelling Requests Oracle Applications User s Guide To monitor the status of a concurrent request m You can view the status of your request in the Requests window by choosing View My Requests from the Help Menu See Also Monitoring Requests Oracle Applications User s Guide From the Submit Request window you can submit a single request or you can submit a request set to run several reports as a group See Also Defining Request Sets Oracle Applications User s Guide Using the Concurrent Requests Windows Oracle Applications User s Guide Overview of Reports and Programs Oracle Applications User s Guide 6 14 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Changing Request Options Oracle Applications User s Guide Defining Request Sets Oracle Applications User
292. nreconciled Matching Order Setting these options for Payables and Receivables controls how the AutoReconciliation program searches for transactions to match bank statement lines You can choose to have Cash Management match Transactions or Batches first These options also control how the Available Transaction Find window defaults when searching for transactions to manually reconcile Archive Purge You can set the following options to automatically archive or purge imported bank statement information e Purge If you check this check box the Bank Statement Import program automatically purges all information from the Bank Statement Open Interface tables once the information has been successfully transferred to the Bank Statement tables If you import intra day bank statements the Intra Day Bank Statement Import program automatically purges imported bank statement information from the Bank Statement Open Interface tables You can purge bank statements without first archiving them e Archive If you check this check box the Bank Statement Import program automatically archives all information from the Bank Statement Interface tables once the information has been successfully transferred to the Bank Statement tables If you import intra day bank statements the Intra Day Bank Statement Import program automatically archives imported bank statement information from the Bank Statement Open Interface tables You cannot archive bank statements
293. ns window 4 65 Method field 5 17 Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 46 Miscellaneous Receipts window reference 4 48 miscellaneous transactions creating 445 in Payables 1 17 matching criteria 1 9 Oracle Receivables 1 21 payments 1 13 setting up 2 14 2 27 setting up transaction codes 2 26 MO Operating Unit profile option 2 5 B 4 multi currency automatic bank reconciliation 1 11 4 9 clearing 4 12 matching 4 9 validation 3 22 multiple organizations cash forecasting accounting calendar 5 16 5 25 currency 5 26 MO Operating Unit profile option B 4 sets of books 2 20 setting up 2 5 N Name field Reversals window 4 56 Unclear Transactions window 4 66 Navigation paths A 2 to A 8 Net Cash field Cash Forecast Amounts window 5 29 non Oracle general ledger closing process 4 70 NSF handling 1 9 2 26 4 50 See also Reversals NSF Handling field Submit Automatic Reconciliation window 4 6 Number field Available Transactions window 4 32 4 33 Bank Statement Lines window 3 38 Clear Transactions window 4 64 Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 49 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 4 40 Reversals window 4 55 Statement Line Interface window 3 28 Unclear Transactions window 4 65 numbering Sequential Numbering profile option B 4 Index 9 O open interfaces Bank Statement Open Interface 2 28 Forecasting Open Interface 2 57 Reconciliation
294. ns window 4 32 Original Curr field Available Batches window 4 35 Available Transactions window 4 32 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Reversals window 4 55 Unclear Transactions window 4 65 Original Total field Available Batches window 4 35 outflows cash forecasting 1 31 Overdue Transactions field 5 4 P Paid From field Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 49 Parameters window 5 24 archiving purging bank statements 4 73 Pay Group field 5 17 payment batches matching 1 8 Payment Method field 5 17 Reversals window 4 55 Submit Automatic Reconciliation window 4 6 Unclear Transactions window 4 66 Payment Priority field 5 17 payments miscellaneous 1 13 reconciling 1 7 Payments Amount field Bank Statement window 3 35 Statement Interface window 3 27 Payments Lines field Bank Statement window 3 35 Statement Interface window 3 27 Payroll Name field 5 16 period types defining 2 4 2 7 periods defining accounting periods 2 4 2 7 Profile Class field 5 18 profile options GL Set of Books Name B 3 Indicate Attachments 4 42 B 4 Journals Display Inverse Rate B 3 MO Operating Unit 2 5 overview B 2 Sequential Numbering 2 63 B 4 programs Archive Purge Bank Statements 4 72 AutoReconciliation 4 2 reviewing errors 6 5 Bank Statement Import 3 17 4 2 correcting errors 3 30 Bank Statement Import and AutoReconciliation 4 2 Cash Forecasting by
295. nsaction 5 Inthe Description tabbed region see the Effective Date and Description of the transaction as well as any associated Bank Charges 6 Navigate to other inquiry windows as needed by selecting one of the buttons at the bottom of the View Bank Statement Lines window You may choose Errors Reconciled and Available p gt To query reconciled transactions 1 Query the bank statement you want to review 2 Choose Reconciled from the View Bank Statement window or the View Bank Statement Lines window The View Reconciled Transactions window appears showing the reconciled transaction lines For each line you can view transaction Type and Number Original Currency and Amount bank Account Currency Amount and Amount Cleared Cleared Date and GL Date At the bottom of the window you can see three fields showing the Status Date and Maturity Date for the selected transaction line 3 Inthe Exchange tabbed region view the Exchange Date Type and Rate as well as the bank Account Currency Charges and Errors 6 4 Oracle Cash Management User Guide 4 Inthe Reference tabbed region view the Batch Name Agent Name Deposit Number and Reference Type and Number 5 Choose the Next button to move to the next record if any or choose the Previous button to move to the previous record if any To query reversals 1 Query the bank statement you want to review 2 Choose Reversals from the View Bank Statement window The Fi
296. nsaction In addition to the status of the bank statement line Cash Management also displays the status of the system transaction The status of a transaction is assigned by the source application Reconciling Bank Statements 4 37 4 38 Receipt Status When you use the Reconcile Receipts feature to clear receipts in Receivables the system displays the current status of your receipts The statuses include Approved Cleared Confirmed Remitted Reversed or Risk Eliminated If you clear a receipt in Cash Management the status is updated to Cleared Payables Payment Status Payables payments can have any of the following statuses Cleared Cleared but Unaccounted Issued Negotiable Overflow Reconciled Set Up Spoiled Stop Initiated Unconfirmed Set Up Voided Reconciled but Unaccounted You can reconcile a Payables payment only if its status is either Negotiable or Voided When you reconcile a payment in Cash Management the status is changed to Reconciled You can reconcile future dated payments only if they are mature To reconcile a future dated payment you must update the payment status in Payables from Issued to Negotiable You can change the payment status in one of the following ways Manually update the status in the Status field of the Payments window In Payables you can submit the Update Matured Future Payment Status program Payroll Payment Status Payroll payments have the following three statuses
297. nse account budget amounts Teeasur Treasuiny Transactions Money market foreign exchange and y y exposure transactions External Soure Open Interface Outflow transactions from external Outflow sources User User defined Outflow Manually entered forecast amounts Table 1 6 Applications Integration with Cash Forecasting Page 1 of 1 Overview 1 33 Oracle Projects Integration With Cash Forecasting Cash Management s Cash Forecasting captures cash flow information from Oracle Projects It also captures cash flow information from these other Oracle applications that store Projects related information Oracle Purchasing Oracle Receivables Oracle Order Entry and Oracle Payables By integrating Oracle Projects with Cash Forecasting you can define and generate a cash forecast for a specific project You can do the following e Project cash flows from Oracle Projects sources throughout your enterprise and across organizations as needed e Forecast in any currency and analyze your project s currency exposure by forecasting transactions that are entered ina particular currency The following table contains details on cash inflow source types to use for Oracle Projects Unpaid customer invoices for a proj ect and customer invoices in Projects that have been released but have not been transferred to Receivables Receivables and Proj ects Customer Invoices Project Billing Events Events with invoicing impact t
298. nting entries for the invoice and payment Payables records the accounting entries in the functional currency The following table shows the accounting entries for the functional currency payment This example assumes that you create accounting entries in Payables after each activity Activity Accounting Entries Enter invoice for 100 USD DR Expense 100 USD CR AP Liability 100 USD Pay invoice taking 5 USD discount DR AP Liability 100 USD CR Discount 5 USD CR Cash Clearing 95 USD Reconcile payment with bank statement DR Cash Clearing 95 USD including bank charges of 2 USD DR Bank Charges 2 USD CR Cash 97 USD Example 2 Reconciling a Foreign Currency Payment You install Oracle General Ledger and Oracle Payables and define US dollars as the functional currency for your set of books You use Accrual Basis as your accounting method You record gains and losses both at payment issue and at payment clearing You enter an invoice for 1 000 Mexican Pesos MXP and approve the invoice with a Corporate exchange rate The Corporate exchange rate on the date you enter the invoice is 9 1 Payables creates accounting entries in both the invoice currency 1 000 MXP and the functional currency 111 11 USD When you pay the invoice the exchange rate has increased to 10 1 representing a gain in your functional currency of 11 11 Payables creates accounting entries in both the payment currency and the functional currency to record the
299. ntrol totals it generates warning messages but proceeds to import the statement The control totals are as follows CONTROL_BEGIN_BALANCE The statement opening balance No validation is done for this entry CONTROL_END_BALANCE The statement closing balance The closing balance should satisfy the following equation Managing Bank Statements 3 21 CONTROL_END_BALANCE CONTROL_BEGIN_BALANCE CONTROL_TOTAL_CR CONTROL_TOTAL_DR CONTROL_TOTAL_DR Payment control total in the statement header should match the total payment amount on the statement lines Payments are statement lines that have a bank transaction code with a type of Payment Misc Payment NSF or Rejected CONTROL_TOTAL_CR Receipt control total in the statement header should match the total receipt amount on the statement lines Receipts are statement lines that have a bank transaction code with a type of Receipt Misc Receipt or Stop CONTROL_DR_LINE_COUNT Number of payment lines in the statement should match the payment line control total in the statement header Payments are statement lines that have a bank transaction code with a type of Payment Misc Payment NSF or Rejected CONTROL_CR_LINE_COUNT Number of receipt lines in the statement should match the receipt line control total in the statement header Credits are statement lines that have a bank transaction code with a type of Receipt Misc Receipt or Stop CONTROL_LINE_COUNT Number of lines in the s
300. number of payment lines on the statement Closing The closing balance on the bank statement When you import statements from a shared bank account this balance is used to update the Statement Balance in Oracle Treasury Lines The total number of lines on the statement Cash Flow The cash flow balance on the statement When you import bank statements from a shared bank account this balance is used to update the Cash Flow Balance in Oracle Treasury Interest Calculated The interest calculated balance on the statement When you import bank statements from a shared bank account this balance is used to update the Interest Calc Balance in Oracle Treasury Reviewing Interface Errors Online for a Specific Statement Line p gt To review interface errors online for a specific statement line 1 Navigate to the Bank Statement Interface window 2 Query the statement whose interface errors you want to review 3 Choose Lines to see the Bank Statement Line Interface window 4 Select the line whose errors you want to review 5 Choose Errors You see the Bank Statement Interface Line Errors window containing the list of interface errors for the selected line 6 Choose Done to exit Bank Statement Line Interface Window Reference Account The bank account number as defined in Oracle Receivables Oracle Payables or Oracle Payroll Managing Bank Statements 3 27 Amounts Tabbed Region Date The closing date of the bank statement
301. o account for transactions that you reconcile e Cash e Cash Clearing e Bank Charges e Bank Errors Payables only e Confirmed Receipts Receivables only 3 The accounts you defined for the bank account default to any Payables payment documents and Receivables payment methods you define You can override these default accounts in the Payment Documents window when you define payment documents for the bank account 4 For each remittance bank account assign a Remittance Account Banks Oracle Payables User s Guide Payment Documents Window Reference GL Accounts Region Oracle Payables User s Guide Oracle Payables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 15 Setting Up 2 13 Setting Up Oracle Receivables for Oracle Cash Management Integration The following setup steps are necessary for Oracle Cash Management to integrate with Oracle Receivables Confirm that these steps are completed before proceeding with your Cash Management implementation IF Attention If you do not have Oracle Receivables fully installed you must have a shared install of Oracle Receivables to be able to use Oracle Cash Management However in this case you do not need to perform the Receivables specific steps listed here unless you want to be able to create miscellaneous transactions Prerequisite Q Define sets of books To set up Oracle Receivables for Cash Management Integration 1 Choose a set of books for each responsibility
302. ociated with the exchange rate that was used Type The exchange rate type as defined in Oracle General Ledger that was used for the transaction Rate The exchange rate specified by the bank for this transaction Account Currency Charges The amount of any bank charges associated with the transaction Account Currency Errors The amount of any bank errors associated with the transaction Batch Name The remittance or payment batch name Agent Name The customer or supplier name Deposit Number The bank deposit or remittance number Reconciling Bank Statements 4 39 See Also Reference Type For miscellaneous transactions only the reference type receipt payment remittance batch or payment batch Number For miscellaneous transactions only the reference number Status The status of the transaction Date The transaction date Maturity Date The maturity date for future dated transactions Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Changing the Reconciliation Status page 4 40 Using Attachments page 4 42 Creating Payments and Receipts Transactions page 4 43 Creating Miscellaneous Transactions page 4 45 Recording Exceptions page 4 50 Entering Reversals page 4 53 Manually Clearing and Unclearing Receipts and Payments page 4 61 Reviewing Reconciliation Errors page 4 15 Customizing the Presentation of Data in a Folder Oracle Applications User s Guide
303. odule summarizes and calculates the data to include in your cash forecasts along with other Oracle Applications data See Preparing to use the Forecasting Open Interface page 2 58 Forecasting in a Distributed Environment See Also You can include transactions located on a remote database in your cash forecasts For each Oracle Application or non Oracle application source type on a distributed database you need to specify a database link About Cash Forecasting page 1 31 Cash Forecasting page 5 2 Creating Cash Forecast Templates page 5 3 Generating Cash Forecasts from Templates page 5 22 Setting Up 2 57 Program Submission After following the setup steps in this document you can generate a cash forecast and automatically retrieve information available from the external forecast sources you have defined You do not run the Forecasting Open Interface as a separate program Preparing to Use the Forecasting Open Interface To use the Forecasting Open Interface effectively you need to perform these steps in the following sequence Each step has substeps that are explained in the referenced section 1 For each external source transaction type you define its name such as External Payments or External Receipts Then identify the valid selection criteria See Define External Source Types and Selection Criteria page 2 58 Define value sets to be used for the selection criteria segments See
304. ol that helps you anticipate the flow of cash in and out of your business allowing you to project your cash needs and evaluate your company s liquidity position Refer to the following sections in this chapter for details on how to accomplish various cash forecasting tasks See Also 5 2 Creating Cash Forecast Templates page 5 3 Generating Cash Forecasts from Templates page 5 22 Modifying Cash Forecast Templates and Cash Forecasts page 5 30 Exporting Cash Forecasts to your Spreadsheet Application page 5 40 Viewing Cash Forecasts page 6 10 Cash Forecasting Reports page 6 17 About Cash Forecasting page 1 31 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Creating Cash Forecast Templates A template contains cash forecast specifications You can specify the number and type of rows and columns to create custom forecast templates Templates determine the presentation of sources rows and forecast periods columns for your cash forecasts Templates also include the following types of general information e Name and description e Forecast period types either GL periods or days Each row contains a source type such as Supplier Invoices and selection criteria for example e Organization Set of books e Pay group e Bank account You can specify how to organize cash forecast information including which sources supply forecast data rows and for which forecast periods columns you are generating data F
305. olumns in the forecast You can define up to 80 columns in a forecast template 12 Enter the From and To specifications as periods or days depending on what you entered in the Forecast by Field The values must be integers between 1 and 999 The From value must be less than or equal to the To value These numbers define the forecast periods by indicating the specific date or period ranges for each column For example in the above window the template is defined by GL periods where each column represents one GL period When submitting a forecast you specify GL Periods or Days depending on the forecast template If you submit by GL period you specify a start period if you submit by Days you specify a start date See Submit Forecast Window Reference page 5 25 13 Close move or minimize the Forecast Template Columns window 14 Choose the Rows button on the Forecast Templates window The Forecast Template Rows window appears e Forecast Template Rows Screen shots Row Number 354 Organization Description Company Set Of Books 4 4 4 Purchase Orders Treasury Transactions Ml ll 15 Enter Rows For each row enter the following e Enter a Row Number to specify the sequence of the source types Values must be unique integers between 1 and 999 The Row Cash Forecasting 5 5 Number indicates the sequence of the rows source types in the forecast e Se
306. ommon to all Oracle Applications The key for this table is m Update You can update the profile option m View Only You can view the profile option but cannot change it m No Access You cannot view or change the profile option value Default Value GL Set of Books Name Update Update Update Required No Aces ue default Profile Option User User Resp Site Required Journals Display Update Update Update Update Update Optional No Inverse Rate default Indicate Attachments Update Update Update Update Update No No default Table 6 1 Page 1 of 2 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Default Profile Option Required A1ye Sequential View No Update Update Update No Numbering Only Access default MO Operating Unit No No Update No Update No Access Access Access default CE Bank Account Update Update Update Update Yes Internal Security Table 6 1 Page 2 of 2 Profile Options in Cash Management CE Bank Account Security This profile option specifies the bank accounts you can access in Cash Management Internal See only the internal bank accounts Payroll See only the payroll bank accounts All See both the internal and the payroll bank accounts Profile Options Affecting But Not Owned By Cash Management Because some Oracle Applications products have overlapping functions many profile options affect more than one product s
307. on information shown in the window e Inthe Transaction tabbed region see information about the transaction Original Currency and Amount the amount in the bank Account Currency as well at the Amount Cleared in the bank account currency The bank Account Currency Amount is the receipt or payment amount in the bank account currency the accounted amount for functional currency bank accounts and the entered amount for foreign currency bank accounts e Inthe Reference tabbed region see additional descriptive information about the transactions e Inthe Bank tabbed region see the original bank statement information for the transaction you are reversing including the Bank Account Number Bank Currency Bank Name and Statement Number Reconciling Bank Statements 4 53 4 54 7 Mark the receipt to be reversed by checking the box to the left of the receipt information 8 Inthe Comment tabbed region you can e Select the Reversal Category e Select the Reason for reversal e Optionally enter any Comments 9 Choose Reverse Receipt to generate the reversing transaction 10 Reconcile the reversed receipt to the NSF or rejected receipt statement line p gt To create a debit memo reversal 1 Navigate to the Reversals window 2 Inthe Debit Memo tabbed region select the check box to the left of the receipt you want to reverse 3 Select the Debit Memo check box 4 Choose the transaction type from the list of values Cash Man
308. operation The following General Ledger profile options affect the operation of Cash Management even if you have not installed General Ledger e GL Set of Books Name This profile option specifies your set of books associating a set of books with a responsibility Use the System Administrator responsibility to set this profile option If you are performing a single set of books installation set the option for the Oracle Cash Management application If you are performing a multiple set of books installation set the option for each unique combination of organization and responsibility For more information please see your Oracle General Ledger User s Guide e Journals Display Inverse Rate This profile option specifies how you enter and display conversion rates in the Enter Journals window For more information please see your Oracle General Ledger User s Guide Profile Options B 3 See Also The following Application Object Library profile options also affect the operation of Cash Management e Indicate Attachments This profile option allows you to turn off indication of attachments when querying records for performance reasons in Oracle Applications It is set at the site level For more information please see your Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide MO Operating Unit This profile option controls which operating unit a particular responsibility corresponds to and is used only if you have in
309. or a bank statement 4 36 reviewing reconciliation and validation errors 4 15 Reconciled button 6 3 Reconciled Transactions window 4 36 4 37 Reconciled Transactions window reference 4 39 reconciliation accounting Oracle Payables 1 15 Oracle Receivables 1 21 bank errors 1 7 examples Oracle Payables 1 18 Index 11 Oracle Receivables 1 22 Oracle Payroll 1 27 overview 1 2 status 4 40 unreconciling 1 17 Reconciliation Errors window 3 26 3 27 4 15 Reconciliation Open Interface CE_999_INTERFACE_V 2 49 Package CE_999_PKG 2 52 preparing to use 248 running 2 46 setting up 2 46 Use Reconciliation Open Interface check box 2 20 reconciliation tolerances See tolerances reconciling bank statements automatically 4 2 changing the reconciliation status 4 40 creating bank statement lines during manual reconciliation 4 25 creating miscellaneous transactions 4 45 entering reversals 4 53 manually 4 20 matching bank errors and corrections 4 58 matching statement lines 1 7 reconciling bank errors 4 57 recording exceptions 4 50 reviewing reconciled transactions 4 36 reviewing reconciliation errors 4 15 Reference Type field Reconciled Transactions window 4 40 remittance batches matching 1 9 remote databases accessing for the Forecasting Open Interface 2 61 reports and listings AutoReconciliation Execution Report 6 22 Bank Statement by Document Number Report 6 25 Bank Stat
310. or more information on source type specifications refer to Forecast Template Rows Window Reference page 5 10 Once a template definition is complete you can submit a request to produce timely cash forecasts This process gathers current source information from the selected Oracle Applications Forecasting Open Interface and Distributed Database Integration The Forecasting Open Interface allows you to utilize external sources of cash inflow and outflow data for the Cash Forecasting feature providing you an enterprise wide cash forecasting solution on a distributed database environment You define your templates to include the Open Interface Inflow and Open Interface Outflow source types You can then generate a cash forecast and Cash Management automatically retrieves information available from the external forecast sources you have defined Cash Forecasting 5 3 See Also 5 4 Forecast Template Rows Window Reference page 5 10 Generating Cash Forecasts from Templates page 5 22 Forecasting Open Interface page 5 3 gt To create a cash forecast template 1 2 10 11 Navigate to the Forecast Templates window Choose New in the Find Forecast Templates window or close or minimize the Find Forecast Templates window The Forecast Templates window is behind the Find Forecast Templates window Enter a unique name for your template Enter a forecast period type of Days or GL Periods in the Forecast
311. ord where Text is the last field Customer Ref No is the second to the last field and Bank Ref No is the third to the last field They are represented by negative positions The Text field is mapped to the BANK_TRX_ NUMBER column and the TRX_TEXT column as position 1 The Customer Ref No field is mapped to the INVOICE_TEXT column as position 2 The Bank Ref No field is mapped to the CUSTOMER_TEXT column as position 3 If your bank uses different locations for these fields you need to modify the mapping accordingly In addition the BANK_TRX_NUMBER column is populated with data from D 4 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Column Name the Text field that matches the default format of Example xxx You must change the format to the actual format used by your bank The following table shows how the remaining columns in the Bank Statement Lines Interface table are populated by the Bank Statement Loader program EFFECTIVE DATE populated with the value date if the Funds Type field of record ID 16 contains the value of V BANK _ACCOUNT_TEXT not populated CURRENCY_CODE not populated but the Bank Statement Import program defaults the currency code from the header information USER_EXCHANGE_RATE_TYPE not populated EXCHANGE_RATE_ DATE not populated EXCHANGE_ RATE not populated ORIGINAL_AMOUNT not populated CHARGES_AMOUNT not populated CREATED_BY automatically populated at the time
312. orecast Check the Create New Forecast Template check box if you do not want the new column to be added to all existing forecasts that are based on the original template for the forecast Checking this box creates a new template with the same rows and columns as this forecast including the column you are adding ISF Attention When you add a column or row to an existing forecast you have the option to modify all forecasts using the template including the template itself or to create a new template with the additional column or row If you checked the check box in the previous step enter a Template Name for a new template Choose Add to save the column and the new or modified template If you have created a new forecast template further changes that you make from this point are made on the new template You can make further changes to the new template now or query it later Cash Forecasting 5 37 Add Column Window Reference Column Number Indicates the sequence of columns in the forecast Enter a unique integer between 1 and 999 for the column you are adding GL Periods Days From Use this field along with the GL Periods Days To field to indicate the time range for this forecasting period GL Periods Days To Use this field along with the GL Periods Days From field to indicate the time range for this forecasting period Create New Forecast Template Check this box to create a new template that contains the
313. ork I gt Attention Adding columns and rows generates forecast amounts of zero for the new cells To modify forecast amounts on an existing cash forecast page 5 36 To add a column to an existing cash forecast page 5 37 To modify a row on an existing cash forecast page 5 38 p gt To query existing cash forecasts 1 Navigate to the Cash Forecasts window The Find Cash Forecasts window appears first for you to enter search criteria Optional Enter a partial or full Template Name or a partial or full Forecast Name Enter a forecast period type in the Forecast By field If you enter a forecast period type you can then select From and To values for a Start Period or Start Date For forecasts for Projects enter a beginning and ending project number Choose Find to find all cash forecasts that match your search criteria The Cash Forecasts window appears with a row showing each forecast and its Forecast Name Template Name Start Date Forecast By and Description Within the Cash Forecasts window you can show hide and move fields and make them wider narrower or change their prompt You can save your changes as folders for yourself or others to use Refer to the Oracle Applications User s Guide for more information on modifying and saving folders Choose the Requery button to find all existing cash forecasts without using any search criteria Choose the Find button on the tool bar to bring up the Find
314. orkflow Business Event System is installed See Oracle Workflow Business Event System User s Guide Both the bank and your system should use Oracle Transport Agent If the bank is not using Oracle Transport Agent the bank needs to integrate its communication software to conform to the Oracle Transport Agent message protocol Setting up a dummy user to receive XML statements Your bank will send the XML statements to a dummy user so that you do not expose the internal user name to the bank 1 2 3 4 Log on as System Administrator Navigate to the Users window Enter cexml for the User Name Enter Dummy User for CE XML Data Transmission for the Description Enter the password cexml The password is case sensitive Setting up a user in Cash Management to receive XML statements 1 2 3 Log on as System Administrator Navigate to the Users window Add Cash Management Cash Management Notifications XML Gateway System Administrator Workflow Administrator Payables Manager and Receivables Manager Responsibilities Enter a valid e mail address for the person who will receive error notifications In the E mail field enter a valid e mail address for the person who will receive error notifications Save your work Managing Bank Statements 3 13 Running the Notification Mailer Check the status of the Notification Mailer If it isn t running submit the Notification Mailer program so users can receive e
315. ormat on your Oracle Applications CD Oracle Applications Implementation Wizard If you are implementing more than one Oracle Applications product you may want to use the Oracle Applications Implementation Wizard to coordinate your setup activities The Implementation Wizard guides you through the setup steps for the applications you have installed suggesting a logical sequence that satisfies cross product implementation dependencies and reduces redundant setup steps The Wizard also identifies steps that can be completed independently by several teams working in parallel to help you manage your implementation process most efficiently Oracle Cash Management User Guide You can use the Implementation Wizard as a resource center to see a graphical overview of setup steps read online help for a setup activity and open the appropriate setup window You can also document your implementation for further reference and review by using the Wizard to record comments for each step For more information see Oracle Applications Implementation Wizard User s Guide Related Product Setup Steps The following steps may need to be performed to implement Oracle Cash Management These steps are discussed in detail in the Setting Up sections of other Oracle product user s guides The following table lists steps and a reference to their location within the Applications Implementation Wizard AIW You must set up underlying Oracle Appl
316. ou want to load from the bank statement file If nothing is entered the entire file is loaded Otherwise only statements belonging to the bank branch or the bank account are loaded 8 If you selected either the option of Load and Import or Load Import and AutoReconciliation enter the GL Date 9 Ifyou selected the option of Load Import and AutoReconciliation enter the Receivable Activity and NSF Handling Also enter the Payment Method if you specified a bank account number 10 Submit the program 11 Check the SQL Loader log file and the Bank Statement Loader Execution Report to see any exceptions generated during the loading process See Bank Statement Loader Execution Report page 6 23 Oracle Cash Management User Guide 12 13 14 13 If you selected either the option of Load and Import or Load Import and AutoReconciliation review the results of the import process See Reviewing Bank Statement Interface Errors page 3 25 If you selected the option of Load Import and AutoReconciliation review the results of the AutoReconciliation program and correct the reconciliation errors See Reviewing Reconciliation Errors page 4 15 If you did not run the AutoReconciliation program or you are unable to correct the reconciliation errors you can manually reconcile the bank statements After you have reconciled your bank statements you can run the following Cash Management reports to ensure they con
317. ource transaction types in your forecasts Cash inflow information is immediately accessible to the cash forecast process in Oracle Cash Management from Oracle Receivables Oracle Order Entry Oracle Sales Oracle General Ledger and Oracle Treasury Cash outflow information comes from Oracle Payables Oracle Purchasing Oracle Payroll Oracle General Ledger and Oracle Treasury In addition cash flow information from Oracle Projects and other Oracle Applications that store Projects related information is also immediately accessible to the cash forecast process enabling you to generate a forecast for a project Using the Forecasting Open Interface you can also include cash flows from external systems Oracle Applications Integration with Cash Forecasting Automatic integration with Oracle Applications provides you with enterprise wide cash information All source types except for Overview 1 31 User defined and Open Interface Inflows and Outflows supply data from other Oracle Applications to a cash forecast The following table contains details on various cash inflow source types For details on Oracle Projects source types see Oracle Projects Integration with Cash Forecasting page 1 34 Receivables Customer Invoices Invoices Customer Invoices Unpaid invoices invoices Receivabl s Customer Receipts Cleared cash receipts excluding Historical reversed receipts Receivables Customer Receipts Uncleared cash rec
318. ow Reconciled button from the Bank Statement window or the Bank Statement Lines window Reconciliation Errors AutoReconciliation Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review or New button from the Reconcile Bank Statements window Errors button from the Bank Statement window or the Bank Statement Lines window Reconciliation Errors Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statement Interface Errors button Bank Statement Import from the Bank Statement Interface window Request Set Other gt Programs gt Set Requests Other gt Programs gt View Reversals Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review or New button from the Reconcile Bank Statements window Reversal button from the Bank Statement window Find button from the Find Reversals window Rollup Groups Setup gt Flexfields gt Key gt Groups Segment Values Setup gt Flexfields gt Key gt Values or Setup gt Flexfields gt Descriptive gt Values Set of Books Setup gt Books Shorthand Aliases Setup gt Flexfields gt Key gt Aliases Navigation Paths A 5 Window Name Submit Automatic Reconciliation Navigation Path Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window From the Reconcile Bank Statements window AutoReconciliation from the Oracle Applications Tools menu or Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statem
319. p for each organization See Controlling the Status of AP Accounting Periods Oracle Payables User s Guide Cash Management Required Required Required Define your bank accounts and assign GL accounts Do this if you haven t already completed this step as a Receivables setup step If you use Multiple Organization Support perform this step for each organization See Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Oracle Payables page 2 11 or Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Oracle Receivables page 2 14 If you use Payables assign accounts for Payables payment documents Choose a set of books for Oracle Receivables If you use Multiple Organization Support perform this step for each organization See Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Oracle Receivables page 2 14 Open your Receivables accounting periods If you use Multiple Organization Support perform this step for each organization See Opening and Closing Accounting Periods Oracle Receivables User s Guide Common Financial Common Financial Cash Management Required Required 2 8 Define a receipt class for miscellaneous receipts If you use Multiple Organization Support perform this step for each organization See Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Oracle Receivables page 2 14 Define Receivables activities for miscellaneous transactions If you use Multiple Organization Support perform this step for each organization
320. pdating and reviewing forecasts 5 30 Index 4 Oracle Cash Management User s Guide Cash Forecasting by Days program 5 24 Cash Forecasting by GL Periods program 5 24 Cash Forecasts window 5 40 creating manually entered forecasts 5 27 making modifications 5 31 submitting forecasts 5 24 Cash in Transit Report 6 29 Cash Inflow field Cash Forecast Amounts window 5 29 Cash Outflow field Cash Forecast Amounts window 5 29 CASHFLOW 2 42 Category field Reversals window 4 55 CE_999_INTERFACE_ V 2 48 CE_999_PKG 2 48 CE_STATEMENT_HEADERS_INTERFACE table 3 8 CE_STATEMENT_LINES_INTERFACE table 3 8 Channel Code field 5 19 Charges field Bank Statement Lines window 3 39 Statement Line Interface window 3 28 chart of accounts defining 2 4 2 7 checklists setup 2 6 Clear Transaction button 4 61 4 62 Clear Transactions Report 6 30 Clear Transactions window 4 61 4 62 Clear Transactions window reference 4 62 Cleared Date field Available Batches window 4 35 Available Transactions window 4 32 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Reversals window 4 55 Unclear Transactions window 4 65 clearing bank statement lines 1 8 payment or receipt manually 4 61 payments or receipts 4 64 transactions 1 8 Closing field Bank Statement window 3 35 Statement Interface window 3 27 closing process 4 70 Code field Bank Statement Lines window 3 38 Statement Line Interface window 3
321. r Payables Transactions The Cash Management AutoReconciliation program fully matches Payables transactions against bank statement lines if the transactions meet the following criteria e For payment batches such as EFT batches the Reference or Payment Batch Name matches the statement line Transaction Number and the transaction amount is within the reconciliation tolerance e For the detail payment transactions and stopped transactions the matching sequence searches in the following order 1 payment number 2 invoice number and supplier bank account 3 invoice number and supplier name Also the transaction amount is within the reconciliation tolerance If the bank statement does not provide a check number for a payment then matching to the invoice number and supplier bank account number is particularly useful e For stopped transactions the payment must first be stopped or voided in Payables 1 8 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Matching Criteria for Receivables Transactions The Cash Management AutoReconciliation program fully matches Receivables transactions against bank statement lines if the transactions meet the following criteria e For remittance batches such as Direct Debit batches the Remittance Batch Deposit Number or Receipt Batch Name matches the statement line Transaction Number and the transaction amount is within the reconciliation tolerance e For detail remittance transactions NSF Non
322. r Shipment Need By Date plus Pay ment Terms 3 Release Due Date or Release Due Date plus Payment Terms 4 Release Created Date or Re lease Created Date plus Payment Terms Standard POs 1 Shipment Promised Date or Ship ment Promised Date plus Payment Terms 2 Shipment Need By Date or Shipment Need By Date plus Payment Terms 3 Shipment Created Date or Shipment Created Date plus Payment Terms Purchase Requisitions 1 Requisition Line Need By Date or 2 Requisition Line Created Date Sales Opportunities 1 Line Decision Date 2 Header Decision Date Sales Orders Ordered Date Requested Date Ordered Dated plus Payment Terms or Requested Date plus Payment Terms 1 line level 2 header level Treasury Transactions Settlement Due Date Oracle Cash Management User Guide Forecasting Overdue Transactions You have the flexibility to include or exclude overdue transactions for all appropriate source transaction types in your cash forecasts Including overdue transactions gives you an accurate representation of potential cash inflows and outflows Overdue transactions are open transactions with a cash activity date before the forecast start date Overdue transactions are collected into one forecast period displayed as the Overdue column in the Cash Forecast Amounts window and the Cash Forecast Report Overdue transactions apply to the source types described below You can specify on each forecast template wh
323. r Supplier Invoices Choose from the following e Maximum Always take the maximum discount available subtract the discount from the gross invoice amount and use the discount deadline as the expected cash activity date Oracle Cash Management User Guide e Minimum Always take the minimum discount available subtract the discount from the gross invoice amount and use the discount deadline as the expected cash activity date e None Pay the entire invoice amount by the due date and use the due date as the expected cash activity date Pay Group Optional A user defined Payables lookup that allows grouping of suppliers for payment You can limit Supplier Invoices and Purchase Orders to those belonging to a certain pay group Payment Priority Optional A number between 1 high and 99 low Only supplier invoices or purchase orders with a payment priority the same as or smaller than the number you enter in this field are included in the cash forecast For example if you enter 15 Cash Management includes all invoices or purchase orders with a payment priority between 1 and 15 Supplier Type Optional A user defined Payables lookup that allows supplier classification for Supplier Invoices and Purchase Orders Payment Method Optional The method of payment for the source type The list of values depends on the source type e For Supplier Payments payment methods predefined in Oracle Payables for how suppliers invoices can
324. r a receipt in Oracle Receivables then reconcile it through Cash Management The first example represents a domestic situation where your functional currency bank account and receipt currency are the same The second example represents international and foreign situations where your bank account currency may differ from your receipt currency In the foreign case you remit funds into a bank account denominated in a foreign currency In the international case you remit into a multi currency bank account denominated in your functional currency Example 1 Reconciling a Functional Currency Receipt You install Oracle General Ledger and Oracle Receivables and define US Dollars as the functional currency for your set of books You enter Accrual Basis as your accounting method You enter an invoice for 100 US Dollars USD and receive a payment from your customer for 100 USD You create a receipt for that amount with a Receipt Class that has the following options Creation Method Manual Require Confirmation No Remittance Method No Remittance Clearance Method By Matching When you post the invoice and receipt Oracle Receivables transfers the accounting entries to Oracle General Ledger and the Journal Import function creates a journal entry in your functional currency The following table shows the reconciling of a functional currency receipt Oracle Cash Management User Guide Activity Accounting Entries Enter invoice for 10
325. r local directory The program then sends a transmission status e mail notification to the designated user defined in the Bank Transmission Details window When you Oracle Cash Management User Guide run this program you have the option to download load import and reconcile bank statements in the same concurrent request In addition you can define a submission schedule to automate the transmission of these files e Retrieve Intra Day Bank Statement program The Retrieve Intra Day Bank Statement program retrieves intra day bank statement files from your bank and transmits them to your local directory The program then sends a transmission status e mail notification to the designated user defined in the Bank Transmission Details window When you run this program you have the option to download load and import intra day bank statements in the same concurrent request In addition you can define a submission schedule to automate the transmission of these files e Retrieve Payment Exceptions program The Retrieve Payment Exceptions program retrieves payment exceptions reports from your bank and transmits them to your local directory The program sends a transmission status e mail notification to the designated user defined in the Bank Transmission Details window You can view the transmission history and report details using the Transmissions window See Payment Exceptions Report page 6 35 Retrieving Bank Statements and
326. rCredits In tEarned then CONTROL_TOTAL_CR Sum of the Amount If lt StmtSummType gt is BAI 100 then CONTROL_TOTAL_CR CONTROL_TOTAL_CR Amount If lt StmtSummType gt is in Debit Checks Other Debits Fees IntCharged then CONTROL_DR_LINE_ COUNT Sum of the Count If lt StmtSummType gt is BAI 400 then CONTROL_DR_LINE_ CONTROL_DR_LINE_COUNT COUNT Count XML Mapping Rules E 3 Source Attributes in lt DepAcctStmtIngRs gt lt StmtSummAmt gt lt StmtSummType gt Credits or Deposits or OtherCredits or IntEarned or BAI 400 lt StmtSummType gt lt Count gt Count lt Count gt lt StmtSummAmt gt lt AcctBal gt lt BalType gt BAI 045 lt BalType gt lt CurAmt gt lt Amt gt Int Calc Balance lt Amt gt lt CurAmt gt lt AcctBal gt lt AcctBal gt lt BalType gt BAI 045 lt BalType gt lt CurAmt gt lt Amt gt Cashflow Balance lt Amt gt lt CurAmt gt lt AcctBal gt Target Columns in CE_STATEMENT_HEADERS_INT_ ALL Required in IFX CONTROL_CR_LINE_COUNT CONTROL_LINE_COUNT INT_CALC_BALANCE CASHFLOW_BALANCE RECORD_STATUS_FLAG CHECK_DIGITS WHO Columns ATTRIBUTE Columns E 4 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Required in Table Action If lt StmtSummType gt is in Credits Deposits OtherCredits In tEarned then CONTROL_CR_LINE_ COUNT Sum of the Count If lt
327. racle Cash Management User Guide 6 Inquiry and Reports CHAPTER Inquiry and Reports 6 1 Inquiry See Also With Oracle Cash Management you can perform online inquiries to review bank account information monitor reconciliation status research payments and receipts and view cash forecasting amounts There are several inquiry windows in Cash Management View Bank Statement Reconciliation window Use this window to review statement reconciliations details and status You can also access these other inquiry windows from View Bank Statement Reconciliation window View Bank Statement Lines window page 6 4 View Available Batches window page 6 8 View Available Transactions window page 6 6 View Reconciled Transactions window page 6 4 View Reversals window page 6 5 View Reconciliation Errors window page 6 5 View Available Transactions window Use this window to find and view transactions that are available to be reconciled with bank statement lines Payments window Use this window to review details of payments that are available for reconciliation You can also find out the bank statement that a payment is reconciled to Receipts window Use this window to review details of receipts that are available for reconciliation You can also find out the bank statement that a receipt is reconciled to View Cash Forecasts window Use this window to find and view cash forecasts Viewing Bank Statement
328. racle Payables or Oracle Payroll STATEMENT_DATE The closing date for the statement ORG_ID The organization ID required only for multiple organization environments You may enter values in the following optional columns of the CE_STATEMENT_HEADERS_INT_ALL table BANK_NAME The name of the bank as defined in Oracle Receivables Oracle Payables or Oracle Payroll BANK_BRANCH_ NAME The name of the bank branch as defined in Receivables and or Payables CONTROL_BEGIN_BALANCE The beginning balance for the statement as provided by the bank CONTROL_END_BALANCE The closing balance for the statement as provided by the bank In the BAI2 format this is the Ledger Balance CONTROL_TOTAL_DR Total Debits for the statement CONTROL_TOTAL CR Total Credits for the statement CONTROL_DR_LINE_COUNT Number of debit lines for the statement Setting Up 2 41 CONTROL_CR_LINE_COUNT Number of credit lines for the statement CONTROL_LINE_COUNT Total number of lines for the statement RECORD_STATUS_FLAG Set to E if there is an error in the record Set to N if the record is new CURRENCY_CODE The currency code for the bank account CHECK_DIGITS Numbers used to validate the authenticity of a bank account number CASHFLOW_BALANCE The balance on the statement that you want to use in Oracle Treasury as your opening balance for the day In the BAI2 format this is the Closing Available Balance INT_CALC_BALANCE The balan
329. ral parameters control various aspects of AutoReconciliation The options are also used as default settings on many of the manual reconciliation windows The defaults can be overridden when you manually reconcile Carefully choosing these options can lead to better performance during the AutoReconciliation process Receivable Activity This parameter is the default for the Miscellaneous Receipts window and the default Receivable Activity to which AutoReconciliation charges differences between the amount 2 20 Oracle Cash Management User Guide cleared and the original amount for Remittance Batches within the specified tolerance You can change the chosen default value when you run AutoReconciliation Float Handling This parameter specifies how to handle reconciliation of bank statement lines where the value date is later than the current date The value date may have been provided by the bank user entered or it may have been derived Cash Management derives the value date by adding the value in the Float Days field in the Bank Transaction Codes window to the statement line date Select how you want the system to handle floats e Ignore Disregard the float and reconcile such transactions e Error For automatic reconciliation generate a reconciliation error For manual reconciliation issue a warning and allow the user to choose whether to either ignore the warning and reconcile the statement line or to leave the statement line u
330. reasury Bank Account Balances When you import bank statements from a shared bank account Oracle Cash Management uses the balance information provided by your bank to update the bank account balances in Oracle Treasury The balances include Statement Balance Cash Flow Balance and Interest Calc Balance If the automatic update cannot complete successfully you must manually record the balance information in Oracle Treasury Retail Term Money Oracle Cash Management does not support the reconciliation of Retail Term Money deals You must reconcile these transactions in Oracle Treasury Matching Criteria of Date and Amount If you want to automatically reconcile bank statements against Treasury settlements you must choose the matching criteria of date and amount Under this matching condition a bank statement line is reconciled to a settlement only if the bank statement line date and amount are the same as the transaction date and amount The bank statement line Overview 1 29 cannot be reconciled if no match is found or if multiple matches are found Amount Differences While you reconcile Treasury settlements by exact date and amount during automatic reconciliation differences between the bank statement line amount and the transaction amount may occur when you manually reconcile bank statements You must manually create exposure transactions in Oracle treasury to account for these differences 1 30 Oracle Cash Man
331. receipts stopped payments direct deposits or debits and transactions created outside Oracle Applications The bank statement may also contain errors that cannot be reconciled against any transactions To record NSF or rejected receipts when using AutoReconciliation When you run the AutoReconciliation program you define the NSF Handling method e No Action NSF or rejected receipts will be handled manually see below e Reverse AutoReconciliation unmatches and unclears the receipt and reopens the invoice e Debit Memo Reverse Creates a debit memo that replaces the item closed by the original receipt To handle NSF or rejected receipts manually Receipts that have been reversed in Receivables with a Reversal Category of Reverse Payment are not considered transactions available for reconciliation Receipts reversed with this Reversal Category are due to User Error and should not be available for reconciliation 1 Reverse the receipt manually See Entering Reversals page 4 53 2 Reconcile the reversed receipt to the NSF or rejected receipt statement line If you have two statement lines for an NSF or rejected receipt one for the original receipt and one for the reversal you can reconcile the original receipt and the reversal in the order that you prefer To record a stopped payment 1 Void the payment in Payables or Oracle Payroll 2 Reconcile the stopped payment statement line to the voided paymen
332. record that has 03 as the identifier You can map the same field to two different columns For example in the BAI2 mapping template the STATEMENT_NUMBER column and the STATEMENT_DATE column are both mapped to Record ID 02 and Position 4 You can map part of a field to a column if the field contains information other than the source data for this column In the Format field enter the format in which the source data appears The Bank Statement Loader program searches for this pattern in the field and copies the data if a match is found If multiple matches are found the Bank Statement Loader program selects the first match The data in a field may come in one of several possible formats In the Format field you can enter multiple formats and separate them by commas The Bank Statement Loader program applies the formats in the order they are specified and stops when a match is found A format may contain an indicator An indicator is a token that always appears with before or after the data If you expect to find spaces between the indicator and the source data you must explicitly specify these spaces in the format The chart in step 12 describes the types of formats supported by the Bank Statement Loader program In the Include Indicator field select the checkbox if you want to copy the indicator to the Bank Statement Headers Interface table If you leave the checkbox blank the Bank Statement Loader program excludes the indicator
333. report Bank Statement Loader Execution Report Report Submission This report shows errors and warnings that occur when the Bank Statement Loader program transfers data from the intermediate table to the Bank Statement Open Interface tables Cash Management automatically produces this report when you run the Bank Statement Loader program The report lists exceptions by their type The report lists errors first and warnings next Within each type the report sorts exceptions by the Rec No in ascending order Cash Management automatically generates this report when you run the Bank Statement Loader program Selected Report Headings Name Name of the mapping template specified in the Mapping Name parameter of the Bank Statement Loader program Description Description of the mapping template specified in the Mapping Name parameter of the Bank Statement Loader program Format Type Format type of the mapping template specified in the Mapping Name parameter of the Bank Statement Loader program Inquiry and Reports 6 23 6 24 Control File SQL Loader file of the mapping template specified in the Mapping Name parameter of the Bank Statement Loader program Data File Name Value specified in the Data File Name parameter of the Bank Statement Loader program Bank Account Number The bank account number of the statement that was loaded into the Bank Statement Open Interface tables Statement Number The bank statement number of t
334. rmation The format must consist of the with indicator inthe field has indicator and a pair of paren an indicator and theses containing the pattern of the length of the the data data is fixed Example If the Transaction Number starts with CR or DR and is made up of six digits followed by one charac ter the correct format to define is CR nnnnnnx DR nnnnnnx This is an example of multiple formats If the data is CR 1234561 the Transaction Number populated in the Bank Statement Lines Interface table is 1234561 If the data is DR 654321G the Transaction Number populated is 654321G Fixed length The information The format must be a pair of pa without indi in the field has rentheses containing the pattern cator no indicator and of the data the length of the data is fixed Example If the Transaction Number has six digits followed by one character the correct format to define is nnnnnnx This is an example of a single format If the data is 1234561 the Transaction Number populated in the Bank Statement Lines Interface table is 1234561 2 38 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Variable The information The format must consist of an in length with in the field has dicator and a pair of parentheses indicator an indicator and containing the notation the length of the E le data is variable sampe If the Transaction Number starts with CR or DR followed by a space and the length o
335. rolls as you need See also payroll run payroll run The process that performs all of the payroll calculations You can set payrolls to run at any interval you want See also payroll Positive Pay Program Third party or custom software that formats the output file of the Payables Positive Pay Report into the format required by your bank and transmits it electronically to your bank This prevents check fraud by informing the bank which checks are negotiable or non negotiable and for what amount Glossary 10 Oracle Cash Management User Guide posting The process of updating account balances in your general ledger from journal entries You can initiate posting in Oracle Payables and Oracle Receivables You must use your general ledger to create journal entries and post the journal entries to update your account balances Note that Oracle Applications sometimes use the term posting to describe the process of transferring posting information to your general ledger See also Journal Import profile option A set of changeable options that affect the way your applications run In general profile options can be set at one or more of the following levels site application responsibility and user Refer to the Cash Management Profile Option appendix for more information realized gain or loss The actual gain or loss in value that results from holding an asset or liability over time Realized gains and losses are shown separately on th
336. runs simultaneously with other concurrent processes and other interactive activities on your computer to help you complete multiple tasks at once Glossary 4 Oracle Cash Management User Guide concurrent queue A list of concurrent requests awaiting completion by a concurrent manager Each concurrent manager has a queue of requests waiting to be run If your system administrator sets up your Oracle Application to have simultaneous queuing your request can wait to run in more than one queue concurrent request A request to Oracle Applications to complete a non interactive task for you You issue a request whenever you submit a non interactive task such as releasing a shipment posting a journal entry or running a report Once you submit a request Oracle Applications automatically takes over for you completing your request without further involvement from you or interruption of your work conversion A process that converts foreign currency transactions to your functional currency corporate exchange rate An exchange rate you can optionally use to perform foreign currency conversion The corporate exchange rate is usually a standard market rate determined by senior financial management for use throughout the organization You define this rate in Oracle General Ledger database table A basic data storage structure in a relational database management system A table consists of one or more units of information rows
337. s 2 The bank sends the XML message to your enterprise The Oracle Transport Agent OTA receives the message and checks the message for transmission errors If no errors are found Oracle Transport Agent sends an HTTP success response to the bank server If errors are found then Oracle Transport Agent sends an HTTP failure response to the bank 4 The XML Gateway validates the received file for the XML message structure the IFX specifications and predefined Cash Management mapping rules 5 If there are data errors in the message XML Gateway sends the bank an error notification 6 If XML Gateway identifies system process related errors it sends the System Administrator an error notification The System Administrator can check the error message notification for the error detail and correct the problem Once the problem has been corrected the System Administrator can then reply to the Oracle Workflow error by Managing Bank Statements 3 15 See Also 10 11 12 choosing the Reprocess option This will begin the XML processing again starting with step 4 choosing the Abort option This will stop the system from attempting to process the statement XML Gateway populates the Bank Statement Open Interface tables with the XML message according to the mapping rules If Cash Management identifies data errors the system sends a data error notification to the Cash Manager The Cash Manager can correct the data
338. s Although the BAI2 standard uses the timestamp format of HHMM where HH represents hours in a 24 hour format and MM represents minutes you cannot use this format because the Oracle database interprets MM as months instead of minutes In the Bank File Format Type field enter the format type of the bank statement file You can enter a new format or choose from a list of previously defined formats If you have not defined a new format the seeded choices are BAI2 SWIFT940 and EDIFACT France Once you create a mapping template for a new format that format is available in the list of values If your bank uses the BAI2 format choose BAI2 If your bank uses the SWIFT940 format choose SWIFT940 If your bank uses the French EDIFACT format choose EDIFACT France If your bank uses a user defined format enter that format Choose the Populate button If you choose an existing format as the Bank File Format Type the rules defined in the mapping template for that format are automatically entered in the Header and Lines tabbed regions If multiple mapping templates are defined for that format you must select one from the list of values However if you are defining a new format only the column names are entered in the Header and Lines tabbed regions Unlike others PRECISION and STATEMENT_TIMESTAMP are not columns in the Bank Statement Headers Interface table The Bank Statement Loader program uses the precision to convert integer amounts into de
339. s interval Preface xix Training and Support Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide This guide provides planning and reference information for the Oracle Applications System Administrator It contains information on how to define security customize menus and online help and manage processing Electronic Technical Reference Manual The eTRM on MetaLink Oracle Support s Web site contains database diagrams and a detailed description of database tables forms reports and programs for Cash Management and related applications This information helps you convert data from your existing applications integrate Cash Management with non Oracle applications and write custom reports for Cash Management Oracle Workflow Guide This guide explains how to define new workflow business processes as well as customize existing Oracle Applications embedded workflow processes You also use this guide to complete the setup steps necessary for any Oracle Applications product that includes workflow enabled processes Training We offer a complete set of training courses to help you and your staff master Oracle Applications We can help you develop a training plan that provides thorough training for both your project team and your end users We will work with you to organize courses appropriate to your job or area of responsibility Training professionals can show you how to plan your training throughout the implementa
340. s page 4 72 Setting Up 2 19 System Parameters Window Reference Basic System Parameters General Parameters You can set the following Cash Management options from the System Parameters window Set of Books The name of the set of books for Cash Management accounting transactions This value defaults from the GL Set of Books Name profile option Cash Management supports multiple sets of books Each responsibility is tied to a set of books and an operating unit In a multiple organization environment you set up System Parameters for each operating unit You assign bank statements to your current operating unit and reconcile payments and receipts in that operating unit Begin Date Cash Management will not display transactions dated earlier than the Begin Date Show Cleared Transactions If you check this check box cleared transactions remain available for reconciliation Otherwise only uncleared transactions will appear for reconciliation Add Lines to Automatic Statements If you do not check this check box you cannot add lines to automatically loaded bank statements Use Reconciliation Open Interface You must check this check box if you want to use the Reconciliation Open Interface to reconcile bank statement lines to settlements in Oracle Treasury or transactions external to Oracle Applications Show Void Payments You must check this check box if you want voided payments available for reconciliation The gene
341. s the statement line has the same transaction number same amount and opposite transaction type for example Miscellaneous Receipt and Miscellaneous Payment For adjustment corrections the statement line has the same transaction number and has a transaction type of payment receipt miscellaneous payment or miscellaneous receipt and the net amount is within the reconciliation tolerance Matching Criteria for Open Interface Transactions The Cash Management AutoReconciliation program matches open interface transactions if the transactions meet one of the following criteria e The Transaction Number matches the statement line Transaction Number and the transaction amount is within the reconciliation tolerance e The transaction date and amount are the same as the bank statement line date and amount If you use the Reconciliation Open Interface to reconcile Treasury settlements however you must choose date and amount as the matching criteria Matching Criteria for General Ledger Journals The Cash Management AutoReconciliation program matches General Ledger journal transactions if the transactions meet the following criteria e The journal line is posted e The journal line Accounting Flexfield matches the bank account s cash Accounting Flexfield e The journal line Description matches the statement line Transaction Number 1 10 Oracle Cash Management User Guide See Also About Bank Statement Validation page 3
342. s amount to transaction amounts if the Source Currency Type is Entered and the functional amounts of the transaction if the Source Currency Type is Functional In this case only transactions greater than the amount threshold appear in the forecast Factor Indicates the way you want to view amounts in your forecast Cash Forecasting 5 35 See Also e Units Displays amounts as calculated e Thousands Displays forecast amounts as multiples of a thousand 1 000 1 00 e Millions Displays forecast amounts as multiples of a million 1 000 000 1 00 e Billions Displays forecast amounts as multiples of a billion 1 000 000 000 1 00 Display Forecast Summary Check this box to view the cash inflow cash outflow net cash summary and GL cash position on the Cash Forecast Amounts window Customizing the Presentation of Data in a Folder Oracle Applications User s Guide Modifying Forecast Amounts on an Existing Cash Forecast gt To modify forecast amounts on an existing cash forecast 1 2 Complete the task to query an existing cash forecast see above Choose the Review button to update or view cash forecast data The Cash Forecast Amounts window appears Within the Cash Forecast Amounts window you have limited folder capabilities you can show hide and move fields and make them wider narrower or change their prompt You cannot however save folder information Refer to the Oracle Applications User
343. s in the Reconciliation Open Interface enter the status code of Reconciled If you also clear or reconcile external transactions enter the code you use to identify cleared transactions in the CE_999_INTERFACE_V view Float Status Status of open interface transactions that are available for clearing and reconciliation If you reconcile only Treasury settlements in the Reconciliation Open Interface enter the status code of Available If you also clear or reconcile external transactions enter the code that you use to identify available transactions in the CE_999_INTERFACE_V view Open Interface Matching Criteria This parameter specifies the matching criteria for open interface transactions The default is Transaction Number If you want to reconcile bank statement lines to Treasury settlements select the Date and Amount option Transaction Number Matches the open interface transaction by the transaction number The difference between the bank statement line amount and the transaction amount must be within the reconciliation tolerance Date and Amount Matches the open interface transaction by both the transaction date and transaction amount The bank statement line amount must be exactly the same as the transaction amount for a match When the transaction currency and the bank account currency are different the amount used for matching is calculated according to the bank statement line amount currency code exchange rate information a
344. s or receipts for the remaining lines To reconcile error lines to correcting statement lines see Reconciling Corrections and Adjustments to Bank Errors page 4 57 9 Save your work Reconciling Bank Statements 4 51 See Also To record transactions from external documents 1 Navigate to the Find Bank Statements window 2 Enter the query criteria or leave the criteria blank to query all existing statements 3 Choose Find to see the Reconcile Bank Statements folder window containing the statements that meet your query criteria Select a statement and choose Review Choose Lines Select the external document line Choose Mark oo ON OS gi oe Select External to mark the line as originating outside Oracle Applications A line marked as External is considered reconciled To reconcile lines with external sources see Reconciliation Open Interface page 2 46 9 Save your work Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Reviewing Reconciled Transactions page 4 36 Creating Payments and Receipts Transactions page 4 43 Creating Miscellaneous Transactions page 4 45 Entering Reversals page 4 53 Reconciling Corrections and Adjustments to Bank Errors page 4 57 Manually Clearing and Unclearing Receipts and Payments page 4 61 Cash Management Reports page 6 13 Setting Up Oracle Cash Management page 2 2 Bank Statements page 1 6 Oracle Payables Reconciliation Accounting pa
345. s period Submit your request The Bank Statement Import program validates the data in the Bank Statement Interface tables imports the validated information and prints an AutoReconciliation Execution Report Review and correct any import validation errors then repeat the steps above To import and reconcile a bank statement in the same request 1 2 Navigate to the Submit Request window Select the Bank Statement Import and AutoReconciliation program Alternatively you may submit the request directly from the Reconcile Bank Statements window or Bank Statement Oracle Cash Management User Guide Interface window by selecting AutoReconciliation from the Oracle Applications Tools menu Enter the Bank Account Number for the statement you want to import Specify the range of statement numbers in the Statement Number From and Statement Number To fields Specify dates for the Statement Date From Statement Date To and GL Date fields Select a Receivable Activity and a Payment Method to create Miscellaneous Receipts for differences that AutoReconciliation encounters when matching remittance batches or NSF transactions within tolerances Specify how to handle any NSF transactions that are in your bank statement Choose e No Action to handle manually e Reverse to reverse receipt and reopen the invoices e Debit Memo Reverse to create a debit memo that replaces the item closed by the original receipt Submit your req
346. same rows and columns as this forecast plus the column you are adding If you do not check this box Cash Management adds the new column to all existing forecasts based on this template Modifying a Row on An Existing Cash Forecast gt To modify a row on an existing cash forecast 1 Complete the task to query an existing cash forecast and to modify forecast amounts on an existing forecast above 2 Choose the Add Row button The Add Row window appears 3 Enter a Row Number Values must be integers between 1 and 999 The Row Number indicates the sequence of the rows in the forecast 4 Choose a Source of either User defined Inflow or User defined Outflow This creates a new row filled with zeros in the forecast for you to manually enter a definition and forecast amounts If you want to add standard sources that are not yet a part of your template use the Forecast Templates window See Modifying Templates page 5 30 5 Check the Create New Forecast Template check box if you do not want your new row to be added to all forecasts using the original template for your forecast Checking this box creates a new template with the same rows and columns as this forecast plus the row you are adding ISF Attention When you add a column or row to an existing forecast you have the option to modify all forecasts using the 5 38 Oracle Cash Management User Guide template including the template itself or to create a new t
347. se SWIFT940 ctl If your bank uses the French EDIFACT format choose EDIFACT ctl If your bank uses a user defined format enter the SQL Loader script you created In the Precision field enter a precision for the amounts if they are expressed as integers and have the same precision within the bank statement file The Bank Statement Loader program uses the precision to convert integer amounts into decimal numbers For example an amount expressed as 10000 with a precision of 2 is interpreted and loaded as 100 00 Leave the precision blank if amounts are already decimal numbers or if they have different precisions In BAI2 the default precision is 2 In SWIFT940 Oracle Cash Management User Guide 10 11 precision is not used because amounts are already decimal numbers In French EDIFACT precision is specified for each amount on the header and line records In the Date Format field enter the date format that is used in the bank statement file You must enter a format that can be recognized by the Oracle database The default format for BAI2 and SWIFT940 is YYMMDD The default format for French EDIFACT is DDMMYY In the Timestamp Format field enter the time format that is used in the bank statement file This information is typically available on intra day bank statements only You must enter a format that can be recognized by the Oracle database The default format for BAI2 is HH24MI No defaults are provided for other file format
348. se See Common Currencies Window Applications Define a set of books Specify a set of books name Common and assign it a calendar functional currency anda Applications chart of accounts structure See Defining Sets of Books Define a transaction calendar to determine which Common days are business days to be used in cash Applications forecasting See Defining Transaction Calendars Payables Setup Steps Use the Setting Up Oracle Payables section in the Oracle Payables User s Guide for help in completing the setup steps in the following table Step AIW Reference Choose a primary set of books for Oracle Payables Common See Choosing a Set of BooksChoosing a Set of Financial Books Oracle Payables User s Guide Set the Payables Option Account for Payment Cash See Payment Accounting Region of the Payables Management Options WindowPayment Accounting Region of the Payables Options Window Oracle Payables User s Guide Open your Payables accounting periods See Cash Controlling the Status of AP Accounting Periods Management Define your bank accounts and assign GL Common accounts Do this if you haven t already performed Financial this step as a Receivables Setup step See Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Oracle Payables page 2 11 or Setting Up Cash Management to Use with Oracle Receivables page 2 14 If you use Payables assign accounts for Payables payment documents
349. se a bank account number all statements for the bank branch name are processed 10 Choose a Statement Date All statements with this date or an earlier date will be archived and or purged 11 Choose OK to save your work The Submit Request window appears again 12 Complete the Print Options and Run Options regions of the window then choose Submit to begin running the program 13 Review the Archive Purge Bank Statements Execution Report If there were errors investigate and correct them then rerun the Archive Purge Bank Statements program gt To archive and or purge imported bank statements automatically 1 Set the Archive and Purge options on the System Parameters window 2 Import the bank statement information into Oracle Cash Management See Also System Parameters page 2 19 Importing Bank Statements page 3 17 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 Overview of Setting Up page 2 2 About Bank Statement Open Interface page 3 2 Archiving and Purging Oracle General Ledger User s Guide ORACLE RDBMS Utilities User s Guide 4 74 Oracle Cash Management User Guide CHAPTER Cash Forecasting T his chapter tells you how to use Cash Forecasting It explains how to create cash forecast templates how to generate cash forecasts from those templates and how to make changes to templates and forecasts Cash Forecasting 5 1 Cash Forecasting Cash forecasting is a planning to
350. sh Management User s Guide A80839 02 Oracle Corporation welcomes your comments and suggestions on the quality and usefulness of this publication Your input is an important part of the information we use for revision e Did you find any errors e ls the information clearly presented e Do you need more information If so where e Are the examples correct Do you need more examples e What features did you like most about this manual What did you like least about it If you find any errors or have any other suggestions for improvement please indicate the topic chapter and page number below Please send your comments to Oracle Applications Documentation Manager Oracle Corporation 500 Oracle Parkway Redwood Shores CA 94065 USA Phone 650 506 7000 Fax 650 506 7200 If you would like a reply please give your name address and telephone number below Thank you for helping us improve our documentation
351. sh Management shows the Amount Reconciled and the Amount Remaining to be reconciled for the current bank statement line Choose Previous or Next to move to another statement line without returning to the Bank Statement Lines window Cash Management updates the Amount Reconciled and the Amount Remaining as you change statement lines When you are finished navigate to the Bank Statement Lines window to review the bank statement lines with the reconciliation information After reconciliation the amount reconciled for the bank statement line should be the same as the entered amount and the line Amount Reconciled Status is updated to Reconciled Cash Management handles differences in batch amounts as follows Receivables A miscellaneous receipt is created for the batch amount difference and booked using the account defined in the Receivable Activity field of the System Parameters window You will be prompted to enter a payment method Payables The batch amount difference is included with the first payment in a batch Oracle Cash Management User Guide Available Batches Window Reference Transaction Region Exchange Region Account The bank account associated with the payment remittance batch Batch Name The name of the payment remittance batch Original Curr The transaction currency Original Total The total amount in the original currency of the transaction Account Currency Total The total amount
352. significant transaction amounts from the forecast calculations Cash Management compares this amount to transaction amounts if the Source Currency Type is Entered and the functional amounts of the transaction if the Source Currency Type is Functional In this case only transactions greater than the amount threshold appear in the forecast Description The description of the forecast Modifying Header Level Information on an Existing Cash Forecast gt To modify header level information on an existing cash forecast 1 Query an existing cash forecast see above 2 Choose Open to view cash forecast definition information The Cash Forecast window appears 3 You can change the name and description of the cash forecast All other cash forecast definition information at this level is restricted from update 4 If you are proceeding to the Cash Forecast Amounts window choose how you want to view amounts by making a selection in the Factor field e Units Displays amounts as calculated Cash Forecasting 5 33 e Thousands Displays forecast amounts as multiples of a thousand 1 000 1 00 e Millions Displays forecast amounts as multiples of a million 1 000 000 1 00 e Billions Displays forecast amounts as multiples of a billion 1 000 000 000 1 00 5 If you are proceeding to the Cash Forecast Amounts window you may choose to check the Display Forecast Summary check box to show the Cash Inflow Cash Outflo
353. stalled multiple organization support For more information please see Multiple Organizations in Oracle Applications Sequential Numbering This profile option enables sequential numbering for Cash Management For more information please see your Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide Setting General Ledger Profile Options Oracle General Ledger User s Profile Options in Oracle Application Object Library Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide B 4 Oracle Cash Management User Guide APPENDIX Function Security in Oracle Cash Management T his appendix describes which Cash Management transactions and features are controlled by function security Function Security in Oracle Cash Management C 1 Function Security in Cash Management Use function security to control user access to selected Cash Management functions By default access to Cash Management functionality is not restricted you must ask your system administrator to customize your responsibilities to restrict access Your system administrator customizes each responsibility at your site by including or excluding registered functions and menus of functions for a responsibility in the Responsibilities window The following examples are common results that enforcing function security may produce e A window form or menu does not appear in the Navigator window Some forms and menus when excluded from a responsibility may affect more than o
354. sting default entries 5 Check the Freeze Flexfield Definition check box and save your work Define External Source Views Column Name ROW_ID ROWID TRANSACTION_AMOUNT NUMBER FUNCTIONAL_AMOUNT CURRENCY_CODE FUNCTIONAL_CURRENCY CASH_ACTIVITY_DATE Define the External Source Transaction View as a view that will access your proprietary application s database to include all open interface transactions that you want to select for cash forecasting Alternatively if your proprietary application system does not support real time access from an Oracle database you can create a table for the External Source Transaction View and use SQL Loader or another batch mechanism to populate the table with information from the non Oracle system transactions Column specifications for the External Source Transaction View are outlined in the following table Required _Description Value Amount in transaction currency Amount in functional currency VARCHAR2 15 Yes Transaction currency code must be valid currency code defined in FND_CURRENCIES NUMBER VARCHAR2 15 Functional currency code must be valid currency code defined in FND_CURRENCIES Projected cash transaction date date when the transaction has become or will become a cash transaction e g check date Table 2 7 Page 1 of 1 Organization ID is not included as a default criterion However if you want to select transactions for a specific organization yo
355. sts window Review button from the Cash Forecasts window or the Cash Forecast window Add Column button from the Cash Forecast Amounts window Add Row Cash Forecasting gt Forecasts Find button or New button from the Find Cash Forecasts window Review button from the Cash Forecasts window or the Cash Forecast window Add Row button from the Cash Forecast Amounts window Available Batches Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review or New button from the Reconcile Bank Statements window Available button from the Bank Statement window or the Bank Statement Lines window Select Batch option and then the Find button from the Find Available window or View gt Bank Statements Review button from the Find Bank Statements window Available button from the View Bank Statement window or the View Bank Statement Lines window Select Batch option and then the Find button from the Find Available window Available Transactions Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review or New button from the Reconcile Bank Statements window Available button from the Bank Statement window or the Bank Statement Lines window Select Detail option and then the Find button from the Find Available window or View gt Bank Statements Review button from the Find Bank Statements window Available button from the View Bank Statement window or the View Bank Statement L
356. sue twice once as an uncleared payment and once again as a cleared payment If you Overview 1 15 1 16 select both options you have the same functionality as the Allow Reconciliation Accounting option provided in previous releases Payables creates the following accounting entries after payment issue uncleared payment debit the AP Liability account and credit the Cash Clearing account For future dated payments debit the AP Liability account and credit the Future Dated Payment Account Then at payment maturity debit the Future Dated Payment account and credit the Cash Clearing account Payables then creates the following accounting entries after payment clearing in Cash Management cleared payment debit the Cash Clearing account and credit the Cash asset account bank charges debit the Bank Charges account and credit the Cash account bank errors account in Cash account and Bank Errors account Debits and credits depend on whether the bank error was a positive or negative amount When Payment is Issued Payables accounts for each payment once after payment issue After you issue the payment you can create the following accounting entries in Payables uncleared payment debit the AP Liability account and credit the Cash asset account For future dated payments debit the AP Liability account and credit the Future Dated Payment Account Then at payment maturity debit the Future Dated Payment
357. supplier that lists amounts owed to the supplier for purchased goods or services In Payables you create an invoice online using the information your supplier provides on the document Payments inquiries adjustments and any other transactions relating to a supplier s invoice are based upon the invoice information you enter invoice In Oracle Projects a summarized list of charges including payment terms invoice item information and other information that is sent to a customer for payment invoice number A number or combination of numbers and characters that uniquely identifies an invoice within your system Usually generated automatically by your receivables system to avoid assigning duplicate numbers journal entry A debit or credit to a general ledger account See also manual journal entry Glossary 7 Journal Import A General Ledger program that creates journal entries from transaction data stored in the General Ledger GL_INTERFACE table Journal entries are created and stored in GL_JE_BATCHES GL_JE_HEADERS and GL_JE_LINES lamp A one word message that Oracle Applications displays in the message line of any window to notify you that a particular feature is available for a particular field lockbox A service that commercial banks offer corporate customers to enable them to outsource their accounts receivable payment processing Lockbox processors set up special postal codes to receive payments deposit
358. t Oracle Cash Management User Guide To record a direct debit from a supplier If the bank statement contains information about a direct debit that you have not entered 1 Create a payment in Payables for the appropriate invoices 2 Match the payment against the bank statement line To record a direct deposit or wire transfer If you enter your bank statements into Cash Management manually enter the receipts for direct deposits and wire transfers in Receivables manually After saving the receipt you can then match it against the related Cash Management statement line If you import your bank statement information to Cash Management from an electronic bank file you can use the same bank file with the Receivables AutoLockbox program to automatically create receipts for direct deposits and wire transfers See your Oracle Receivables User s Guide for more information about using AutoLockbox To record a bank error 1 Navigate to the Find Bank Statements window 2 Enter the query criteria or leave the criteria blank to query all existing statements 3 Choose Find to see the Reconcile Bank Statements folder window containing the statements that meet your query criteria Select a statement and choose Review Choose Lines Select the bank error line Choose Mark OO OY LL Select Error to mark the line as a bank error You do not need to reconcile lines marked as Error and you can continue to reconcile payment
359. t e Bank Statement Summary Report e Bank Statement Document Number Report 20 Transfer the accounting transactions you created during reconciliation for Payables and Receivables to your General Ledger 21 Review the GL Reconciliation Report Creating Reconciled Bank Statement Lines page 4 25 Finding Available Detail and Batch Transactions for Reconciliation page 4 27 Reconciling Available Transactions and Batches page 4 30 Changing the Reconciliation Status page 4 40 Using Attachments page 4 42 Creating Payments and Receipts Transactions page 4 43 Creating Miscellaneous Transactions page 4 45 Recording Exceptions page 4 50 Entering Reversals page 4 53 Manually Clearing and Unclearing Receipts and Payments page 4 61 4 24 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Marking a Bank Statement as Complete page 4 68 Entering Bank Statements Manually page 3 33 Overview of Setting Up page 2 2 About Value Dates page 4 14 Customizing the Presentation of Data in a Folder Oracle Applications User s Guide Creating Reconciled Bank Statement Lines Cash Management lets you create new bank statement lines when reconciling available transactions This is useful if you want to reconcile without entering statement line information first Additional Information For imported statements this feature is only available if the Add Lines to Automatic Statements option has been set in the
360. t Name The unique forecast name for this cash forecast If you do not enter a forecast name Cash Management automatically generates a unique name for you by attaching the system date and time to the template name Calendar Name The name of the GL accounting calendar used only when submitting a forecast by GL Period Attention All GL sources for a forecast by GL periods must I amp S use sets of books with the same accounting calendar If you are creating a forecast across multiple organizations all organizations sets of books must use the same accounting calendar 7 Start Period and Start Date The accounting period to begin the forecast or the day to begin the forecast Cash Management restricts you to using Start Period when submitting a forecast by GL Period and Start Date when submitting a forecast by Days The Start Date or Period should be as of today or in the future If you enter a start date in the past or a start period in the past or that is in progress the forecast only includes transactions as of today For example if an invoice is paid today but you enter a forecast start date of two days ago to try to include it as an open invoice Cash Management still considers it paid and therefore does not include the invoice as open in the forecast Start Project The beginning number for the range of projects that you want to include in the forecast Cash Management creates a forecast for every project number in the rang
361. t may be shared with other Oracle Applications which Cash Management requires If you have already defined this information when setting up other Oracle Applications you can skip those steps This shared data includes e Currencies e Exchange Rates e Organizations e Sets of Books e Bank Accounts Since some setup steps build upon information you define in other steps you should perform them in the order listed After you complete some setup steps you can submit reports to review your work and confirm that you have successfully completed the step For example after you complete entering bank transaction codes you can submit the Bank Transaction Codes Listing See Bank Transaction Codes Listing page 6 36 The following table contains the Cash Management Setup Checklist Oracle Cash Management User Guide Step No Required Required Define your chart of accounts If you use Multiple Organization Support perform this step for each organization See Defining Your Chart of Accounts Oracle General Ledger User s Guide AIW Reference Common Applications Required Optional Required Optional Required Define your accounting period types and accounting calendar periods If you use Multiple Organization Support perform this step for each organization See Defining Period Types Oracle General Ledger User s Guide and Defining Calendars Oracle General Ledger User s Guide Enable currencies
362. tain accurate information Cash in Transit Report GL Reconciliation Report Bank Statement Summary Report Transactions Available for Reconciliation Report Managing Bank Statements 3 5 Loading Electronic Bank Statements Load Open Interface Correct Siabement Import Tables Errors Bank Statement Interface Window Uplate N interface Fank E Open Interface Tatia Rank Stabensent Tables Reconciliation l Auloratic Errors s Reconciliation Cash in Transit GL Reconciliatborn Bank Statement Summary Transactions Available for Reconciliation Manual Reconciliation 3 6 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Bank Statement Loader Program Parameters Process Option You can choose one of the three following options 1 Load 2 Load and Import 3 Load Import and AutoReconciliation If you choose either Load and Import or Load Import and AutoReconciliation a separate process will be submitted for each bank statement after the loader program completes successfully Mapping Name Name of the mapping rules that should be used Data File Name Name of the bank statement file to load from Directory Path Location of the bank statement file If none is entered the Bank Statement Loader program looks for the bank statement file in the directory of CE_TOP bin Bank Branch Name If the bank statement file contains information for multiple bank branches you can ask the Bank Statement Loader program to load on
363. tatement should match the line control total in the statement header Statement Line Validation Values populated in the CE_STATEMENT_LINES_INTERFACE table must not contain any trailing spaces Currency Code If you enter a currency code on the statement line it must be a currency that is defined in the system The currency code does not affect the matching or calculations Bank Transactions Codes Bank Transaction Codes if entered must be defined in Cash Management Exchange Rate Type The Exchange Rate Type must be a valid type as defined in Oracle General Ledger Amount An amount must be entered for the statement line Multi Currency Validation AutoReconciliation checks each bank statement line for a valid currency and exchange rate type During reconciliation the program checks the following once a matching transaction is found 3 22 Oracle Cash Management User Guide e For transactions Bank statement line currency must be the same as the transaction currency Your bank statement currency may be different e For batches All transactions in the batch must use the same currency Statement line currency is the same as the batch currency Managing Bank Statements 3 23 e For both transactions and batches For user exchange rates each transaction must include the Exchange Rate and the Rate Type must be User For predefined rates such as Corporate or Spot each transaction must incl
364. tatement line amount and the transaction amount is within the tolerance range 2 Cash Management then uses the original tolerance amount to compare the bank statement line amount with the transaction amount in the functional currency checking again to see if the difference is within the tolerance range The bank statement line amount must match the transaction amount within the tolerance limit for automatic reconciliation to succeed If the difference in either case exceeds the tolerance amount Cash Management gives an error message and you must manually reconcile the bank statement line The following table shows how foreign scenario tolerances are validated and demonstrates one match failing The bank account currency is Canadian dollars Receipt in Oracle System In Bank Statement Functional currency USD Transaction amount CAD 100 Statement line amount CAD 120 Transaction exchange rate 0 75 Exchange rate 0 6 Transaction base amount USD 75 Tolerance USD 10 Is this a match in bank account currency Tolerance amount in CAD 10 0 6 16 67 No since 120 100 gt 16 67 Is this a match in functional currency Tolerance amount USD 10 Statement line amount 120 0 6 USD 72 Yes since 72 75 lt 10 Table 4 3 Tolerance Validation for Foreign Scenario Page 1 of 1 The AutoReconciliation program does not update bank statement lines with the exchange rate it selects To view the exchange rate
365. ted with the transaction Reconciling Bank Statements 4 55 Debit Memo See Also Name The bank branch name Statement Number The statement number Status The status of the receipt Date The transaction date Maturity Date The maturity date for future dated transactions Type The type is always receipt You cannot reverse miscellaneous receipts Number Receipt number Debit Memo Reversal Select when you want to create a debit memo reversal Type Debit transaction type for this reversal You can only enter a debit memo transaction type whose Tax Calculation is set to No Account Account associated with debit memo transaction type Document Number Document number assigned when you choose Reverse unless you are using manual numbering If you are using manual numbering then enter a unique number Otherwise the system assigns a number Manually Clearing and Unclearing Receipts and Payments page 4 61 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Reviewing Reconciled Transactions page 4 36 Recording Exceptions page 4 50 Oracle Payables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 15 Oracle Receivables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 21 4 56 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Reconciling Corrections and Adjustments to Bank Errors Banks sometimes make mistakes by depositing or withdrawing incorrect amounts to bank accounts These bank errors show up on bank statements along with the correct
366. tement line errors choose Lines 6 Choose Errors You see the Reconciliation Errors window showing a list of all reconciliation errors for all statement lines or the selected statement line if you are reviewing statement line errors See the following chart for further explanation of any error 7 Choose Done to exit You can correct any reconciliation errors in the bank statement and rerun AutoReconciliation or reconcile the statement lines manually Bank Reconciliation Errors The following table contains bank reconciliation error codes and explanations of those error codes Reconciling Bank Statements 4 15 AP period not open or future The GL date is not in an open or future period in Oracle Payables AR period not open or future The GL date is not in an open or future period in Oracle Receivables Cannot find transactions to lock Charge amount exceeds The charge amount cannot be greater than the tolerance amount tolerance Currencies don t match The statement line currency is not the same as the Foreign currency bank account Reconciliation is not allowed Duplicate journal entries Oracle General Ledger has more than one matching journal entry line Duplicate Open Interface More than one Open Interface transaction number matches the transactions bank statement transaction number Duplicate payment batches Oracle Payables has more than one matching payment batch Duplicate payments There is mor
367. tement transaction lines The table is named CE_STATEMENT_LINES INTERFACE Bank Statement Headers Interface Table The CE_STATEMENT_HEADERS_INT_ALL table must contain exactly one record for each bank account within a bank statement If a bank statement contains more than one account define a header record for each of the accounts on the statement The following table shows the columns contained in the CE_STATEMENT_HEADERS_INT_ALL table Column Name STATEMENT_NUMBER BANK_NAME BANK_BRANCH_NAME BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM STATEMENT_DATE CONTROL_BEGIN_BALANCE CONTROL_END_BALANCE CONTROL_TOTAL_DR CONTROL_TOTAL_CR CONTROL_DR_LINE_COUNT CONTROL_CR_LINE_COUNT CONTROL_LINE_COUNT RECORD_STATUS_FLAG CURRENCY_CODE ORG_ID CHECK_DIGITS K K K Z Z K x GISISIS Z z z a g Kp kleie KL KI lt 2 40 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Required Columns Optional Columns CASHFLOW_BALANCE NUM INT_CALC_BALANCE NUM INTRA_DAY_FLAG CHAR You must provide values for all of the not null columns in the CE_STATEMENT_HEADERS_INT_ALL table Enter values in the following required columns STATEMENT_NUMBER The identifier for the statement as provided by the bank If the bank does not assign a statement number you may use the statement date or any value that will be unique within the bank account BANK _ACCOUNT_NUM The bank account number as defined in Oracle Receivables O
368. terface transactions 6 9 finding transactions and batches 6 9 Find Bank Statements window 4 25 4 45 4 51 6 3 entering bank statements manually 3 33 finding available batches 4 29 finding available detail transactions or journal entries 4 27 finding available open interface transactions 4 29 marking bank statements as complete 4 68 reconciling manually 4 23 updating bank statements 3 41 Forecast Name field 5 25 Find Cash Forecasts window Cash Forecasts window 5 32 making modifications 5 31 forecast period types viewing forecasts 6 11 entering 5 4 submitting forecasts 5 25 Forecast Selection Criteria field 5 20 Forecast Template Columns window 5 4 Forecast Template Rows window 5 5 window reference 5 10 5 16 Find Transactions window aca ord bau a N bea creating cash forecast templates 5 4 finding batches 4 29 i aan making modifications 5 30 submitting forecasts 5 24 Find Forecast Templates window 5 4 making modifications 5 30 Find Reversals window querying reversals 6 5 reversing receipts 4 53 finding detail transactions 4 27 finding open interface transactions 4 29 Forecasting Open Interface manually clearing a payment or receipt 4 61 ind 2 61 manually unclearing a payment or receipt T 4 64 remote databases 2 61 ing 2 58 Float Days field 2 26 aes 2 57 Float Handling field 2 21 forecasts folder windows adding columns to 5 37 Cash Forecast Amounts adding rows to 5 38
369. termines the number of days months or accounting periods to roll forward to calculate the expected cash activity date for Supplier Payments Customer Receipts and Payroll Expenses Roll Forward Type choices include Day Month and Period For example the Roll Forward Type of Month with the Roll Forward Period of 2 rolls forward all past transactions for 2 months So the transaction date of July 19 1997 yields an expected cash activity date of September 19 1997 Receipt Method Optional The user defined Receivables choices for Customer Receipts to indicate how customers invoices can be paid for Customer Receipts Profile Class Optional The Order Management and Receivables customer category based on credit information payment terms currency limits and correspondence types You can use it as forecast selection criteria for Customer Invoices and Sales Orders Include Dispute Optional A check box to indicate inclusion of disputed amounts for Customer Invoices Items or amounts may be marked as in dispute when a customer disagrees about the outstanding balance for an item Budget Name The name of a budget for GL Budgets A budget represents a collection of estimated amounts for a range of accounting periods GL Account The appropriate General Ledger account for GL Budgets GL Cash Position and GL Encumbrances Encumbrance Type An encumbrance category for GL Encumbrances allowing you to track anticipated expend
370. terpartyInfo gt lt BankAcctTrnRec gt Required Target Columns in Required Acti i CE_STATEMENT_LINES in Table C10 WHO Columns ATTRIBUTE Columns A w o XML Mapping Rules E 7 E 8 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Glossary Note Some terms appear more than once because they are shared by more than one Oracle Financial Applications product These alternate definitions are provided so you can see how the same term or feature name is used in other applications Account segment One of up to 30 different sections of your Accounting Flexfield which together make up your general ledger account code Each segment is separated from the other segments by a symbol you choose such as or Each segment typically represents an element of your business structure such as Company Cost Center or Account One of the sections of an Accounting Flexfield separated from the other sections by a symbol you choose such as or You can have up to 30 different Accounting Flexfield segments Each segment can be up to 25 characters long Each Accounting Flexfield segment typically captures one element of your agency s structure such as Fund Division Department or Program Account segment value A series of characters and a description that define a unique value for a particular value set Accounting Flexfield The code you use to identify a general ledger account in an Oracle Financials application
371. that you plan to use See Currencies Window Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide Define a set of books Specify a set of books name and assign it a calendar functional currency and a chart of accounts structure If you use Multiple Organization Support perform this step for each organization See Defining Sets of Books Oracle General Ledger User s Guide Define a transaction calendar to determine which days are business days to be used in cash forecasting If you use Multiple Organization Support perform this step for each organization See Defining Transaction Calendars Oracle General Ledger User s Guide Choose a primary set of books for Oracle Payables If you use Multiple Organization Support perform this step for each organization See Choosing a Set of Books Oracle Payables User s Guide Common Applications Common Applications Common Applications Common Applications Common Financial Required Set the Payables Option Account for Payment The options are When Payment is Issued and When Payment Clears Select at least the When Payment Clears option If you use Multiple Organization Support perform this step for each organization See Payment Accounting Region of the Payables Options Window Oracle Payables User s Guide Setting Up Cash Management 2 7 Required Open your Payables accounting periods If you use Multiple Organization Support perform this ste
372. the Forecast Currency and the Source Currency are not the same Amount Threshold The minimum value of individual transactions to be included in the forecast allowing you to omit insignificant transaction amounts from the forecast calculations Cash Management compares this amount to transaction amounts if the Source Currency Type is Entered and functional amounts of transaction if the Source Currency Type is Functional The program then only selects transactions that are greater than this amount threshold If you leave this field blank then the program selects all valid transactions that meet the selection criteria This field is not applicable when the Source Currency Type is All Row Number From To A list of values provides you with a choice to run a partial forecast for sequential rows of the template you entered Request by Row Check this check box to submit a separate concurrent request for each row so that the rows for the forecast are generated concurrently This method is useful for testing or for very large forecasts that is forecasts with a large amount of data Creating a Manually Entered Cash Forecast You can create a new cash forecast using an existing template without running the forecast program with no values calculated You can then manually fill in forecast amounts to the new forecast gt To create an empty cash forecast from a template 1 Navigate to the Cash Forecasts window 2 Choose New The Cash For
373. the Find Transactions window External Forecast Sources Setup gt External Forecast Sources Find or New button from the Find External Forecast Sources window Navigation Paths A 3 Window Name Navigation Path Find Available View gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review button from the View Bank Statement Reconciliation window Available button from the View Bank Statement window or the View Bank Statement Lines window Find Bank Statements Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statements or View gt Bank Statements Find Cash Forecasts Cash Forecasting gt Forecasts Find External Forecast Sources Setup gt External Forecast Sources Find Forecast Templates Cash Forecasting gt Forecast Templates Find Reversals Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review or New button from the Reconcile Bank Statements window Reversal button from the Bank Statement window or View gt Bank Statements Review button from the Find Bank Statements window Reversals button from the View Bank Statement window Find Transactions Bank Reconciliation gt Bank Statements Find button from the Find Bank Statements window Review or New button from the Reconcile Bank Statements window Available button from the Bank Statement window or the Bank Statement Lines window or Bank Reconciliation gt Manual Clearing gt Clear Transactions or Bank
374. the payments The bank statement line that refers to these payments will be marked with an error message that shows that the transaction amount is different from the payment amount Overview 1 27 Multiple Views You can select different views of payroll and third party payments including e Payments that are available for reconciliation e Payments that have been reconciled e Transactions in the bank statement that could not be reconciled Each of these transaction lines will be marked with an error message 1 28 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Oracle Treasury Reconciliation You can reconcile settlements from Oracle Treasury against you bank statements Treasury Settlements as Open Interface Transactions Oracle Cash Management uses the Reconciliation Open Interface to reconcile Treasury settlements Treasury settlements appear as open interface transactions in Cash Management windows and reports If you already reconcile open interface transactions from your proprietary applications you can use the Reconciliation Open Interface to reconcile Treasury settlements as well as the external transactions Shared Bank Accounts You can load import and reconcile bank statements from bank accounts that are shared by Oracle Treasury and Oracle Cash Management If the Treasury bank accounts are not defined in Oracle Payables you must load the bank statements to Oracle Treasury and reconcile these statements in Oracle T
375. tically created during the Autoreconciliation process you must create and assign a sequence to the payment method for the receipt The sequence numbering type must be Automatic Setting Up 2 63 See Also Sequence Assignments Window Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide Document Sequences Oracle Applications System Administrator s Guide Entering Bank Statements Manually page 3 33 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 2 64 Oracle Cash Management User Guide CHAPTER 3 Managing Bank Statements Managing Bank Statements 3 1 Entering Bank Statements Before you can reconcile transactions against a bank statement you need to enter the bank statement information into Oracle Cash Management You can accomplish this task by doing one of the following e Using the Bank Statement Loader program e Using a custom loader program e Using the automatic bank transmission feature e Using the XML Gateway e Manually entering the information Loading the Bank Statement Open Interface Tables 3 2 If your bank provides account statements in a flat file using a defined format like BAI2 or SWIFT940 you can use the Bank Statement Open Interface to load this information into Oracle Cash Management If you implement the automatic bank transmission feature you can electronically download bank statements from your bank to your local directory Once you receive the file you can load bank statement information
376. tion Table 2 4 Page 1 of 1 Setting Up 2 53 e Uncomment remove the slashes and asterisks from the code enclosed Dy 2555 ang Clearing Procedure The clearing procedure is named CE_999_PKG CLEAR The procedure must accept the following parameters passed from Cash Management All of the parameters except for X_BANK_CURRENCY come from CE_999_INTERFACE_V Column in Parameter Name Data Type CE_999_INTERFACE_V X_TRX_ID NUMBER X_TRX_TYPE VARCHAR2 X_STATUS VARCHAR2 TRX_ID TRX_TYPE value is PAYMENT or CASH STATUS value comes from ce_system_parameter open_interfac e_clear_status TRX_NUMBER TRX_DATE CURRENCY_CODE GL_DATE AP_BANK_ACCOUNTS BANK_CURRENCY_CODE X_TRX_NUMBER VARCHAR2 X_TRX_DATE DATE X_TRX_CURRENCY VARCHAR2 X_GL_DATE DATE X_BANK_ CURRENCY VARCHAR2 NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER DATE VARCHAR2 NUMBER X_CLEARED_AMOUNT X_CHARGES_AMOUNT X_ERRORS_AMOUNT X_EXCHANGE_DATE X_EXCHANGE_TYPE X_EXCHANGE_RATE CLEARED_AMOUNT CHARGES_AMOUNT ERROR_AMOUNT EXCHANGE_RATE_DATE EXCHANGE_RATE_TYPE EXCHANGE _RATE Table 2 5 Page 1 of 1 Use the passed parameters to code the procedural logic needed to clear transactions in your proprietary application s database You need to implement this routine to generate reconciliation accounting entries or update data in the open interface transactions source appl
377. tion Window Reference 4 6 Options When you access this window from the Reconcile Bank Statements window the only available option is Reconcile Only If you access this window from the Bank Statement Interface window the only available options are Import and Import and Reconcile GL Date The date that the transaction is posted to General Ledger The default is the date that you run reconciliation Receivable Activity The Receivables activity type for any miscellaneous transactions that you created It accounts for differences encountered when matching remittance batches or NSF transactions within tolerances Payment Method The payment method for any miscellaneous transactions that you created It accounts for differences encountered when matching remittance batches or NSF transactions within tolerances NSF Handling Indicates how to handle any NSF or rejected receipts that are on your bank statement e No Action Resubmit the check or request for transfer later e Reverse Open the invoice Oracle Cash Management User Guide See Also e Debit Memo Reverse Create a debit memo that replaces the item closed by the original receipt Reviewing Reconciliation Errors page 4 15 Reviewing Reconciled Transactions page 4 36 Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 About Bank Statement Validation page 3 20 Multi Currency Handling page 1 11 Multi Currency Matching page 4 9 Importing Bank Statements pag
378. tion number then Cash Management will use the invoice and the agent bank account number to match e Reversal Method Tries to match the reversal entry to a statement line that contains the same transaction number and opposite transaction type For example if the reversal entry is a miscellaneous receipt then the program matches to a payment or miscellaneous payment If the amounts net out to zero then the program assumes there is a match and reconciles the statement lines e Adjustment Method Tries to find both a statement line and a transaction to match to the adjustment entry The statement line must contain the same transaction number as the adjustment line However the statement line can be a payment receipt miscellaneous payment or miscellaneous receipt as long as the amount netted out is within the tolerance of the original transaction If the error statement line is already reconciled to a transaction due to the amount difference between the transaction and statement line falling within the tolerance amount you must first unreconcile the error statement line before the AutoReconciliation program will reconcile it with the correction statement line Manual Reconciliation Matching If you are reconciling bank statements manually the Reconcile Bank Statements window retrieves all available statement lines and transactions that match your selection criteria Then you can decide how you want to reconcile the correction entry
379. tion process so that the right amount of information is delivered to key people when they need it the most You can attend courses at any one of our many Educational Centers or you can arrange for our trainers to teach at your facility We also offer Net classes where training is delivered over the Internet and many multimedia based courses on CD In addition we can tailor standard courses or develop custom courses to meet your needs xx Oracle Cash Management User Guide Support From on site support to central support our team of experienced professionals provides the help and information you need to keep Cash Management working for you This team includes your Technical Representative Account Manager and Oracle s large staff of consultants and support specialists with expertise in your business area managing an Oracle server and your hardware and software environment Do Not Use Database Tools to Modify Oracle Applications Data We STRONGLY RECOMMEND that you never use SQL Plus Oracle Data Browser database triggers or any other tool to modify Oracle Applications tables unless we tell you to do so in our guides Oracle provides powerful tools you can use to create store change retrieve and maintain information in an Oracle database But if you use Oracle tools such as SQL Plus to modify Oracle Applications data you risk destroying the integrity of your data and you lose the ability to audit changes to your data
380. to identify any reconciliation errors that need to be corrected This report is produced automatically or you can run it whenever needed You can also review reconciliation errors online After you automatically reconcile a bank statement and correct any reconciliation errors you can run the Bank Statement Detail Report or use the View Bank Statements window to review reconciled and unreconciled statement lines If lines remained unreconciled you can e Update the bank statement and rerun the AutoReconciliation program e Reconcile the statement lines manually Once you have reviewed your reconciliation results you can transfer the accounting entries to your general ledger from Oracle Payables and Oracle Receivables If you use Oracle General Ledger you can reconcile you General Ledger cash account balance to your bank account balance by running the GL Reconciliation Report Oracle Cash Management User Guide AutoReconciliation Run the Auto Reconciliation AutoReconcile Execution Report Program Identify Reconciled Transactions Available for Reconciliation Cash in Transit Transactions Available 4 onc liatic for Reconciliation Online Inquiry Statements Detail Summary Document Number Summarize Results and Transfer Information to AP AR Payroll Reconciling Bank Statements 4 3 4 4 gt To reconcile a bank statement automatically Define your AutoReconciliation options See System P
381. to match the bank transaction with a transaction or batch If you do not provide a transaction number AutoReconciliation may import the record but cannot reconcile it CUSTOMER_TEXT Any customer related text provided by the bank AutoReconciliation does not use this information it is for reference use only BANK_ACCOUNT_TEXT Agent s bank account AutoReconciliation uses this information to match transactions along with INVOICE_TEXT Loading Bank Statement Open Interface page 3 2 Bank Statement Validation page 3 20 Importing Bank Statements page 3 17 Correcting Bank Statement Interface Errors page 3 30 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 System Parameters page 2 19 2 44 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Archiving and Purging Imported Bank Statements page 4 72 Defining Conversion Rate Types Oracle General Ledger User s Guide Setting Up 2 45 Reconciliation Open Interface Program Submission See Also Using the Reconciliation Open Interface you can reconcile settlements created in Oracle Treasury with your bank statements You can also clear and reconcile payments and receipts that originate in applications other than Oracle Applications For example if you use a proprietary accounts receivable system with General Ledger and Cash Management you can clear and reconcile your receipts by using the Cash Management Reconciliation Open Interface In Cash Management windows
382. toReconciliation 3 21 View Reversals window 6 2 6 5 views defining external sources 2 60 using indexes 2 61 Ww Win Probability field 5 19 window reference Forecast Template Rows 5 10 5 16 Submit Forecast 5 25 System Parameters 2 20 windows Add Column 5 37 Add Row 5 38 Bank Statement finding available batches 4 29 finding available detail transactions 4 27 finding available open interface transactions 4 29 reconciling manually 4 23 reversing a receipt 4 53 using attachments 4 42 Bank Statement Interface 3 31 4 15 loading bank statements into the bank statement open interface 3 8 reviewing bank statement errors 3 25 reviewing bank statement interface errors online 3 25 reviewing interface errors online for a specific statement line 3 27 Bank Statement Lines creating payments or receipts 443 using attachments 4 42 Bank Statement Lines Interface 3 27 loading bank statements into the bank statement open interface 3 8 Bank Transaction Codes 2 25 Cash Forecast creating manually entered forecasts 5 27 making modifications 5 33 viewing forecasts 6 11 Cash Forecast Amounts creating empty cash forecasts from templates 5 28 exporting to Excel 5 40 including overdue transactions 5 4 Index 15 making modifications 5 36 viewing forecast amounts 6 12 Cash Forecasts 5 24 5 40 creating manually entered forecasts 5 27 making modifications 5 31 Clear Transactions 4 61 4 62 Curre
383. transaction code if the transaction type is Miscellaneous Receipt or Miscellaneous Payment e Misc Only matches against miscellaneous transactions e Stmt Only matches against statement lines corrections 6 36 Oracle Cash Management User Guide e Misc Stmt Cash Management first tries to match against miscellaneous transactions If there is no match then it tries to match against statement lines corrections e Stmt Misc Cash Management first tries to match against statement lines corrections If there is no match then it tries to match against miscellaneous transactions Correction Method The method the bank uses to correct bank errors reversal adjustment or both The correction method only applies to Miscellaneous Receipt or Miscellaneous Payment transaction codes that may be used to match to correction statement lines Create Indicates if Cash Management creates transactions for any miscellaneous payments or miscellaneous receipts that are reported on a bank statement without a transaction number Activity The Receivables activity type for any miscellaneous transactions receipts that were created within Cash Management Payment Method The payment method for any miscellaneous transactions payments that were created within Cash Management Cash Forecast Template Listing Report Submission Report Parameter Use this report to see details for a cash forecast template You submit this listing from
384. tructure may change dynamically For example record ID 03 and record ID 16 in the BAI2 format have a variable number of fields The SQL Loader script must interpret the format and load the data into the appropriate columns in the intermediate table If zeros are used to fill a field the SQL Loader script should treat them as nulls In the French EDIFACT format for example each field has a fixed position and a fixed length Ifa field such as CURRENCY_CODE PRECISION or BANK_TRX_NUMBER does not contain any value it is filled with zeros In this case the French EDIFACT SQL Loader script converts the zeros to nulls before loading the values into the intermediate table Similarly if a value does not fully occupy a field such as BANK_ACCOUNT_NUM AMOUNT BANK_TRX_NUMBER CONTROL_BEGIN _BALANCE or CONTROL_END_BALANCE the value is padded with leading zeros The French EDIFACT SQL Loader script ignores these leading zeros when loading the values into the intermediate table Amounts may need to be converted into a common format in the SQL Loader script For example decimal points in the SWIFT940 format are not represented by periods Since numbers stored in the ORACLE database use periods as the decimal separator the SQL Loader script must convert that character to a period You can see an example of this conversion rule in the SWIFT940 SQL Loader script In other formats amounts are expressed in integers qualified by a precision If the pre
385. ture we provide The Library option on the menu expands to show all Oracle Applications HTML documentation You can view HTML help in the following ways e From an application window use the help icon or the help menu to open a new Web browser and display help about that window e Use the documentation CD e Use a URL provided by your system administrator The technical reference information is available as the eTRM electronic technical reference manual on Oracle Support s Web site MetaLink Cash Management shares data and setup information with other Oracle Applications products Therefore you may want to refer to other user guides when you set up and use Cash Management You can read the guides online by choosing Library from the expandable menu on your HTML help window by reading from the Oracle Applications Document Library CD included in your media pack or by using a Web browser with a URL that your system administrator provides If you require printed guides you can purchase them from the Oracle store at http oraclestore oracle com xiv Oracle Cash Management User Guide User Guides Related to All Products Oracle Applications User Guide This guide explains how to navigate the system enter data and query information and introduces other basic features of the GUI available with this release of Cash Management and any other Oracle Applications product You can also access this user guide online by choosi
386. u can define it as a common selection criterion for all external source types 2 60 Oracle Cash Management User Guide If your environment includes a distributed source transaction type either you must import remote data to the local database or you must establish a database link from the local database to the remote database See Associate External Forecast Source Types with Views page 2 61 Using Remote Databases If you are planning to use Cash Forecasting Open Interface in a distributed database environment your database administrator must install the necessary Cash Forecasting objects to each of the remote databases with your Cash Forecasting sources in your APPS account These objects are located in the CE_TOP sq directory e CE _FORECAST_EXT_TEMP table cefextmp sql physical file e CE _FORECAST_EXT_TEMP_N1 index cefextmp sql physical file These objects are located in the CE_TOP admin sq directory e CE _FORECAST_REMOTE_SOURCES package cefremts pls and cefremtb pls physical files If any of the above objects are patched for Release 11 the patched objects will be located in CE_TOP patch 110 sql Therefore apply the objects from the CE_TOP patch 110 sql directory instead of from the CE_TOP admin sql and CE_TOP sq directories Use of Indexes on Views To maximize performance when generating cash forecasts that collect data using the Forecasting Open Interface we recommend that you creat
387. ually Clearing and Unclearing You can choose to manually clear payments receipts miscellaneous transactions and open interface transactions without first reconciling them You can also undo the cleared status of a cleared payment receipt or open interface transaction Additional Information You cannot clear the status of a payment from Oracle Payroll a journal entry in Oracle General Ledger or a settlement from Oracle Treasury To manually clear detail transactions 1 2 3 10 11 Navigate to the Find Transactions window Choose Detail from the Detail Open Interface region Select one or more of the following types of detail transactions that are available for clearing e Receipts e Payments e Miscellaneous Select a bank account Optional Enter any additional search criteria for finding available transactions Choose Find The Clear Transactions window appears Review the available transactions Optional Choose the Default Dates button to select a date of your choice to be used as a default date for the Cleared Date Value Date and GL Date Mark each transaction that you want to clear by checking the box to the left of the transaction Optional Update the Amount Cleared Cleared Date Value Date and GL Date Enter any additional information such as charges Choose the Clear Transaction button to clear the selected transactions To manually clear open interface transactions 1 2 Na
388. ude the Rate Type and Exchange Rate Date See Also Bank Statement Open Interface page 2 28 Loading Bank Statement Open Interface page 3 2 Reviewing Bank Statement Interface Errors page 3 25 Correcting Bank Statement Interface Errors page 3 30 Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 Multi Currency Handling page 1 11 Archiving and Purging Imported Bank Statements page 4 72 3 24 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Reviewing Bank Statement Interface Errors You can use the Bank Statement Interface window to review import validation errors that resulted when you imported bank statement information from the Bank Statement Open Interface tables In addition you can review the AutoReconciliation Execution Report that is printed automatically by the Bank Statement Import program If you import bank statements from bank accounts shared by Oracle Treasury and Oracle Cash Management you can use the log file generated by the Bank Statement Import program to review any validation errors related to Oracle Treasury You can also use the log file to review any errors or warnings that were encountered during the automatic update of bank account balances in Oracle Treasury You can review all import and validation errors for a statement or you can review only those errors that occurred for a specific statement line Note Only import validation errors are available from the Bank Statement Interface window To rev
389. uding the Cash Forecast Selection Criteria Descriptive Flexfield See Management Step 27 Optional Set up sequential document numbering for bank Common statements If you use Multiple Organization Support Financial perform this step for each organization See Sequential Document Numbering page 2 63 Step 28 Optional Define request sets See Defining Request Sets Oracle Cash Applications User s Guide Management Step 29 Optional Define descriptive flexfields See Defining Common Descriptive Flexfields Oracle Applications Flexfields Applications Guide See Also Cash Management Window Navigation Paths page A 2 Setting Up Oracle Payables for Cash Management Integration page 2 11 Setting Up Oracle Receivables for Cash Management Integration page 2 14 Setting Up Oracle Payroll for Cash Management Integration page 2 16 2 10 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Setting Up Oracle Payables for Oracle Cash Management Integration The following setup steps are necessary for Oracle Cash Management to integrate with Oracle Payables Confirm that these steps are completed before proceeding with your Cash Management implementation IF Attention Even if you do not have Oracle Payables fully installed you must have a shared install of Oracle Payables to be able to use Oracle Cash Management However in this case you do not need to perform the Payables specific steps listed here Prerequis
390. uencing the effective date is the statement date Q If you have enabled the Add Lines to Automatic Statements feature in the System Parameters window you can add lines to automatically loaded statements gt To enter a bank statement manually 1 Navigate to the Find Bank Statements window Choose New 2 Choose the New button to display the Bank Statement window 3 Enter the following bank header information Account Number Account Name Bank Name Bank Branch and Currency 4 Enter the new statement Date Managing Bank Statements 3 33 5 If you use manual document sequence numbers enter the bank statement Document Number Additional Information If you use automatic document sequence numbers Cash Management creates the Document Number for the statement automatically You cannot edit an automatically assigned Document Number 6 Enter the Statement number The default Statement Number is the statement date 7 Enter the GL Date the default is the Statement Date The GL Date must be in an open or a future enterable period in Receivables or Payables 8 Optionally enter bank statement Control Totals Enter the opening and closing balances as needed Enter control totals for Receipts and Payments as well as the number of statement lines for each Additional Information You can compare the Control Total amounts to those displayed by Cash Management in the Line Totals tabbed region of the Statements window to
391. uest The AutoReconciliation program validates the data in the Bank Statement Open Interface tables imports the validated information reconciles the bank statement and prints an AutoReconciliation Execution Report Additional Information You can get an AutoReconciliation Execution Report at any time by submitting a request using the Submit Request window Review and correct any import validation errors then repeat steps above Once any import validation errors have been corrected the AutoReconciliation program submits a request to reconcile the bank statement To load and import an intra day bank statement in the same request ihe 2 3 4 5 Navigate to the Submit Request window Select the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader program Choose the option of Load and Import Specify the other parameters as appropriate Submit your request Managing Bank Statements 3 19 See To Run the Intra Day Bank Statement Loader Program page 3 11 To import an intra day bank statement only 1 Navigate to the Submit Request window Alternatively you may submit the request directly from the Bank Statement Interface window by selecting AutoReconciliation from the Tools menu 2 Select the Intra Day Bank Statement Import program 3 Enter the Bank Account Number for the statement you want to import 4 Specify the range of statement numbers in the Statement Number From and Statement Number To fields The list of values d
392. uide Navigate to the Submit Request window Choose Request in the Type field Choose Cash Forecasting by GL Periods or Cash Forecasting by Days in the Name field depending on the template you want to use The Parameters window appears Enter the parameters and press OK See Submit Forecast Parameters page 5 25 Select any print or run options Choose Submit Cash Management automatically generates the Cash Forecast Execution Report which indicates if the Submit Forecast program produced any errors You can also print this report later using the Submit Request window Cash Management also generates the Cash Forecast report if the Submit Forecast program produced no errors Suggestion Consider using report sets if you routinely generate a given set of cash forecasts Submit Forecast Parameters Enter values for the following parameters when you generate forecasts using either the Submit Forecast window or the Submit Request window Forecast By Submit Forecast window only The forecast period type used to run the cash forecast e GL Periods Run a forecast with GL Periods as the forecast period type e Days Run a forecast with Days as the forecast period type When you define a forecast template you specify the forecast period type as GL Periods or Days Template Name The forecast template used to create a new forecast The choices in the list of values depend on the forecast period type you chose above Forecas
393. umber and Agent Bank Account 3 Invoice Number and Agent Name Remittance 1 Remittance Batch Miscellaneous transaction created Batch Deposit Number for amount of difference 2 Remittance Batch Name Receipt 1 Receipt Number Difference posted to Bank Charges account 2 Invoice Number and Agent Bank Account 3 Invoice Number Table 4 1 Posting Differences for Payments and Receipts See Also Setting Up Oracle Cash Management page 2 2 Matching Bank Statement Lines with Transactions page 1 7 Multi Currency Matching The AutoReconciliation program handles statement line matching to transactions differently depending on the bank account currency Notes e The transaction amount is the amount recorded in the system e The tolerance amount in the system parameters is always in the functional currency Reconciling Bank Statements 4 9 e The minimum of the percent and amount tolerance is used as the actual tolerance Bank Account Currency is Functional International Scenario Cash Management compares the transaction functional amount to the bank statement line amount They must be equal or within the tolerance range The following table shows how Cash Management validates tolerances in the international scenario The bank account currency is US dollars Receipt in Oracle System In Bank Statement Functional currency USD Transaction amount CAD 200 Statement line amount USD 145 Transaction
394. unt 10 of 1 000 100 The program then selects the smaller of the computed amount or the defined tolerance amount in this case the program selects 70 The program then attempts to match the statement line against a transaction in the range 930 to 1 070 1 000 plus or minus 70 Posting Amount Differences Within Tolerances 4 8 If the difference between a payment amount and the statement line amount is within defined tolerances the AutoReconciliation program posts the difference to either the Payables Bank Charges account or the Bank Errors account depending on how you defined the Cash Management AP Tolerance Differences system parameter If the difference between a receipt amount and the statement line amount is within defined tolerances the program posts the difference to the Receivables Bank Charges account For matching remittance batches using reconciliation tolerances you can choose to create a miscellaneous transaction for the difference between the remittance batch amount and the bank statement line To select this option you make an entry in the Cash Management Receivables Activity system parameter The following table contains posting differences for payments and receipts Oracle Cash Management User Guide Document Matched against If within Tolerances Payment Batch 1 Reference Difference posted to Bank Charges 2 Payment Batch Name or Bank Errors account Payment 1 Payment Number 2 Invoice N
395. urce Currency Type Which Transactions Are Included Currency Type al All transactions all sets of books all operating units All transactions entered in the Source Currency for all sets of books Selects all sets of books where the functional currency for that set of Functional books equals the Source Currency specified and then includes all transactions of all currencies from those sets of books Table 5 2 Source Currency and Source Currency Type Page 1 of 1 Exchange Date and Exchange Type The exchange rate date and the exchange rate type which is defined in Oracle General Ledger These fields are required if the Forecast Currency and the Source Currency are not the same 5 26 Oracle Cash Management User Guide i gt Attention Cash Management automatically converts transaction currency amounts to the forecast currency according to the daily rates for the specified exchange rate type and date However if daily rate information for the exchange date and type does not exist in the Oracle General Ledger daily rates table the forecast will be inaccurate because Cash Management ignores transactions amounts that it cannot convert to the forecast currency Exchange Rate The user defined currency exchange rate when the Exchange Rate Type is User The User rate only applies when the Source Currency Type is Entered as no one rate will apply to converting various currencies to the forecast currency This field is required if
396. urrency Charges The amount of any bank charges associated with the transaction Account Currency Errors The amount of any bank errors associated with the transaction Batch Name The name of the batch Agent Name The customer or supplier associated with the transaction Deposit Number The bank deposit or remittance number Reconciling Bank Statements 4 63 Dates Region Type For miscellaneous transactions only the reference type receipt payment remittance batch or payment batch Number For miscellaneous transactions only the reference number Transaction Date The transaction date Maturity Date The maturity date for future dated transactions Default Dates Window Reference Cleared Date The date that the transaction clears the bank The default is the system date Value Date The date when the cash activity is recognized in the bank account The default is the system date GL Date The date that the payment or receipt posts to the general ledger The default is the system date if the Payables Receivables period is open If the period is closed and in the future the date defaults to the first date of the latest open period If the period is closed and not in the future it defaults to the last date of the latest open period Unclearing Payments and Receipts gt To undo clearing on a payment receipt or open interface transaction 1 Navigate to the Find Transactions window 2 Se
397. us Transactions page 4 45 Reconciling Bank Statements 4 43 Finding Available Transactions Batches and Journal Entries for Reconciliation page 4 27 Reconciling Available Transactions Batches and Journal Entries page 4 30 4 44 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Creating Miscellaneous Transactions Create miscellaneous transactions to reflect banking activity such as bank charges When you create a miscellaneous payment it is actually recorded as a negative receipt When you reconcile that miscellaneous payment which is actually a negative receipt it is reconciled to a payment bank statement line with a positive amount Prerequisites Q Q Define receivables activities and payment methods for miscellaneous transactions When you define a receivables activity with the type Miscellaneous Cash you must also assign either an account or a Distribution Set to use for the miscellaneous transaction accounting entries In the Receivables Activities window in Receivables enter values for Asset tax Code and Liability Tax Code if required Set the AR Allow Tax Code Override profile option This with your accounting method controls whether you can override the default for the Tax Code field Perform any additional setup required by Receivables to handle miscellaneous receipts including defining receipt sources and distribution sets Set up Sequential Numbering gt To create a miscellaneous trans
398. ustomer Receipts is Historical ASF Sales Opportunities GLB GL Budgets GLC GL Cash Position GLE GL Encumbrances OEO Sales Orders Oracle Cash Management User Guide PAB Project Billing Events PAI Project Inflow Budgets PAO Project Outflow Budgets PAT Project Transactions PAY Payroll Expenses POP Purchase Orders POR Purchase Requisitions XTR Treasury Transactions UDI User defined Inflow UDO User defined Outflow Oll Open Interface Inflow OlO Open Interface Outflow Forecast Template Rows Window Outflow Source Type Characteristics The following table displays characteristics such as required or optional of the applicable fields for each source type you can enter in the Forecast Template Rows window Cash Outflow Source Types es B i 2 Row Number Source Description Method Roll Forward Type Roll Forward Period Receipt Method Profile Class Include Dispute Budget Name GL Account Encumbrance Type Include Transactions on Hold Use Average Payment Days Period Lead Time Cash Forecasting 5 13 a a Use Payment Terms Order Type Order Type Sales Stage Channel Win Probability Status Date Type Franchise Type Budget Type Budget Version Include in Net Cash Flow External Source Type Forecast Selection Criteria Descriptive Flexfield Descriptive Flexfield Not applicable
399. vigate to the Find Transactions window Choose Open Interface from the Detail Open Interface region Reconciling Bank Statements 4 61 3 Select one or more of the following types of open interface transactions that are available for clearing e Receipts e Payments 4 Select a bank account 5 Optional Enter any additional search criteria for finding available transactions 6 Choose Find The Clear Transactions window appears 7 Review the available transactions 8 Optional Choose the Default Dates button to select a date of your choice to be used as a default date for the Cleared Date Value Date and GL Date 9 Mark each transaction that you want to clear by checking the box to the left of the transaction 10 Optional Update the Amount Cleared Cleared Date Value Date and GL Date Enter any additional information such as charges 11 Choose the Clear Transaction button to clear the selected transactions Clear Transactions Window Reference 4 62 Account Name The name of the bank account Account Number The bank account number Currency Code The currency of the bank account Bank Name The name of the bank Branch Name The name of the bank branch Total Count The total count of transactions selected for clearing Total Amount Cleared The total amount of the transactions selected for clearing Type The type of the transaction such as payment or receipt Number The transaction number
400. w Net Cash summary and GL Cash Position fields in the Cash Forecast Amounts window Keeping these fields hidden helps speed navigation performance for very large forecasts 6 Save your work Cash Forecast Window Reference Template Region Forecast Region Name The template used for the forecast Forecast By The forecast period type of Days or GL Periods Description A description of the template Name The name of the forecast Status The status of the forecast new error complete or warning Description A description of the forecast Calendar Name For forecasts by GL Period this field contains the name of the GL accounting calendar Project Name The name of the project associated with the forecast Project Number The project number associated with the forecast Start Period For forecasts by GL period this field contains the accounting period that begins the forecast Start Date For forecasts by days this field contains the day that begins the forecast 5 34 Oracle Cash Management User Guide Forecast Currency The forecast amounts are reported in this currency Source Currency Type The currency type for the sources in the cash forecast e All Includes all source transactions regardless of currency and translates them to the forecast currency e Entered Includes only source transactions with the same source currency as the transaction currency e Functional Includes only source trans
401. w The total amount of cash spent during the forecast period Net Cash The difference between the cash inflow and cash outflow for the forecast period Oracle Cash Management User Guide Cash Forecast Execution Report Report Submission This report includes information on any errors that the Submit Forecast program produced when you submitted a cash forecast to be generated Cash Management automatically generates this report when you submit a forecast using the Submit Forecast window or the Submit Request window You can also print this report at a later time using the Submit Request window See Generating a Cash Forecast with Amounts Calculated Automatically page 5 24 and Submitting Requests page 6 13 Selected Report Parameters Forecast Name Enter the name of the forecast that you submitted Selected Report Headings Forecast Name The name of the cash forecast Template Name The name of the template for the cash forecast Forecast By The forecast period type GL Period or Days Start Date The earliest date of information that is included in the forecast Forecast Currency The currency of the amounts that appear in the forecast Source Currency Type Determines if source transactions are selected by currency e All All transactions are included e Entered Transactions entered in the source currency are included e Functional Transactions where the source currency is the same as the
402. window 4 35 Account field Available Batches window 4 35 Available Transactions window 4 32 Bank Statement Lines window 3 38 Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Statement Line Interface window 3 27 Account Name field Bank Statement window 3 34 Clear Transactions window 4 62 Account Number field Bank Statement window 3 34 Clear Transactions window 4 62 Reversals window 4 55 Statement Interface window 3 26 Unclear Transactions window 4 66 Activity field Miscellaneous Receipts window 4 48 Add Column button 5 37 Add Column window 5 37 Add Column window reference 5 38 Add Lines to Automatic Statements check box 2 20 Add Row button 5 38 Add Row window 5 38 Add Row window reference 5 39 adding columns and rows to forecasts 5 31 columns and rows to templates 5 6 effect on manually created forecasts 5 28 columns to forecasts 5 37 rows to forecasts 5 38 adjustments for bank errors 4 58 Agent Bank Account field Bank Statement Lines window 3 39 Statement Line Interface window 3 28 Agent field Bank Statement Lines window 3 39 Statement Line Interface window 3 28 Agent Name field Available Transactions window 4 33 Clear Transactions window 4 63 Reconciled Transactions window 4 39 Index 1 Reversals window 4 55 Unclear Transactions window 4 66 Allow Reconciliation Accounting option 1 16 Amount field Bank Statement Lines window 3 39 Miscellaneous Receipts w
403. with an exchange rate of 4 FJD to 1 USD On its clearing date the Automatic Clearing program clears the receipt for 100 FJD 25 USD The Receipt Class for this receipt has the following options Creation Method Automatic Require Confirmation No Remittance Method No Remittance Clearance Method By Automatic Clearing Your bank statement shows that the receipt cleared for 100 FJD with an exchange rate of 2 FJD to 1 USD representing a gain in your functional currency of 25 USD When you transfer your receipt information to Oracle General Ledger Journal Import creates a journal entry to record the reconciled receipt along with the realized gain The following table shows the reconciling of automatically cleared receipts Activity Accounting Entries Enter invoice for 100 FJD DR Accounts Receivable 100 FJD 25 USD exchange rate 4 FJD 1 USD CR Revenue 100 FJD 25 USD Enter receipt for 100 FJD DR Remittance account 100 FJD 25 USD exchange rate 4 FJD 1 USD CR Accounts Receivable 100 FJD 25 USD Clear receipt using Automatic Clearing DR Cash 100 FJD 25 USD CR Remittance account 100 FJD 25 USD Reconcile receipt with bank statement DR Cash 0 FJD 25 USD CR Exchange Gain 0 FJD 25 USD Table 1 4 Reconciling Automatically Cleared Receipts Page 1 of 1 Overview 1 25 See Also Oracle Receivables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 21 Oracle Payables Reconciliation Accounting page 1 15 Automatic Clearin
404. with system transactions This method is ideally suited for bank accounts that have a high volume of transactions See Reconciling Bank Statements Automatically page 4 2 e Manual This method requires you to manually match bank statement details with system transactions The method is ideally suited to reconciling bank accounts that have a small volume of monthly transactions You can also use the manual reconciliation method to reconcile any bank statement details that could not be reconciled automatically See Reconciling Bank Statements Manually page 4 20 Miscellaneous Transactions During the reconciliation process you can create miscellaneous transactions for bank originated entries such as bank charges and interest You can also manually enter Payables payments or Receivables receipts The automatic reconciliation process can be set up to create miscellaneous transactions automatically Clearing When you reconcile a transaction the transaction is first matched to bank statement details and then cleared if uncleared Alternatively you can manually clear Payables payments Receivables receipts miscellaneous transactions and open interface transactions in Cash Management prior to reconciliation to maintain more up to date cash account balances You can also use Automatic Clearing to clear receipts in Oracle Receivables When you clear a transaction Cash Management assigns a cleared date cleared amount
405. without also purging them Setting Up 2 21 You cannot use these two options to automatically archive or purge information from the Bank Statement tables or the Intra Day Bank Statement tables You must run the Archive Purge Bank Statements program Lines Per Commit This is the number of lines that AutoReconciliation will save at a time and controls the number of transaction rows that AutoReconciliation locks at any given time The greater the number of lines the faster AutoReconciliation processes However the number of lines you can specify is limited by the amount of memory your system has available AutoReconciliation Parameters 2 22 The automatic reconciliation parameters control various aspects of AutoReconciliation The Tolerance Differences parameters affect the functionality of manual reconciliation Tolerances Reconciliation Tolerances include a variance Amount and a variance Percent See Reconciliation Tolerances page 4 7 Tolerance Differences There are two Tolerance Differences you can set e AP Use this option to control whether AutoReconciliation charges differences between the amount cleared by the bank and the transaction amount to the bank Charges or bank Errors account when the transactions are based in the bank account currency This option also can be used to default the amount difference between the statement line amount and the transaction amount to the Charges and Errors field when using t
406. xed exchange rates default regardless of Foreign Currency Bank system parameters setup e Cash Management does not select exchange rates for foreign bank statements that contain partial or complete exchange rates When you submit from the Reconcile Bank Statements window then the Bank Account Number Statement Number From Statement Number To Statement Date From and Statement Date To fields do not appear on the Submit Automatic Reconciliation window Also the only available option from this window is to Reconcile Only When you submit from the Bank Statement Interface window the only available options are to Import or Import and Reconcile Reconciling Bank Statements 4 5 2 Select your Options You may choose to Import Reconcile Only or Import and Reconcile 3 Optionally change the default entries for Bank Account Number Statement Number From Statement Number To Statement Date From and Statement Date To fields 4 Select the GL Date Receivable Activity Payment Method and NSF Handling 5 Submit your request 6 When the concurrent request is finished review the AutoReconciliation Execution Report for reconciliation errors Also review the Bank Statement Detail Report which shows reconciled and unreconciled statement lines 7 If any statement lines remained unreconciled or you need to correct a reconciled line use the Bank Statement Lines window to manually reconcile those lines Submit Automatic Reconcilia
407. y Charges and Errors In the Reference tabbed region view the Batch Name Agent Name Deposit Number and Reference Type and Number gt To find available batches from the Navigator 1 2 Navigate to the Find Available window Choose Batch from the Detail Batch Open region then select Remittance and or Payment to find batches that match your criteria Edit the default sort criteria in the Ordering tabbed region of the window The sort criteria you select determines how the resulting transactions are displayed in the View Available Transactions window Select the Bank tabbed region Enter your Bank Account information or select one from the available list of values Optional Refine or focus your search further by selecting the Transaction tabbed region You can enter transaction Dates Amounts Batch Names Remittance Numbers or the Currency Code to search for You cannot enter search criteria for the Agent Miscellaneous or Journal tabbed regions Choose Find to find all batches that match your search criteria The View Available Batches window appears showing the available batch lines For each line you can view Batch Name Original Currency and Total bank Account Currency Total Amount Cleared Cleared Date and GL Date Oracle Cash Management User Guide See Also At the bottom of the window you can see three fields showing the batch Type Date and Remittance Number for the selected batch line In the
408. y using the Exchange Rate Type you specify You can choose any Exchange Rate Type defined in Oracle General Ledger e Exchange Rate Date AutoReconciliation selects the exchange rates for the transaction currency using the date source you specify You can choose any of the following exchange rate dates Statement Line Date The date the transaction cleared the bank Bank Statement Date The closing date of the statement Bank Statement GL Date The accounting date used to clear the statement Transaction Creation Date The date the transaction was created Transaction Exchange Rate Date The date associated with the exchange rate that was used to create the transaction Transaction Creation GL Date The accounting date used to create the transaction Open Interface Parameters You must enter the open interface parameters if you enabled the Use Reconciliation Open Interface check box Open Interface Status Code The status codes you define here are used to search for available cleared and reconciled open interface transactions external to Oracle Applications When you reconcile Treasury settlements however the status codes are used only to Setting Up 2 23 2 24 display the status of the settlements in the Available Transactions window and the Reconciled Transactions window Clear Status Status of open interface transactions that have cleared or reconciled If you reconcile only Treasury settlement
409. yables a feature you use to describe bank transactions prior to initiating automatic reconciliation from a bank tape You define transaction codes based on those your bank provides and Cash Management uses them to load information from your bank tape For example your bank may use transaction codes T01 T02 and T03 to represent debit credit and stop payment transaction code In Oracle Cash Management you define transaction codes that your bank uses to identify different types of transactions on its statements For example your bank may use transaction codes T01 T02 and T03 to represent debit credit and stop payment transaction type In Oracle Receivables an invoice control feature that lets you specify default values for invoice printing posting to the general ledger and updating open receivable balances transaction type In Oracle Assets the kind of action performed on an asset Transaction types include addition adjustment transfer and retirement transaction type In Oracle Cash Management transaction types determine how Cash Management matches and accounts for transactions Cash Management transaction types include Miscellaneous Receipt Miscellaneous Payment Non Sufficient Funds NSF Payment Receipt Rejected and Stopped unrealized gain or loss The change in value in functional currency units of a foreign currency denominated account measured over an accounting period See also realized gain or
410. you use Cash Management to reconcile journal entries in General Ledger you should run the Cash Management Purge program before you purge journals in General Ledger See Archiving and Purging Oracle General Ledger User s Guide Archiving With archiving you can save copies of your bank statement information e You cannot archive without also purging e When you archive Cash Management copies all header and statement line information from either the open interface tables or the bank statement tables into special archive tables the system maintains 4 72 Oracle Cash Management User Guide e To save your archived information to a file you must use the ORACLE RDBMS Export utility Contact your Database Administrator or System Administrator for further information e To restore information from a saved archive file you must first use the ORACLE RDBMS Import utility to populate the special archive tables Then you must run a custom SQL Loader script to transfer the information from the archive tables to the bank statement or open interface tables Contact your Database Administrator or System Administrator for further information Automatic Archive and Purge If you set the Archive and Purge options in the System Parameters window you can automatically archive or purge bank statement information from the Bank Statement Open Interface tables after the bank statements have been successfully imported into Oracle Cash Management You

Oracle Cash Management User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents